diff --git a/atftp/debian/atftp-xcat.docs b/atftp/debian/atftp-xcat.docs new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ea175d6 --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/atftp-xcat.docs @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +TODO +README +README.CVS +README.MCAST diff --git a/atftp/debian/atftp-xcat.files b/atftp/debian/atftp-xcat.files new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4c041e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/atftp-xcat.files @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +usr/bin/atftp +usr/share/man/man1/atftp.1 diff --git a/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.README.Debian b/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.README.Debian new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8343144 --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.README.Debian @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +atftpd for Debian +----------------- + +atftpd uses /tftpboot by default as base directory. You can change +that by editing /etc/inetd.conf. Remember that you must give the +directory appropriate permissions in order to be able to read/write +files according to your needs. + +The /tftpboot directory is not created by the package. You need to +create it and give appropriate permissions by hand. + + -- Remi Lefebvre , Sun, 20 Aug 2000 14:32:15 -0400 diff --git a/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.atftpd b/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.atftpd new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5313268 --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.atftpd @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +#! /bin/sh +# +# atftpd - Script to launch atftpd server. Based on Skeleton. +# + +PATH=/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin +DAEMON=/usr/sbin/atftpd +NAME=atftpd +DESC="Advanced Trivial FTP server" +USE_INETD=true +OPTIONS="" + +test -f $DAEMON || exit 0 + +set -e + +if [ -f /etc/default/atftpd ]; then + . /etc/default/atftpd +fi + +if [ "$USE_INETD" = "true" ]; then + exit 0; +fi + +case "$1" in + start) + echo -n "Starting $DESC: " + start-stop-daemon --start --oknodo --quiet --exec $DAEMON -- $OPTIONS + echo "$NAME." + ;; + stop) + echo -n "Stopping $DESC: " + start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --quiet --exec $DAEMON + echo "$NAME." + ;; + restart|reload|force-reload) + echo -n "Restarting $DESC: " + start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --quiet --exec $DAEMON + sleep 1 + start-stop-daemon --start --oknodo --quiet --exec $DAEMON -- $OPTIONS + echo "$NAME." + ;; + *) + N=/etc/init.d/$NAME + echo "Usage: $N {start|stop|restart|reload|force-reload}" >&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +exit 0 diff --git a/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.conffiles b/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.conffiles new file mode 100644 index 0000000..35b874f --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.conffiles @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +/etc/init.d/atftpd diff --git a/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.config b/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.config new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e668a95 --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.config @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +#!/bin/sh -e + +. /usr/share/debconf/confmodule +db_version 2.0 + +# BUG: If you upgrade atftp and you previously configured it with debconf, +# that is, the atftpd/configure value in the database is set to true, +# then the config script will overwrite the config in inetd.conf with +# all values from the database. This could be avoided (or so I thought) +# by setting the atftpd/configure value to false in the event db_input +# had returned false but this causes the config value to be ignored if +# the package is being preconfigured. In such a case, the config script +# is called twice, the first time it shows the question and returns +# true but the second it doesn't show the question and would return +# false, which results in the atftpd/configure value being set to false +# and makes the config value being ignore despite the fact the user +# answered them (#93398). I didn't find any better way to work around +# this. Sorry. + +db_beginblock +db_input high atftpd/configure || true +db_endblock +db_go + +db_get atftpd/configure +if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then + + db_beginblock + db_input medium atftpd/use_inetd || true + db_endblock + db_go + + db_get atftpd/use_inetd + + if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then + db_beginblock + db_input medium atftpd/tftpd-timeout || true + db_endblock + db_go + fi + + db_beginblock + db_input medium atftpd/port || true + db_input medium atftpd/retry-timeout || true + db_input medium atftpd/maxthread || true + db_input medium atftpd/timeout || true + db_input medium atftpd/tsize || true + db_input medium atftpd/blksize || true + db_input medium atftpd/multicast || true + db_endblock + db_go + + db_get atftpd/multicast + if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then + db_beginblock + db_input medium atftpd/mcast_port || true + db_input medium atftpd/mcast_addr || true + db_endblock + db_go + fi + + db_beginblock + db_input medium atftpd/verbosity || true + db_input medium atftpd/basedir || true + db_input medium atftpd/logtofile || true + db_endblock + db_go + + db_get atftpd/logtofile + if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then + db_beginblock + db_input medium atftpd/logfile || true + db_endblock + db_go + fi +fi diff --git a/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.docs b/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.docs new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d8edcf3 --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.docs @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +TODO +README +README.CVS +README.MCAST +README.PCRE +FAQ +BUGS +test/mtftp.conf +test/pcre_pattern.txt diff --git a/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.files b/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.files new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f184149 --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.files @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +usr/sbin/atftpd +usr/sbin/in.tftpd +usr/share/man/man8/atftpd.8 +usr/share/man/man8/in.tftpd.8 diff --git a/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.postinst b/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.postinst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8c6ea5d --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.postinst @@ -0,0 +1,140 @@ +#!/bin/sh -e +# +# TODO: +# - error checking on values provided by debconf frontend + +BASEDIR=/tftpboot +DAEMON="--daemon" + +. /usr/share/debconf/confmodule +db_version 2.0 + +db_get atftpd/configure +if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then + + db_get atftpd/use_inetd + if [ "$RET" ]; then + if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then + USE_INETD=true + else + USE_INETD=false + fi + else + USE_INETD=true + fi + + db_get atftpd/port + if [ "$RET" ]; then + TFTPD_PORT="--port $RET" + fi + + db_get atftpd/tftpd-timeout + if [ "$RET" ]; then + TFTPD_TIMEOUT="--tftpd-timeout $RET" + fi + + db_get atftpd/retry-timeout + if [ "$RET" ]; then + RETRY_TIMEOUT="--retry-timeout $RET" + fi + + db_get atftpd/maxthread + if [ "$RET" ]; then + MAXTHREAD="--maxthread $RET" + fi + + db_get atftpd/timeout + if [ "$RET" != "true" ]; then + NOTIMEOUT="--no-timeout" + fi + + db_get atftpd/tsize + if [ "$RET" != "true" ]; then + NOTSIZE="--no-tsize" + fi + + db_get atftpd/blksize + if [ "$RET" != "true" ]; then + NOBLKSIZE="--no-blksize" + fi + + db_get atftpd/multicast + if [ "$RET" != "true" ]; then + NOMCAST="--no-multicast" + else + db_get atftpd/mcast_port + if [ "$RET" ]; then + MCASTPORT="--mcast-port $RET" + fi + db_get atftpd/mcast_addr + if [ "$RET" ]; then + MCASTADDR="--mcast-addr $RET" + fi + fi + + db_get atftpd/verbosity + if [ "$RET" ]; then + RET=`echo $RET | cut -f1 -d ' '` + VERBOSITY="--verbose=$RET" + fi + + db_get atftpd/logtofile + if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then + db_get atftpd/logfile + if [ "$RET" ]; then + LOGFILE="--logfile $RET" + # if the file doesn't exist, create it + if [ ! -f $RET ]; then + touch $RET + chown nobody.nogroup $RET + chmod 640 $RET + fi + # modify the logrotate file + echo -e "$RET {\n" \ + " daily\n" \ + " rotate 5\n" \ + " compress\n" \ + " copytruncate\n" \ + " missingok\n" \ + "}" > /etc/logrotate.d/atftpd + fi + else + LOGFILE="" + # remove the logrotate file + rm -f /etc/logrotate.d/atftpd + fi + + db_get atftpd/basedir + if [ "$RET" ]; then + BASEDIR="$RET" + fi + +fi + +# remove any occurance +update-inetd --remove "tftp.*" + +# Make sure atftpd is stoped. Needed for dpkg-reconfigure. +if [ -e "/etc/init.d/atftpd" ]; then + /etc/init.d/atftpd stop +fi + +if [ "$USE_INETD" = "false" ]; then + echo "USE_INETD=false" > /etc/default/atftpd + echo "OPTIONS=\"$DAEMON $TFTPD_PORT $RETRY_TIMEOUT $NOTIMEOUT $NOTSIZE $NOBLKSIZE $NOMCAST \ +$MCASTPORT $MCASTADDR $MAXTHREAD $VERBOSITY $LOGFILE $BASEDIR\"" >> /etc/default/atftpd +else + update-inetd --group BOOT --add "tftp dgram udp wait \ + nobody /usr/sbin/tcpd /usr/sbin/in.tftpd $TFTPD_TIMEOUT $RETRY_TIMEOUT $NOTIMEOUT $NOTSIZE $NOBLKSIZE \ +$NOMCAST $MCASTPORT $MCASTADDR $MAXTHREAD $VERBOSITY $LOGFILE $BASEDIR" + echo "USE_INETD=true" > /etc/default/atftpd + echo "OPTIONS=\"$DAEMON $TFTPD_PORT $TFTPD_TIMEOUT $RETRY_TIMEOUT $NOTIMEOUT $NOTSIZE $NOBLKSIZE $NOMCAST \ +$MCASTPORT $MCASTADDR $MAXTHREAD $VERBOSITY $LOGFILE $BASEDIR\"" >> /etc/default/atftpd +fi + +#DEBHELPER# + +# tell debconf we are done. otherwise, it hangs waiting for the daemon. +db_stop; + +exit 0; diff --git a/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.postrm b/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.postrm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..73ba2ce --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.postrm @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#!/bin/sh -e + +if [ "$1" = "purge" ]; then + update-inetd --group BOOT --remove "tftp.*/usr/sbin/in.tftpd.*" + rm -f /etc/logorotate.d/atftpd +fi + +#DEBHELPER# diff --git a/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.prerm b/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.prerm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..03dc6f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.prerm @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +#!/bin/sh -e + +update-inetd --group BOOT --disable tftp + +#DEBHELPER# diff --git a/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.substvars b/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.substvars new file mode 100644 index 0000000..700ae23 --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.substvars @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +misc:Depends=debconf (>= 0.5) | debconf-2.0 +shlibs:Depends=libc6 (>= 2.7), libpcre3 (>= 7.7) diff --git a/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.templates b/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.templates new file mode 100644 index 0000000..50646ba --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/atftpd-xcat.templates @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +Template: atftpd/configure +Type: boolean +Default: true +_Description: Do you want to configure the server? + atftpd can have various parameters passed to it. These parameters can + optimize performances for servers that do heavy work. The default values + are suitable for most purposes. + +Template: atftpd/use_inetd +Type: boolean +Default: true +_Description: Should the server be started by inetd? + atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle + incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high + usage server. + +Template: atftpd/tftpd-timeout +Type: string +_Default: 300 +_Description: Server timeout. + How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting. + +Template: atftpd/retry-timeout +Type: string +_Default: 5 +_Description: Retry timeout. + How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet. + +Template: atftpd/maxthread +Type: string +_Default: 100 +_Description: Maximum number of threads. + Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running. + +Template: atftpd/verbosity +Type: select +_Choices: 7 (LOG_DEBUG), 6 (LOG_INFO), 5 (LOG_NOTICE), 4 (LOG_WARNING) +Default: 5 (LOG_NOTICE) +_Description: Verbosity level. + Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only + the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value. + +Template: atftpd/timeout +Type: boolean +Default: true +_Description: Enable 'timeout' support + +Template: atftpd/tsize +Type: boolean +Default: true +_Description: Enable 'tsize' support + +Template: atftpd/blksize +Type: boolean +Default: true +_Description: Enable 'block size' support + +Template: atftpd/multicast +Type: boolean +Default: true +_Description: Enable 'multicast' support + +Template: atftpd/port +Type: string +_Default: 69 +_Description: Port to listen for tftp request + +Template: atftpd/mcast_port +Type: string +_Default: 1758 +_Description: Port range for multicast file transfer + Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For + example, "2000-2003, 3000" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000. + +Template: atftpd/mcast_addr +Type: string +_Default: 239.255.0.0-255 +_Description: Address range for multicast transfer + Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of + addresses. Syntax is "a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,..." + +Template: atftpd/logtofile +Type: boolean +Default: false +_Description: Log to file instead of syslog? + If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to say + yes. That will avoid to clutter your syslog with tftpd logs. + +Template: atftpd/logfile +Type: string +_Default: /var/log/atftpd.log +_Description: Log file. + A file where atftpd write its logs. This file will be made writable for + the user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'. + +Template: atftpd/basedir +Type: string +_Default: /tftpboot +_Description: Base directory. + The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must + be world readable. diff --git a/atftp/debian/changelog b/atftp/debian/changelog new file mode 100644 index 0000000..77ff972 --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/changelog @@ -0,0 +1,109 @@ +atftp-xcat (0.7-3) unstable; urgency=low + + * Initial Debian build + + -- Mark Hamzy Mon, 02 May 2011 13:05:49 -0500 + +atftp-xcat (0.7-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Allow deb package in xCAT + * Added a patch so that it compiles in Ubuntu/debian + + -- OCF xCAT Fri, 29 Oct 2010 10:10:31 -0000 + +atftp (0.7-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New release + + -- J-P Fri, 21 Feb 2003 00:17:31 -0500 + +atftp (0.6.2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed local and remote buffer overflow (Closes: #196304) + + -- Remi Lefebvre Sun, 15 Jun 2003 16:26:13 -0400 + +atftp (0.6.1.1) unstable; urgency=low + + * NMU + * New config.guess, config.sub. Add libwrap-dev to build-depends. + Closes: #142949 + + -- LaMont Jones Wed, 24 Apr 2002 00:23:52 -0600 + +atftp (0.6.1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed French translations for real this time (Closes: #136339). + + -- Remi Lefebvre Sun, 13 Apr 2002 14:09:23 -0500 + +atftp (0.6) unstable; urgency=low + + * Update of German translations (Thanks to Christian Neumair) + (Closes: #139080) + * Update of French translations (Thanks to Denis Barbier) (Closes: #136339). + * Fix autoconf issue related to RedHat + * Fix bug associated with very small value of blksize + * Fix server to allow logging to stdout and stderr in daemon mode + * Add --no-fork option for use in conjonction with --daemon + * Add command line option to overide the default nobody.nogroup user + * Fix bug where server segfault if nobody.nogroup doesn't exist + * Fix grave bug with libwrap support causing server to segfault + + -- Remi Lefebvre Sun, 31 Mar 2002 13:55:54 -0500 + +atftp (0.5) unstable; urgency=low + + * Filename length limit increased (Closes: #124052). + * General bug fixes. + * Autoconf enhancement. + * Libwrap support (for spawned thread). + * Multicast support (not tested thoroughly). + * Be less picky about removing existing tftp entries in inetd.conf + (Closes: #107053). + * General spelling fixes in the english templates (Closes: #109475). + * Swedish templates (Thanks to Martin Sjgren) (Closes: #109523). + * Portuguese templates (Thanks to Andre Luis Lopes) (Closes: #107042). + + -- Remi Lefebvre Sat, 18 Aug 2001 23:13:25 -0400 + +atftp (0.4) unstable; urgency=low + + * Now handle SIGINT and SIGTERM in the client and server. + * Improved readline support. + * Added status info in the client. + * Added daemon mode. + * Added spanish templates (Thanks to Carlos Valdivia Yage) (Closes: #103043). + * Added "Provides: tftpd" (Closes: #100676). + * Added french templates. + * Added german templates (Thanks to Sebastian Feltel) (Closes: #100066). + * Fixed config script (Closes: #93398). + * Moved over to autoconf (Thanks to Jeffrey Fulmer). + + -- Remi Lefebvre Sat, 16 Jun 2001 01:27:27 -0500 + +atftp (0.3) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fixed format string bug. + * Fixed an uninitialised variable bug. + * Fixed name resolution. + + -- Remi Lefebvre Sun, 11 Feb 2001 13:08:34 -0500 + +atftp (0.2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Add statistics collecting functions to the server. + * Added support for debconf. + * Bugfixes. + + -- Remi Lefebvre Wed, 27 Dec 2000 11:44:02 -0500 + +atftp (0.1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Initial Release (Closes: #69486). + + -- Remi Lefebvre Fri, 30 Jun 2000 14:32:15 -0400 + +Local variables: +mode: debian-changelog +End: diff --git a/atftp/debian/control b/atftp/debian/control new file mode 100644 index 0000000..70f424f --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/control @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +Source: atftp-xcat +Section: net +Priority: optional +Maintainer: Debian QA Group +Build-Depends: libreadline-dev, debhelper (>= 4.1.16), po-debconf, libpcre3-dev +Standards-Version: 3.6.1 + +Package: atftp-xcat +Architecture: any +Depends: ${shlibs:Depends} +Description: Advanced TFTP client. + Interactive client for the Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP). Its + usage is mainly for testing and debugging the Atftp server. TFTP client + is usually implemented in BIOS and bootstrap programs like pxelinux when + booting from LAN. Atftp also support non-interactive invocation for + easy use in scripts. + +Package: atftpd-xcat +Architecture: any +Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}, netkit-inetd, debconf +Conflicts: tftpd +Suggests: logrotate +Provides: tftpd +Description: Advanced TFTP server. + Multi-threaded TFTP server implementing all options (option extension and + multicast) as specified in RFC1350, RFC2090, RFC2347, RFC2348 and RFC2349. + Atftpd also support multicast protocol known as mtftp, defined in the PXE + specification. The server supports being started from inetd(8) as well as + in daemon mode using init scripts. diff --git a/atftp/debian/copyright b/atftp/debian/copyright new file mode 100644 index 0000000..84a4347 --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/copyright @@ -0,0 +1,16 @@ +This package was debianized by Remi Lefebvre on +Fri, 30 Jun 2000 14:32:15 -0400. + +It was downloaded from ftp://ftp.mamalinux.com/pub/atftp/ + +Upstream Authors: Jean-Pierre Lefebvre + Remi Lefebvre + +Copyright: + +atftp is free software; you can redistribute them and/or modify them under +the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software +Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later +version. + +You can find a copy of the GPL at /usr/share/common-licenses/GPL diff --git a/atftp/debian/files b/atftp/debian/files new file mode 100644 index 0000000..464f663 --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/files @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +atftp-xcat_0.7-2_amd64.deb net optional +atftpd-xcat_0.7-2_amd64.deb net optional diff --git a/atftp/debian/patches/atftp_0.7.dfsg-3.diff b/atftp/debian/patches/atftp_0.7.dfsg-3.diff new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d0f9363 --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/patches/atftp_0.7.dfsg-3.diff @@ -0,0 +1,5522 @@ +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/test/Makefile.in ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/test/Makefile.in +@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ +-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.8.2 from Makefile.am. ++# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.8.5 from Makefile.am. + # @configure_input@ + + # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, +@@ -227,20 +227,20 @@ + skipped=""; \ + if test "$$skip" -ne 0; then \ + skipped="($$skip tests were not run)"; \ +- test `echo "$$skipped" | wc -c` -gt `echo "$$banner" | wc -c` && \ ++ test `echo "$$skipped" | wc -c` -le `echo "$$banner" | wc -c` || \ + dashes="$$skipped"; \ + fi; \ + report=""; \ + if test "$$failed" -ne 0 && test -n "$(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)"; then \ + report="Please report to $(PACKAGE_BUGREPORT)"; \ +- test `echo "$$report" | wc -c` -gt `echo "$$banner" | wc -c` && \ ++ test `echo "$$report" | wc -c` -le `echo "$$banner" | wc -c` || \ + dashes="$$report"; \ + fi; \ + dashes=`echo "$$dashes" | sed s/./=/g`; \ + echo "$$dashes"; \ + echo "$$banner"; \ +- test -n "$$skipped" && echo "$$skipped"; \ +- test -n "$$report" && echo "$$report"; \ ++ test -z "$$skipped" || echo "$$skipped"; \ ++ test -z "$$report" || echo "$$report"; \ + echo "$$dashes"; \ + test "$$failed" -eq 0; \ + else :; fi +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/PLATFORM ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/PLATFORM +@@ -0,0 +1 @@ ++pc-i686-linux-gnu +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/tftpd.c ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftpd.c +@@ -157,6 +157,7 @@ + struct servent *serv; + struct passwd *user; + struct group *group; ++ pthread_t tid; + + #ifdef HAVE_MTFTP + pthread_t mtftp_thread; +@@ -300,11 +301,13 @@ + open_logger("atftpd", log_file, logging_level); + } + ++#if defined(SOL_IP) && defined(IP_PKTINFO) + /* We need to retieve some information from incomming packets */ + if (setsockopt(0, SOL_IP, IP_PKTINFO, &one, sizeof(one)) != 0) + { + logger(LOG_WARNING, "Failed to set socket option: %s", strerror(errno)); + } ++#endif + + /* save main thread ID for proper signal handling */ + main_thread_id = pthread_self(); +@@ -387,10 +390,18 @@ + packets */ + if (!tftpd_cancel) + { ++ int rv; ++ + if ((tftpd_timeout == 0) || (tftpd_daemon)) +- select(FD_SETSIZE, &rfds, NULL, NULL, NULL); ++ rv = select(FD_SETSIZE, &rfds, NULL, NULL, NULL); + else +- select(FD_SETSIZE, &rfds, NULL, NULL, &tv); ++ rv = select(FD_SETSIZE, &rfds, NULL, NULL, &tv); ++ if (rv < 0) { ++ logger(LOG_ERR, "%s: %d: select: %s", ++ __FILE__, __LINE__, strerror(errno)); ++ /* Clear the bits, they are undefined! */ ++ FD_ZERO(&rfds); ++ } + } + + #ifdef RATE_CONTROL +@@ -466,7 +477,7 @@ + new->client_info->next = NULL; + + /* Start a new server thread. */ +- if (pthread_create(&new->tid, NULL, tftpd_receive_request, ++ if (pthread_create(&tid, NULL, tftpd_receive_request, + (void *)new) != 0) + { + logger(LOG_ERR, "Failed to start new thread"); +@@ -567,7 +578,8 @@ + + /* Detach ourself. That way the main thread does not have to + * wait for us with pthread_join. */ +- pthread_detach(pthread_self()); ++ data->tid = pthread_self(); ++ pthread_detach(data->tid); + + /* Read the first packet from stdin. */ + data_size = data->data_buffer_size; +@@ -732,8 +744,8 @@ + tftpd_clientlist_free(data); + + /* free the thread structure */ +- free(data); +- ++ free(data); ++ + logger(LOG_INFO, "Server thread exiting"); + pthread_exit(NULL); + } +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/stats.c ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/stats.c +@@ -157,8 +157,8 @@ + + logger(LOG_INFO, " Load measurements:"); + logger(LOG_INFO, " User: %8.3fs Sys:%8.3fs", +- (double)(s_stats.tms.tms_utime) / CLK_TCK, +- (double)(s_stats.tms.tms_stime) / CLK_TCK); ++ (double)(s_stats.tms.tms_utime) / CLOCKS_PER_SEC, ++ (double)(s_stats.tms.tms_stime) / CLOCKS_PER_SEC); + logger(LOG_INFO, " Total:%8.3fs CPU:%8.3f%%", + (double)(tmp.tv_sec + tmp.tv_usec * 1e-6), + (double)(s_stats.tms.tms_utime + s_stats.tms.tms_stime) / +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/argz.h ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/argz.h +@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ + #ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES + extern inline char * + __argz_next (__const char *__argz, size_t __argz_len, +- __const char *__entry) __THROW ++ __const char *__entry) + { + if (__entry) + { +@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ + } + extern inline char * + argz_next (__const char *__argz, size_t __argz_len, +- __const char *__entry) __THROW ++ __const char *__entry) + { + return __argz_next (__argz, __argz_len, __entry); + } +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/po/templates.pot ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/po/templates.pot +@@ -1,22 +1,14 @@ +-# +-# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext +-# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to +-# this format, e.g. by running: +-# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' +-# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' +-# +-# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at +-# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans +-# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans +-# +-# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. ++# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. ++# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER ++# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. ++# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. + # + #, fuzzy + msgid "" + msgstr "" + "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +-"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-02-17 18:54-0500\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ldrolez@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-02 00:46+0200\n" + "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" + "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" + "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +@@ -26,28 +18,13 @@ + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:4 +-msgid "Do you want to configure the server?" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:4 +-msgid "" +-"atftpd can have various parameters passed to it. These parameters can " +-"optimize performances for servers that do heavy work. The default values are " +-"suitable for most purposes." +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:12 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 + msgid "Should the server be started by inetd?" + msgstr "" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:12 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 + msgid "" + "atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle " + "incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high " +@@ -55,74 +32,50 @@ + msgstr "" + + #. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:19 +-msgid "300" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:20 +-msgid "Server timeout." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "Server timeout:" + msgstr "" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:20 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 + msgid "How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting." + msgstr "" + + #. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:25 +-msgid "5" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:26 +-msgid "Retry timeout." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "Retry timeout:" + msgstr "" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:26 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 + msgid "How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet." + msgstr "" + + #. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:31 +-msgid "100" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:32 +-msgid "Maximum number of threads." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of threads:" + msgstr "" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:32 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 + msgid "Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running." + msgstr "" + + #. Type: select +-#. Choices +-#: ../atftpd.templates:37 +-msgid "7 (LOG_DEBUG), 6 (LOG_INFO), 5 (LOG_NOTICE), 4 (LOG_WARNING)" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: select + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:39 +-msgid "Verbosity level." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "Verbosity level:" + msgstr "" + + #. Type: select + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:39 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 + msgid "" + "Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only " + "the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value." +@@ -130,75 +83,63 @@ + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:46 +-msgid "Enable 'timeout' support" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:6001 ++msgid "Enable 'timeout' support?" + msgstr "" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:51 +-msgid "Enable 'tsize' support" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:7001 ++msgid "Enable 'tsize' support?" + msgstr "" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:56 +-msgid "Enable 'block size' support" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:8001 ++msgid "Enable 'block size' support?" + msgstr "" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:61 +-msgid "Enable 'multicast' support" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:65 +-msgid "69" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:9001 ++msgid "Enable multicast support?" + msgstr "" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:66 +-msgid "Port to listen for tftp request" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:10001 ++msgid "TTL for multicast packets:" + msgstr "" + + #. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:70 +-msgid "1758" ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:11001 ++msgid "Port to listen for tftp request:" + msgstr "" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:71 +-msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer:" + msgstr "" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:71 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 + msgid "" + "Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, " + "\"2000-2003, 3000\" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000." + msgstr "" + + #. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:77 +-msgid "239.255.0.0-255" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:78 +-msgid "Address range for multicast transfer" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "Address range for multicast transfer:" + msgstr "" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:78 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 + msgid "" + "Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of " + "addresses. Syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" +@@ -206,53 +147,41 @@ + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:85 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 + msgid "Log to file instead of syslog?" + msgstr "" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:85 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 + msgid "" +-"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to say " +-"yes. That will avoid to clutter your syslog with tftpd logs." +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:91 +-msgid "/var/log/atftpd.log" ++"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to " ++"accept here. That will avoid cluttering your syslog with tftpd logs." + msgstr "" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:92 +-msgid "Log file." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "Log file:" + msgstr "" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:92 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 + msgid "" +-"A file where atftpd write its logs. This file will be made writable for the " +-"user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:98 +-msgid "/tftpboot" ++"A file where atftpd will write its logs. This file will be made writable for " ++"the user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." + msgstr "" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:99 +-msgid "Base directory." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "Base directory:" + msgstr "" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:99 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 + msgid "" + "The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must be " + "world readable." +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/po/ca.po ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/po/ca.po +@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@ ++# ++# Catalan translation for atftp package. ++# Copyright (C) 2007 Ludovic Droviz. ++# This file is distributed under the same license as the atftp package. ++# ++# Jordà Polo , 2007. ++# ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: 0.7.dfsg-1\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ldrolez@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-02 00:46+0200\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-02-04 23:05+0100\n" ++"Last-Translator: Jordà Polo \n" ++"Language-Team: Català \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "Should the server be started by inetd?" ++msgstr "S'hauria d'iniciar el servidor mitjançant inetd?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle " ++"incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high " ++"usage server." ++msgstr "" ++"És possible iniciar atftpd mitjançant el superservidor inetd o com a dimoni, " ++"deixant que aquest controli les connexions entrants. La darrera opció només " ++"es recomana en servidors amb molta càrrega." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "Server timeout:" ++msgstr "Temps d'espera del servidor:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting." ++msgstr "Els segons que s'ha d'esperar el fil principal abans d'acabar." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "Retry timeout:" ++msgstr "Temps d'espera dels reintents:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet." ++msgstr "" ++"Els segons que s'ha d'esperar una resposta abans de tornar a transmetre un " ++"paquet." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of threads:" ++msgstr "Nombre màxim de fils:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running." ++msgstr "Nombre màxim de fils que poden executar-se concurrentment." ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "Verbosity level:" ++msgstr "Nivell de detall:" ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only " ++"the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value." ++msgstr "" ++"Nivell de registre. «7» ho enregistra tot, incloent missatges de depuració. " ++"«1» només enregistrarà els missatges crítics del sistema. «5» (LOG_NOTICE) " ++"és el valor predeterminat." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:6001 ++msgid "Enable 'timeout' support?" ++msgstr "Voleu activar el suport per a «timeout»?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:7001 ++msgid "Enable 'tsize' support?" ++msgstr "Voleu activar el suport per a «tsize»?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:8001 ++msgid "Enable 'block size' support?" ++msgstr "Voleu activar el suport per a «block size»?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:9001 ++msgid "Enable multicast support?" ++msgstr "Voleu activar el suport multicast?" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:10001 ++msgid "TTL for multicast packets:" ++msgstr "TTL per als paquets multicast:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:11001 ++msgid "Port to listen for tftp request:" ++msgstr "Port on s'han d'escoltar les peticions tftp:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer:" ++msgstr "Rang de ports per a la transmissió de fitxers multicast:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, " ++"\"2000-2003, 3000\" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000." ++msgstr "" ++"Les transferències multicast utilitzaran qualsevol port disponible dins un " ++"cert rang. Per exemple, «2000-2003, 3000» permet utilitzar els ports entre " ++"el 2000 i el 2003, i el 3000." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "Address range for multicast transfer:" ++msgstr "Rang d'adreces per a la transmissió multicast:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of " ++"addresses. Syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" ++msgstr "" ++"Les transferències multicast utilitzaran qualsevol adreça disponible dins un " ++"cert rang. La sintaxi és «a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...»." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "Log to file instead of syslog?" ++msgstr "Voleu enregistrar en un fitxer en lloc d'utilitzar syslog?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "" ++"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to " ++"accept here. That will avoid cluttering your syslog with tftpd logs." ++msgstr "" ++"Si el vostre servidor suporta una intensa càrrega de transmissió de fitxers " ++"per tftp, seria una bona idea acceptar aquesta opció. Això evitarà emplenar " ++"el syslog amb els registres relacionats amb tftpd." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "Log file:" ++msgstr "Fitxer de registre:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "" ++"A file where atftpd will write its logs. This file will be made writable for " ++"the user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." ++msgstr "" ++"El fitxer on atftpd escriurà els seus registres. L'usuari «nobody» i el grup " ++"«nogroup» tindran permisos d'escriptura sobre aquest fitxer." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "Base directory:" ++msgstr "Directori base:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "" ++"The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must be " ++"world readable." ++msgstr "" ++"El directori des del qual atftpd ha de servir els fitxers. Aquest directori " ++"ha de tenir permisos de lectura per a tothom." +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/po/da.po ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/po/da.po +@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@ ++# ++# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext ++# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to ++# this format, e.g. by running: ++# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' ++# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' ++# ++# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at ++# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans ++# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans ++# ++# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. ++# ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: atftp 0.7-4\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ldrolez@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-02 00:46+0200\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-01 20:10+0200\n" ++"Last-Translator: Morten Brix Pedersen \n" ++"Language-Team: Danish \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "Should the server be started by inetd?" ++msgstr "Skal serveren startes af inetd?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle " ++"incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high " ++"usage server." ++msgstr "" ++"atftpd kan startes af inetd superserveren eller som en dæmon der håndterer " ++"indgående forbindelser selv. Sidstnævnte er kun anbefalet for maskiner med " ++"meget stort forbrug." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "Server timeout:" ++msgstr "Server tidsgrænseudløb:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting." ++msgstr "Hovr mange sekunder hoved-tråden venter før den afslutter." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "Retry timeout:" ++msgstr "Prøv-igen tidsgrænse:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet." ++msgstr "Hvor mange sekunder skal der ventes på svar, før en pakke gensendes." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of threads:" ++msgstr "Maks antal tråde:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running." ++msgstr "Maks antal samtidige tråde der kan køre." ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "Verbosity level:" ++msgstr "Detalje-niveau:" ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only " ++"the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value." ++msgstr "" ++"Niveau til logning. 7 logger alt inklusive fejlsøgningslogs. 1 vil kun logge " ++"system kritiske logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) er standardværdien." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:6001 ++msgid "Enable 'timeout' support?" ++msgstr "Aktivér 'timeout'-understøttelse?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:7001 ++msgid "Enable 'tsize' support?" ++msgstr "Aktivér 'tsize'-understøttelse?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:8001 ++msgid "Enable 'block size' support?" ++msgstr "Aktivér 'block size'-understøttelse?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:9001 ++msgid "Enable multicast support?" ++msgstr "Aktivér 'multicast'-understøttelse?" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:10001 ++#, fuzzy ++msgid "TTL for multicast packets:" ++msgstr "TTL for multicast-pakker" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:11001 ++msgid "Port to listen for tftp request:" ++msgstr "Port der skal lyttes på for tftp-efterspørgsler:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer:" ++msgstr "Port-område for multicast fil-overførsler:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, " ++"\"2000-2003, 3000\" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000." ++msgstr "" ++"Multicast-overførsler vil kun bruge en tilgængelig port i et givent område. " ++"F.eks. \"2000-2003, 3000\" vil tillade aftftpd at bruge port 2000 til 2003, " ++"og 3000." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "Address range for multicast transfer:" ++msgstr "Adresse-område for multicast overførsler:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of " ++"addresses. Syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" ++msgstr "" ++"Multicast-overførsler vil bruge tilgængelige adresser fra et givent område " ++"af adresser. Syntaksen er \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "Log to file instead of syslog?" ++msgstr "Log til en fil i stedet for syslog?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "" ++"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to " ++"accept here. That will avoid cluttering your syslog with tftpd logs." ++msgstr "" ++"Hvis din server laver intensivt tftp fil-deling, er det en god idé at svare " ++"ja her. Det vil undgå at fylde din syslog for meget op med tftpd beskeder." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "Log file:" ++msgstr "Logfil:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "" ++"A file where atftpd will write its logs. This file will be made writable for " ++"the user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." ++msgstr "" ++"En fil hvor atftpd skriver sine logs. Denne fil vil blive gjort skrivbar for " ++"brugeren 'nobody' og gruppen 'nogroup'." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "Base directory:" ++msgstr "Base-mappe:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "" ++"The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must be " ++"world readable." ++msgstr "" ++"Mappe-træet hvor atftpd kan servere sine filer. Denne mappe skal være læsbar " ++"af alle." +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/po/de.po ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/po/de.po +@@ -1,283 +1,221 @@ ++# translation of po-debconf template to German + # + # Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext + # documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to + # this format, e.g. by running: + # info -n '(gettext)PO Files' + # info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' +-# + # Some information specific to po-debconf are available at + # /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans +-# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans +-# ++# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# + # Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. + # +-#, fuzzy ++# Jens Nachtigall , 2004. ++# Matthias Julius , 2006. + msgid "" + msgstr "" +-"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +-"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-02-17 18:54-0500\n" +-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +-"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" ++"Project-Id-Version: atftp 0.7.dfsg-1\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ldrolez@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-02 00:46+0200\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-23 01:10-0500\n" ++"Last-Translator: Matthias Julius \n" ++"Language-Team: German \n" + "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-15\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" + "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" ++"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:4 +-msgid "Do you want to configure the server?" +-msgstr "Wollen Sie den Server konfigurieren?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:4 +-msgid "" +-"atftpd can have various parameters passed to it. These parameters can " +-"optimize performances for servers that do heavy work. The default values are " +-"suitable for most purposes." +-msgstr "" +-"atftpd kann mit verschiedenen Parametern gestartet werden. Diese Parameter " +-"knnen die Leistung intensiv genutzter Server erhhen. Die Standartwerte " +-"sind fr die meisten Anwendungsgebiete geeignet." +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:12 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 + msgid "Should the server be started by inetd?" + msgstr "Soll der Server von inetd gestartet werden?" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:12 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 + msgid "" + "atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle " + "incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high " + "usage server." + msgstr "" +-"atftpd kann durch den inetd Hauptserver oder als 'Daemon' gestartet werden " +-"und selbst externe Verbindungsaufnahmen verwalten. Letzteres ist nur bei " ++"atftpd kann durch den Hauptserver inetd oder als Daemon gestartet werden, um " ++"so selbst externe Verbindungsaufnahmen zu verwalten. Letzteres ist nur bei " + "sehr stark genutzten Servern empfehlenswert." + + #. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:19 +-msgid "300" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:20 +-msgid "Server timeout." +-msgstr "Server 'timeout'." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "Server timeout:" ++msgstr "Server-Limit für Zeitüberschreitung (engl. »server timeout«)." + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:20 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 + msgid "How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting." +-msgstr "Die Zeit in Sekunden, die der Hauptprozess vor dem Beenden abwartet." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:25 +-msgid "5" +-msgstr "" ++msgstr "Die Zeit in Sekunden, die der Haupt-Thread vor einem Abbruch abwartet." + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:26 +-msgid "Retry timeout." +-msgstr "'Retry timeout'" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "Retry timeout:" ++msgstr "" ++"Server-Limit für Zeitüberschreitung bei neuerlichem Versuch (engl. »Retry " ++"timeout«)." + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:26 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 + msgid "How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet." + msgstr "" +-"Die Zeit in Sekunden, die der Server verstreichen lsst, bevor das zuletzt " +-"gesendete Paket erneut bertragen wird" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:31 +-msgid "100" +-msgstr "" ++"Die Zeit in Sekunden, die der Server verstreichen lässt, bevor das zuletzt " ++"gesendete Paket erneut übertragen wird." + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:32 +-msgid "Maximum number of threads." +-msgstr "Maximale Anzahl von Prozessen." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of threads:" ++msgstr "Maximale Thread-Anzahl:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:32 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 + msgid "Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running." +-msgstr "Die maximale Anzahl gleichzeitig erlaubter Prozesse." +- +-#. Type: select +-#. Choices +-#: ../atftpd.templates:37 +-msgid "7 (LOG_DEBUG), 6 (LOG_INFO), 5 (LOG_NOTICE), 4 (LOG_WARNING)" +-msgstr "" ++msgstr "Die maximale Anzahl gleichzeitig laufender Threads." + + #. Type: select + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:39 +-msgid "Verbosity level." +-msgstr "Niveau der Redseligkeit." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "Verbosity level:" ++msgstr "Niveau der Redseligkeit:" + + #. Type: select + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:39 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 + msgid "" + "Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only " + "the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value." + msgstr "" +-"Intensitt des Loggens. 7 loggt alles inklusive der 'debug' Meldungen. 1 " +-"loggt lediglich die systemkritischen Meldungen. 5 {LOG_NOTICE} ist der " +-"Standartwert." ++"Intensität des Protokollierens. 7 protokolliert alles inklusive der »debug«-" ++"Meldungen. 1 protokolliert lediglich die systemkritischen Meldungen. 5 " ++"(LOG_NOTICE) ist der Standardwert." + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:46 +-msgid "Enable 'timeout' support" +-msgstr "Aktivieren der 'timeout' Untersttzung" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:6001 ++msgid "Enable 'timeout' support?" ++msgstr "Aktivieren der Zeitüberschreitungs-Unterstützung (engl. »timeout«)?" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:51 +-msgid "Enable 'tsize' support" +-msgstr "Aktivieren der 'tsize' Untersttzung" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:7001 ++msgid "Enable 'tsize' support?" ++msgstr "Aktivieren der »tsize«-Unterstützung?" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:56 +-msgid "Enable 'block size' support" +-msgstr "Aktivieren der 'block size' Untersttzung" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:8001 ++msgid "Enable 'block size' support?" ++msgstr "Aktivieren der »block size«-Unterstützung?" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:61 +-msgid "Enable 'multicast' support" +-msgstr "Aktivieren der 'multicast' Untersttzung" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:65 +-msgid "69" +-msgstr "" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:9001 ++msgid "Enable multicast support?" ++msgstr "Multicast-Unterstützung aktivieren?" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:66 +-msgid "Port to listen for tftp request" +-msgstr "Port, der auf eine tftp Anfrage berwacht wird" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:10001 ++msgid "TTL for multicast packets:" ++msgstr "TTL für Multicast-Pakete:" + + #. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:70 +-msgid "1758" +-msgstr "" ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:11001 ++msgid "Port to listen for tftp request:" ++msgstr "Port, der für tftp-Anfragen überwacht werden soll:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:71 +-msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer" +-msgstr "Portbereich fr 'multicast' Dateitransfers" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer:" ++msgstr "Portbereich für Multicast-Dateiübertragungen:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:71 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 + msgid "" + "Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, " + "\"2000-2003, 3000\" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000." + msgstr "" +-"'Multicast' Transfers werden jeden verfgbaren Port aus der angegebenen " +-"Auswahl verwenden. Die Angabe \"2000-2003, 3000\" erlaubt atftpd " ++"Multicast-Transfers werden jeden verfügbaren Port aus der angegebenen " ++"Auswahl verwenden. Die Angabe »2000-2003, 3000« erlaubt atftpd " + "beispielsweise, die Ports 2000 bis 2003 sowie 3000 zu benutzen." + + #. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:77 +-msgid "239.255.0.0-255" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:78 +-msgid "Address range for multicast transfer" +-msgstr "Adressbereich fr den 'multicast' Transfer" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "Address range for multicast transfer:" ++msgstr "Adressbereich für den Multicast-Transfer:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:78 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 + msgid "" + "Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of " + "addresses. Syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" + msgstr "" +-"'Multicast' Transfers werden jede verfgbare Adresse aus einer vorgegebenen " +-"Auswahl verwenden. Die Syntax lautet \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" ++"Multicast-Transfers werden jede verfügbare Adresse aus der angegebenen " ++"Auswahl verwenden. Die Syntax lautet »a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...«" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:85 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 + msgid "Log to file instead of syslog?" +-msgstr "In eine Datei anstatt in das syslog schreiben?" ++msgstr "In eine Datei anstatt über syslog protokollieren?" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:85 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 + msgid "" +-"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to say " +-"yes. That will avoid to clutter your syslog with tftpd logs." +-msgstr "" +-"Falls Ihr Server intensiv zur tftp Bereitstellung von Dateien genutzt wird, " +-"so ist es eine gute Idee, hier mit Ja zu antworten. Dies wird es vermeiden, " +-"Ihr syslog mit tftp Meldungen zuzumllen." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:91 +-msgid "/var/log/atftpd.log" ++"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to " ++"accept here. That will avoid cluttering your syslog with tftpd logs." + msgstr "" ++"Falls Ihr Server viel bzw. oft Dateien mittels tftp bereitstellt, ist es " ++"eine gute Idee, hier zuzustimmen. Dadurch wird Ihr syslog nicht mit tftp-" ++"Meldungen überladen." + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:92 +-msgid "Log file." +-msgstr "Logdatei." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "Log file:" ++msgstr "Logdatei:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:92 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 + msgid "" +-"A file where atftpd write its logs. This file will be made writable for the " +-"user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." +-msgstr "" +-"Eine Datei, in die atftpd seine Meldungen schreibt. Diese Datei wird fr den " +-"Benutzer 'nobody' und die Gruppe 'nogroup' mit Lese-Schreibzugriff zur " +-"Verfgung gestellt werden." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:98 +-msgid "/tftpboot" ++"A file where atftpd will write its logs. This file will be made writable for " ++"the user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." + msgstr "" ++"Eine Datei, in die atftpd seine Log-Meldungen schreibt. Diese Datei wird für " ++"den Benutzer »nobody« und die Gruppe »nogroup« mit Schreibzugriff versehen " ++"werden." + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:99 +-msgid "Base directory." +-msgstr "Stammverzeichnis." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "Base directory:" ++msgstr "Basisverzeichnis:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:99 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 + msgid "" + "The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must be " + "world readable." + msgstr "" +-"Der Verzeichnisbaum, in dem atftpd Dateien zur Verfgung stellen kann. " +-"Dieses Verzeichnis muss fr alle Benutzer lesbar sein." ++"Der Verzeichnisbaum, aus dem atftpd Dateien zur Verfügung stellen kann. " ++"Dieses Verzeichnis muss für alle Benutzer lesbar sein." +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/po/cs.po ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/po/cs.po +@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@ ++# ++# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext ++# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to ++# this format, e.g. by running: ++# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' ++# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' ++# ++# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at ++# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans ++# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans ++# ++# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. ++# ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: atftp\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ldrolez@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-02 00:46+0200\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-12-31 11:29+0100\n" ++"Last-Translator: Miroslav Kure \n" ++"Language-Team: Czech \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-2\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "Should the server be started by inetd?" ++msgstr "M se server spoutt pes inetd?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle " ++"incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high " ++"usage server." ++msgstr "" ++"atftpd me bet jako samostatn daemon a sm zpracovvat pchoz " ++"poadavky, nebo me bt spoutn z metaserveru inetd. Prvn monost je " ++"doporuen pouze pro velmi vyten servery." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "Server timeout:" ++msgstr "asov limit serveru:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting." ++msgstr "Kolik sekund m hlavn vlkno ekat, ne se ukon." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "Retry timeout:" ++msgstr "asov limit opakovn:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet." ++msgstr "Kolik sekund m server ekat na odpov, ne paket odele znovu." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of threads:" ++msgstr "Maximln poet vlken:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running." ++msgstr "Maximln poet souasn bcch vlken." ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "Verbosity level:" ++msgstr "Mra upovdanosti:" ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only " ++"the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value." ++msgstr "" ++"7 zaznamen ve vetn ladicch hlen. 1 zaznamen pouze kritick zznamy, " ++"5 (LOG_NOTICE) je vchoz hodnota." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:6001 ++msgid "Enable 'timeout' support?" ++msgstr "Povolit podporu 'timeout'?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:7001 ++msgid "Enable 'tsize' support?" ++msgstr "Povolit podporu 'tsize'?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:8001 ++msgid "Enable 'block size' support?" ++msgstr "Povolit podporu 'block size'?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:9001 ++msgid "Enable multicast support?" ++msgstr "Povolit podporu multicastu?" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:10001 ++#, fuzzy ++msgid "TTL for multicast packets:" ++msgstr "TTL pro multicastov pakety" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:11001 ++msgid "Port to listen for tftp request:" ++msgstr "Port, na kterm se m naslouchat tftp poadavkm:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer:" ++msgstr "Rozsah port pro hromadn (multicast) penos soubor:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, " ++"\"2000-2003, 3000\" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000." ++msgstr "" ++"Pro hromadn penos pouij libovoln porty ze zadan mnoiny. Napklad " ++"\"2000-2003, 3000\" dovol atftpd pout porty 2000 a 2003 a port 3000." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "Address range for multicast transfer:" ++msgstr "Rozsah adres pro hromadn penosy:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of " ++"addresses. Syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" ++msgstr "" ++"Pro hromadn penos pouij libovoln adresy ze zadan mnoiny adres. " ++"Syntaxe je nsledujc: \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "Log to file instead of syslog?" ++msgstr "Nepouvat pro zznamy syslog, ale samostatn soubor?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "" ++"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to " ++"accept here. That will avoid cluttering your syslog with tftpd logs." ++msgstr "" ++"Pokud bude v server nabzet tftp soubory mnoha klientm, je dobr tuto " ++"monost povolit, protoe se pak zznamy tftpd nebudou mchat se zznamy " ++"syslogu." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "Log file:" ++msgstr "Soubor pro zznamy:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "" ++"A file where atftpd will write its logs. This file will be made writable for " ++"the user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." ++msgstr "" ++"Soubor, do kterho bude atftpd zapisovat sv zznamy. Prva souboru budou " ++"nastavena tak, aby do nj mohl zapisovat uivatel 'nobody' a skupina " ++"'nogroup'." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "Base directory:" ++msgstr "Zkladn adres:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "" ++"The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must be " ++"world readable." ++msgstr "" ++"Adresov strom, ze kterho atftpd nabz soubory. Adres mus bt iteln " ++"pro vechny." +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/po/es.po ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/po/es.po +@@ -1,292 +1,237 @@ ++# atftp po-debconf translation to spanish ++# Copyright (C) 2006 Software in the Public Interest, SPI Inc. ++# This file is distributed under the same license as the atftp package. ++# ++# Changes: ++# - Initial translation ++# Sergio Molina , 2004. ++# Steve Lord Flaubert , 2006 ++# + # +-# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext +-# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to +-# this format, e.g. by running: +-# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' +-# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' +-# +-# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at +-# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans +-# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans +-# +-# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. +-# +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "" +-msgstr "" +-"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +-"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-02-17 18:54-0500\n" +-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +-"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" ++# Traductores, si no conoce el formato PO, merece la pena leer la ++# documentación de gettext, especialmente las secciones dedicadas a este ++# formato, por ejemplo ejecutando: ++# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' ++# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' ++# ++# Equipo de traducción al español, por favor lean antes de traducir ++# los siguientes documentos: ++# - El proyecto de traducción de Debian al español ++# http://www.debian.org/intl/spanish/ ++# especialmente las notas y normas de traducción en ++# http://www.debian.org/intl/spanish/notas ++# ++# - La guía de traducción de po's de debconf: ++# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans ++# o http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans ++# ++# Si tiene dudas o consultas sobre esta traducción consulte con el último ++# traductor (campo Last-Translator) y ponga en copia a la lista de ++# traducción de Debian al español () ++# ++# ++# ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: atftp 0.7.dfsg-1\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ldrolez@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-02 00:46+0200\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-06 22:26+0100\n" ++"Last-Translator: Steve Lord Flaubert \n" ++"Language-Team: Spanish \n" + "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-15\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" + "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:4 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "Do you want to configure the server?" +-msgstr "Quiere configurar el servidor?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:4 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "" +-"atftpd can have various parameters passed to it. These parameters can " +-"optimize performances for servers that do heavy work. The default values are " +-"suitable for most purposes." +-msgstr "" +-"A atftpd se le pueden pasar varios parmetros. Estos parmetros pueden " +-"optimizar su rendimiento en servidores con mucha carga. Los valores por " +-"defecto suelen ser adecuados en la mayora de los casos." +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:12 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 + msgid "Should the server be started by inetd?" +-msgstr "" ++msgstr "¿El servidor debería arrancarse por medio de inetd?" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:12 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 + msgid "" + "atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle " + "incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high " + "usage server." + msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:19 +-msgid "300" +-msgstr "" ++"atftpd puede iniciarse por medio del superservidor inetd o como un demonio y " ++"manejar las conexiones entrantes por sí mismo. El segundo caso se recomienda " ++"sólo para servidores con mucha carga de trabajo." + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:20 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "Server timeout." +-msgstr "Timeout del servidor." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "Server timeout:" ++msgstr "Tiempo excedido del servidor:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:20 +-#, fuzzy ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 + msgid "How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting." + msgstr "" +-"Especifique cuntos segundos ha de esperar el hilo principal del programa " ++"Especifique cuantos segundos ha de esperar el hilo principal del programa " + "antes de finalizar." + + #. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:25 +-msgid "5" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:26 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "Retry timeout." +-msgstr "Timeout de respuesta." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "Retry timeout:" ++msgstr "Tiempo de espera para reintento:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:26 +-#, fuzzy ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 + msgid "How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet." + msgstr "" +-"Especifique cuntos segundos se ha esperar una respuesta antes de volver a " +-"enviar un paquete." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:31 +-msgid "100" +-msgstr "" ++"Especifique cuantos segundos se ha de esperar una respuesta antes de volver " ++"a enviar un paquete." + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:32 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "Maximum number of threads." +-msgstr "Mximo nmero de hilos." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of threads:" ++msgstr "Máximo número de hilos:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:32 +-#, fuzzy ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 + msgid "Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running." +-msgstr "Mximo nmero de hilos concurrentes que se puede ejecutar." +- +-#. Type: select +-#. Choices +-#: ../atftpd.templates:37 +-msgid "7 (LOG_DEBUG), 6 (LOG_INFO), 5 (LOG_NOTICE), 4 (LOG_WARNING)" +-msgstr "" ++msgstr "Máximo número de hilos concurrentes que se puede ejecutar." + + #. Type: select + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:39 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "Verbosity level." +-msgstr "Nivel de detalle de los registros." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "Verbosity level:" ++msgstr "Nivel de detalle de los registros:" + + #. Type: select + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:39 +-#, fuzzy ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 + msgid "" + "Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only " + "the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value." + msgstr "" +-"Nivel de registro: 7 lo guarda todo, incluyendo los logs de depuracin. 1 " +-"grabar slo los registros crticos del sistema. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) es el valor " +-"por omisin." ++"Nivel de registro : 7 lo guarda todo, incluyendo los registros de " ++"depuración. 1 grabará sólo los registros críticos del sistema. 5 " ++"(LOG_NOTICE) es el valor por omisión." + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:46 +-msgid "Enable 'timeout' support" +-msgstr "" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:6001 ++msgid "Enable 'timeout' support?" ++msgstr "¿Habilitar soporte «timeout»?" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:51 +-msgid "Enable 'tsize' support" +-msgstr "" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:7001 ++msgid "Enable 'tsize' support?" ++msgstr "¿Habilitar soporte «tsize»?" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:56 +-msgid "Enable 'block size' support" +-msgstr "" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:8001 ++msgid "Enable 'block size' support?" ++msgstr "¿Habilitar soporte para «block-size»?" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:61 +-msgid "Enable 'multicast' support" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:65 +-msgid "69" +-msgstr "" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:9001 ++msgid "Enable multicast support?" ++msgstr "¿Habilitar soporte «multicast»?" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:66 +-msgid "Port to listen for tftp request" +-msgstr "" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:10001 ++msgid "TTL for multicast packets:" ++msgstr "TTL para paquetes multicast:" + + #. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:70 +-msgid "1758" +-msgstr "" ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:11001 ++msgid "Port to listen for tftp request:" ++msgstr "Puerto para escuchar peticiones de tftp:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:71 +-msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer" +-msgstr "" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer:" ++msgstr "Rango de puertos para transferencia de archivos multicast:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:71 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 + msgid "" + "Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, " + "\"2000-2003, 3000\" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000." + msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:77 +-msgid "239.255.0.0-255" +-msgstr "" ++"Las transferencias multicast usan cualquier puerto disponible entre un rango " ++"de puertos asignados. Por ejemplo, «2000-2003, 3000» permite a atftpd " ++"utilizar cualquier puerto entre el 2000 al 2003 y el puerto 3000." + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:78 +-msgid "Address range for multicast transfer" +-msgstr "" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "Address range for multicast transfer:" ++msgstr "Rango de direcciones para transferencia multicast:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:78 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 + msgid "" + "Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of " + "addresses. Syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" + msgstr "" ++"Las transferencias multicast usarán cualquier dirección disponible de un " ++"rango de direcciones asignadas. La sintaxis es «a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...»" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:85 +-#, fuzzy ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 + msgid "Log to file instead of syslog?" +-msgstr "Grabar los registros en un fichero en lugar de usar syslog?" ++msgstr "¿Fichero de registro en lugar de syslog?" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:85 +-#, fuzzy ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 + msgid "" +-"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to say " +-"yes. That will avoid to clutter your syslog with tftpd logs." ++"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to " ++"accept here. That will avoid cluttering your syslog with tftpd logs." + msgstr "" + "Si su servidor realiza transferencias intensivas de ficheros mediante tftp, " +-"es una buena idea responder s. Esto evitar que desborde su syslog con " ++"es una buena idea aceptar aquí. Esto evitará que desordene su «syslog» con " + "registros de tftpd." + + #. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:91 +-msgid "/var/log/atftpd.log" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:92 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "Log file." +-msgstr "Fichero de registro." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "Log file:" ++msgstr "Fichero de registro:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:92 +-#, fuzzy ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 + msgid "" +-"A file where atftpd write its logs. This file will be made writable for the " +-"user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." +-msgstr "" +-"El fichero en el que tftpd escribir sus logs. En este fichero podr " +-"escribir el usuario 'nobody' y los usuarios del grupo 'nogroup'." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:98 +-msgid "/tftpboot" ++"A file where atftpd will write its logs. This file will be made writable for " ++"the user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." + msgstr "" ++"Un fichero en el que tftpd escribirá sus registros. Este fichero se hará " ++"escribible al usuario «nobody» y los usuarios del grupo «nogroup»." + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:99 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "Base directory." +-msgstr "Directorio base." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "Base directory:" ++msgstr "Directorio base:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:99 +-#, fuzzy ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 + msgid "" + "The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must be " + "world readable." + msgstr "" +-"El rbol de directorios a partir del cual servir los ficheros atftpd. Ese " +-"directorio tiene que tener derechos de lectura para todos los usuarios." ++"El árbol de directorios desde dónde atftpd servirá los ficheros. Ese " ++"directorio debe ser accesible para todos los usuarios." +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/po/fr.po ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/po/fr.po +@@ -11,188 +11,139 @@ + # + # Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. + # +-#, fuzzy + msgid "" + msgstr "" +-"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +-"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-02-17 18:54-0500\n" +-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +-"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" ++"Project-Id-Version: atftp 0.7\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ldrolez@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-02 00:46+0200\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-12-28 16:35+0100\n" ++"Last-Translator: Cyril Brulebois \n" ++"Language-Team: French \n" + "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" + "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-15\n" + "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:4 +-msgid "Do you want to configure the server?" +-msgstr "Dsirez-vous configurer le serveur?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:4 +-msgid "" +-"atftpd can have various parameters passed to it. These parameters can " +-"optimize performances for servers that do heavy work. The default values are " +-"suitable for most purposes." +-msgstr "" +-"Atftpd peut recevoir des paramtres varis. Il est possible d'optimiser les " +-"performances en modifiant ces paramtres pour des serveurs effectuant des " +-"tches lourdes. Dans la plupart des cas, les valeurs par dfaut sont " +-"largement suffisantes." +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:12 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 + msgid "Should the server be started by inetd?" +-msgstr "Doit-on dmarrer le serveur par inetd?" ++msgstr "Faut-il dmarrer le serveur via inetd?" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:12 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 + msgid "" + "atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle " + "incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high " + "usage server." + msgstr "" + "Atftpd peut tre dmarr par le super-serveur inetd ou en serveur " +-"indpendant qui gre lui-mme les connexions entrantes. Ce dernier mode " +-"n'est recommand que pour les serveurs fortement sollicits." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:19 +-msgid "300" +-msgstr "300" ++"indpendant pour qu'il gre lui-mme les connexions entrantes. Ce dernier " ++"mode n'est recommand que pour les serveurs fortement sollicits." + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:20 +-msgid "Server timeout." +-msgstr "Dlais du serveur." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "Server timeout:" ++msgstr "Dlai d'attente (timeout) du serveur:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:20 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 + msgid "How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting." + msgstr "" +-"Combien de secondes la connexion principale est-elle maintenue avant de " +-"s'interrompre?" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:25 +-msgid "5" +-msgstr "5" ++"Veuillez indiquer le nombre de secondes pendant lesquelles la connexion " ++"principale doit tre maintenue avant d'tre interrompue." + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:26 +-msgid "Retry timeout." +-msgstr "Dlais de relance." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "Retry timeout:" ++msgstr "Dlai de relance (retry timeout):" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:26 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 + msgid "How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet." + msgstr "" +-"Combien de secondes faut-il attendre une rponse avant de retransmettre un " +-"paquet?" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:31 +-msgid "100" +-msgstr "100" ++"Veuillez indiquer le dlai d'attente d'une rponse, en secondes, avant la " ++"retransmission d'un paquet." + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:32 +-msgid "Maximum number of threads." +-msgstr "Nombre maximal de connexions." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of threads:" ++msgstr "Nombre maximal de connexions:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:32 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 + msgid "Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running." +-msgstr "Nombre maximal de connexions simultanes." +- +-#. Type: select +-#. Choices +-#: ../atftpd.templates:37 +-msgid "7 (LOG_DEBUG), 6 (LOG_INFO), 5 (LOG_NOTICE), 4 (LOG_WARNING)" +-msgstr "7 (LOG_DEBUG), 6 (LOG_INFO), 5 (LOG_NOTICE), 4 (LOG_WARNING)" ++msgstr "Veuillez indiquer le nombre maximal de connexions simultanes." + + #. Type: select + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:39 +-msgid "Verbosity level." +-msgstr "Niveau des informations souhaites" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "Verbosity level:" ++msgstr "Niveau de dtail souhait:" + + #. Type: select + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:39 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 + msgid "" + "Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only " + "the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value." + msgstr "" +-"Niveau en dessous duquel l'information est enregistre dans les journaux. 7 " +-"enregistre l'information de dboguage. 1 n'enregistre que les informations " +-"critiques. La valeur par dfaut est 5 (LOG_NOTICE)." ++"Veuillez choisir le niveau de dtail pour les informations enregistres dans " ++"les journaux. 7 enregistre des informations de dbogage. 1 " ++"n'enregistre que les informations critiques. La valeur par dfaut est " ++"5 (LOG_NOTICE)." + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:46 +-msgid "Enable 'timeout' support" +-msgstr "Activer le support timeout" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:6001 ++msgid "Enable 'timeout' support?" ++msgstr "Faut-il activer la gestion de l'option TFTP timeout?" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:51 +-msgid "Enable 'tsize' support" +-msgstr "Activer le support tsize" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:7001 ++msgid "Enable 'tsize' support?" ++msgstr "Faut-il activer la gestion de l'option TFTP tsize?" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:56 +-msgid "Enable 'block size' support" +-msgstr "Activer le support block size" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:8001 ++msgid "Enable 'block size' support?" ++msgstr "Faut-il activer la gestion de l'option TFTP block size?" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:61 +-msgid "Enable 'multicast' support" +-msgstr "Activer le support multicast" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:65 +-msgid "69" +-msgstr "69" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:9001 ++msgid "Enable multicast support?" ++msgstr "Faut-il activer la gestion de la multidiffusion (multicast)?" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:66 +-msgid "Port to listen for tftp request" +-msgstr "Port d'coute pour les requtes tftp" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:10001 ++msgid "TTL for multicast packets:" ++msgstr "TTL pour les paquets multicast:" + + #. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:70 +-msgid "1758" +-msgstr "1758" ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:11001 ++msgid "Port to listen for tftp request:" ++msgstr "Port d'coute pour les requtes tftp:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:71 +-msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer" +-msgstr "Intervalle des ports pour le transfert de fichiers en multidiffusion" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer:" ++msgstr "Intervalle de ports pour le transfert de fichiers en multidiffusion:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:71 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 + msgid "" + "Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, " + "\"2000-2003, 3000\" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000." +@@ -202,84 +153,67 @@ + " atftpd d'utiliser les ports 2000 2003 et 3000." + + #. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:77 +-msgid "239.255.0.0-255" +-msgstr "239.255.0.0-255" +- +-#. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:78 +-msgid "Address range for multicast transfer" +-msgstr "Intervalle d'adresses pour le transfert en multidiffusion" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "Address range for multicast transfer:" ++msgstr "Intervalle d'adresses pour le transfert en multidiffusion:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:78 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 + msgid "" + "Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of " + "addresses. Syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" + msgstr "" + "Le transfert en multidiffusion va utiliser n'importe quelle adresse " +-"disponible d'un ensemble donn. La syntaxe est a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,..." ++"disponible d'un ensemble donn. La syntaxe est a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...." + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:85 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 + msgid "Log to file instead of syslog?" +-msgstr "Enregistrer les messages dans un fichier la place de syslog?" ++msgstr "Faut-il enregistrer les messages dans un fichier la place de syslog?" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:85 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 + msgid "" +-"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to say " +-"yes. That will avoid to clutter your syslog with tftpd logs." ++"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to " ++"accept here. That will avoid cluttering your syslog with tftpd logs." + msgstr "" + "Si votre serveur est utilis intensivement comme serveur tftp, il est " +-"conseill de dire Yes. Ceci vitera d'encombrer le journal syslog avec " +-"les journaux tftpd." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:91 +-msgid "/var/log/atftpd.log" +-msgstr "/var/log/atftpd.log" ++"conseill de choisir cette option. Ceci vitera d'encombrer le journal " ++"syslog avec les journaux tftpd." + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:92 +-msgid "Log file." +-msgstr "Fichier des journaux" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "Log file:" ++msgstr "Fichier journal:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:92 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 + msgid "" +-"A file where atftpd write its logs. This file will be made writable for the " +-"user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." ++"A file where atftpd will write its logs. This file will be made writable for " ++"the user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." + msgstr "" +-"Fichier dans lequel les informations seront enregistres. Ce fichier sera " +-"modifiable par l'utilisateur nobody et le groupe nogroup." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:98 +-msgid "/tftpboot" +-msgstr "/tftpboot" ++"Veuillez indiquer le fichier dans lequel les informations seront " ++"enregistres. Ce fichier sera modifiable par l'utilisateur nobody et le " ++"groupe nogroup." + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:99 +-msgid "Base directory." +-msgstr "Rpertoire racine." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "Base directory:" ++msgstr "Rpertoire racine:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:99 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 + msgid "" + "The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must be " + "world readable." + msgstr "" +-"Le rpertoire partir duquel atftpd sert les fichiers. Ce rpertoire doit " +-"pouvoir tre lu par tous." ++"Veuillez indiquer le rpertoire partir duquel atftpd sert les fichiers. Ce " ++"rpertoire doit pouvoir tre lu par tous." +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/po/gl.po ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/po/gl.po +@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ ++# Galician translation of atftp's debconf templates ++# This file is distributed under the same license as the atftp package. ++# Jacobo Tarrio , 2007. ++# ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: atftp\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ldrolez@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-02 00:46+0200\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-09 09:21+0100\n" ++"Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio \n" ++"Language-Team: Galician \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "Should the server be started by inetd?" ++msgstr "¿Debería iniciarse o servidor mediante inetd?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle " ++"incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high " ++"usage server." ++msgstr "" ++"Pódese iniciar atftpd no superservidor inetd ou pódese iniciar coma un " ++"servizo para que xestione as conexións entrantes el só. Só se recomenda isto " ++"se se emprega moito o servidor." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "Server timeout:" ++msgstr "Tempo de espera do servidor:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting." ++msgstr "Cantos segundos agarda o fío principal antes de saír." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "Retry timeout:" ++msgstr "Tempo de espera para volver tentar:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet." ++msgstr "" ++"Cantos segundos hai que agardar por unha resposta antes de retransmitir un " ++"paquete." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of threads:" ++msgstr "Número máximo de fíos:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running." ++msgstr "Número máximo de fíos simultaneos que pode haber en execución." ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "Verbosity level:" ++msgstr "Nivel de información:" ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only " ++"the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value." ++msgstr "" ++"Nivel do rexistro. 7 rexistra todo, incluídos os rexistros de depuración. 1 " ++"ha rexistrar só os sucesos críticos. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) é o valor por defecto." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:6001 ++msgid "Enable 'timeout' support?" ++msgstr "¿Activar o soporte de \"timeout\"?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:7001 ++msgid "Enable 'tsize' support?" ++msgstr "¿Activar o soporte de \"tsize\"?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:8001 ++msgid "Enable 'block size' support?" ++msgstr "¿Activar o soporte de \"block size\"?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:9001 ++msgid "Enable multicast support?" ++msgstr "¿Activar o soporte de multicast?" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:10001 ++msgid "TTL for multicast packets:" ++msgstr "TTL dos paquetes multicast:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:11001 ++msgid "Port to listen for tftp request:" ++msgstr "Porto no que esperar peticións tftp:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer:" ++msgstr "Rango de portos para a transferencia de ficheiros multicast:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, " ++"\"2000-2003, 3000\" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000." ++msgstr "" ++"As transferencias multicast han empregar calquera porto dispoñible dun " ++"conxunto determinado. Por exemplo, \"2000-2003, 3000\" permite a atftpd " ++"empregar os portos 2000 a 2003 e o porto 3000." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "Address range for multicast transfer:" ++msgstr "Rango de enderezos para as transferencias multicast:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of " ++"addresses. Syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" ++msgstr "" ++"As transferencias multicast han empregar calquera enderezo dun conxunto dado " ++"de enderezos. A sintaxe é \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "Log to file instead of syslog?" ++msgstr "¿Rexistrar nun ficheiro no canto de en syslog?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "" ++"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to " ++"accept here. That will avoid cluttering your syslog with tftpd logs." ++msgstr "" ++"Se o seu servidor serve moitos ficheiros, é unha boa idea aceptar esta " ++"opción. Isto ha impedir que se encha o syslog con rexistros de tftpd." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "Log file:" ++msgstr "Ficheiro de rexistro:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "" ++"A file where atftpd will write its logs. This file will be made writable for " ++"the user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." ++msgstr "" ++"O ficheiro no que atftpd ha gravar os rexistros. Este ficheiro ha ter " ++"permisos de escritura para o usuario \"nobody\" e o grupo \"nogroup\"." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "Base directory:" ++msgstr "Directorio base:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "" ++"The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must be " ++"world readable." ++msgstr "" ++"A árbore de directorios desde a que atftpd pode servir ficheiros. Ese " ++"directorio ten que ter permisos de lectura para todo o mundo." +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/po/ja.po ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/po/ja.po +@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@ ++# ++# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext ++# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to ++# this format, e.g. by running: ++# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' ++# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' ++# ++# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at ++# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans ++# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans ++# ++# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. ++# ++# ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: atftp 0.7.dfsg-1\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ldrolez@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-02 00:46+0200\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-12 01:47+0900\n" ++"Last-Translator: Atsushi Shimono \n" ++"Language-Team: Japanese \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "Should the server be started by inetd?" ++msgstr "inetd をサーバの起動に利用しますか？" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle " ++"incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high " ++"usage server." ++msgstr "" ++"atftpd は、inetd から起動するか、もしくはデーモンとして動作し接続を自分で処理" ++"することもできます。後者は、高負荷のサーバで推奨されます。" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "Server timeout:" ++msgstr "サーバのタイムアウト値 :" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting." ++msgstr "メインのスレッドを終了するまで何秒待機させるか。" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "Retry timeout:" ++msgstr "リトライ時のタイムアウト値 :" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet." ++msgstr "パケットの再送まで何秒待つか。" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of threads:" ++msgstr "最大スレッド数 :" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running." ++msgstr "同時に動作させる最大のスレッド数。" ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "Verbosity level:" ++msgstr "冗長レベル :" ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only " ++"the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value." ++msgstr "" ++"ログ出力のレベル。7 ではデバッグログを含むすべてのログを出力。1 では、システ" ++"ムの重大なログのみを出力。 5 (LOG_NOTICE) がデフォルト値。" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:6001 ++msgid "Enable 'timeout' support?" ++msgstr "'タイムアウト'を有効にしますか？" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:7001 ++msgid "Enable 'tsize' support?" ++msgstr "'tsize'を有効にしますか？" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:8001 ++msgid "Enable 'block size' support?" ++msgstr "'ブロックサイズ'を有効にしますか？" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:9001 ++msgid "Enable multicast support?" ++msgstr "マルチキャストを有効にしますか？" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:10001 ++msgid "TTL for multicast packets:" ++msgstr "マルチキャストパケットの TTL 値" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:11001 ++msgid "Port to listen for tftp request:" ++msgstr "tftp のリクエストを待ち受けるポート番号 :" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer:" ++msgstr "マルチキャスト転送に利用するポート番号の範囲 :" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, " ++"\"2000-2003, 3000\" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000." ++msgstr "" ++"マルチキャスト転送は設定された番号のうち利用できるポートを利用します。例えば" ++"\"2000-2003, 3000\"を設定すると、atftpd は、2000 から 2003 と 3000 番を利用し" ++"ます。" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "Address range for multicast transfer:" ++msgstr "マルチキャスト転送先のアドレス範囲:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of " ++"addresses. Syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" ++msgstr "" ++"マルチキャスト転送は送信先のアドレスに設定されたアドレスを利用します。設定可" ++"能なシンタックスは、\"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"です。" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "Log to file instead of syslog?" ++msgstr "ログを syslog でなくファイルに書き出しますか？" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "" ++"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to " ++"accept here. That will avoid cluttering your syslog with tftpd logs." ++msgstr "" ++"サーバが大量の tftp 転送を行う場合、これを有効にするのはよいアイデアです。" ++"tftpd のログによって syslog が乱雑になることがなくなります。" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "Log file:" ++msgstr "ログファイル名 :" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "" ++"A file where atftpd will write its logs. This file will be made writable for " ++"the user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." ++msgstr "" ++"aftpd がログを書き出すファイルです。このファイルは、'nobody' ユーザと " ++"'nobody' グループに対して書き込み可能な状態で作成されます。" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "Base directory:" ++msgstr "ベースディレクトリ:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "" ++"The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must be " ++"world readable." ++msgstr "" ++"aftpd がファイルを提供するディレクトリです。このディレクトリは誰からでも読め" ++"るようにする必要があります。" +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/po/it.po ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/po/it.po +@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ ++# Italian (it) translation of debconf templates for atftp ++# Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# This file is distributed under the same license as the atftp package. ++# Luca Monducci , 2007. ++# ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: atftp 0.7 italian debconf templates\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ldrolez@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-02 00:46+0200\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-05-04 20:31+0200\n" ++"Last-Translator: Luca Monducci \n" ++"Language-Team: Italian \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "Should the server be started by inetd?" ++msgstr "Avviare il server per mezzo di inetd?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle " ++"incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high " ++"usage server." ++msgstr "" ++"È possibile avviare atftpd per mezzo del superserver inetd oppure come un " ++"demone per gestire in modo autonomo le proprie connessioni. La seconda " ++"opzione è raccomandata solo per server con un carico elevato." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "Server timeout:" ++msgstr "Timeout del server:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting." ++msgstr ++"Quanti secondi attendere la chiusura del thread principale prima di uscire." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "Retry timeout:" ++msgstr "Timeout di ritrasmissione:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet." ++msgstr "" ++"Quanti secondi attendere una risposta prima di ritrasmettere un pacchetto." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of threads:" ++msgstr "Numero massimo di thread:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running." ++msgstr "" ++"Numero massimo di thread concorrenti che possono essere in esecuzione." ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "Verbosity level:" ++msgstr "Livello di verbosità:" ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only " ++"the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value." ++msgstr "" ++"Livello di log. Con 7 è registrato tutto, comprese le voci per il debug. Con " ++"1 sono registrati solo gli eventi critici per il sistema. Il valore " ++"predefinito è 5 (LOG_NOTICE)." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:6001 ++msgid "Enable 'timeout' support?" ++msgstr "Attivare il supporto per \"timeout\"?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:7001 ++msgid "Enable 'tsize' support?" ++msgstr "Attivare il supporto per \"tsize\"?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:8001 ++msgid "Enable 'block size' support?" ++msgstr "Attivare il supporto per \"block size\"?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:9001 ++msgid "Enable multicast support?" ++msgstr "Attivare il supporto per il multicast?" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:10001 ++msgid "TTL for multicast packets:" ++msgstr "TTL per i pacchetti in multicast:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:11001 ++msgid "Port to listen for tftp request:" ++msgstr "Porta su cui stare in ascolto di richieste tftp:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer:" ++msgstr "Intervallo di porte per trasferimenti di file in multicast:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, " ++"\"2000-2003, 3000\" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000." ++msgstr "" ++"I trasferimenti in multicast usano tutte le porte disponibili " ++"nell'intervallo. Per esempio \"2000-2003, 3000\" indica a atftpd di usare " ++"le porte dalla 2000 alla 2003 e la porta 3000." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "Address range for multicast transfer:" ++msgstr "Intervallo di indirizzi per trasferimenti di file in multicast:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of " ++"addresses. Syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" ++msgstr "" ++"I trasferimenti in multicast usano tutti gli indirizzi disponibili " ++"nell'intervallo specificato. La sintassi da usare è \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "Log to file instead of syslog?" ++msgstr "Crare un file di log al posto del syslog?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "" ++"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to " ++"accept here. That will avoid cluttering your syslog with tftpd logs." ++msgstr "" ++"Se il proprio server serve intensivamente dei file via tftp, è consigliabile " ++"accettare. Questo evita di fare disordine nel syslog con i log di tftp." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "Log file:" ++msgstr "File di log:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "" ++"A file where atftpd will write its logs. This file will be made writable for " ++"the user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." ++msgstr "" ++"File su cui atftpd scrive il proprio log; è necessario che su questo file " ++"abbiano permessi di scrittura l'utente \"noboby\" e il gruppo \"nogroup\"." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "Base directory:" ++msgstr "Directory di base:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "" ++"The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must be " ++"world readable." ++msgstr "" ++"L'albero di directory dal quale atftpd può servire i file. Chiunque deve " ++"poter leggere in questa directory." +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/po/nl.po ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/po/nl.po +@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@ ++# translation of atftp_0.7.dfsg-1_templates.po to Dutch ++# This file is distributed under the same license as the atftp package. ++# ++# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext ++# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to ++# this format, e.g. by running: ++# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' ++# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' ++# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at ++# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans ++# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# ++# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. ++# ++# Luk Claes , 2004 ++# Kurt De Bree , 2006. ++# This is an unofficial translation ++# ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: atftp_0.7.dfsg-1\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ldrolez@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-02 00:46+0200\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-05 19:50+0100\n" ++"Last-Translator: Kurt De Bree \n" ++"Language-Team: Debian l10n Dutch \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "Should the server be started by inetd?" ++msgstr "Moet de server door inetd worden gestart?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle " ++"incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high " ++"usage server." ++msgstr "" ++"atftpd kan worden gestart door de inetd-superserver of als een " ++"achtergronddienst en zelf binnenkomende verbindingen afhandelen. Dit laatste " ++"wordt enkel aanbevolen voor een zeer veel gebruikte server." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "Server timeout:" ++msgstr "Server wachttijd:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting." ++msgstr "Hoeveel seconden de hoofddraad moet wachten alvorens af te sluiten." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "Retry timeout:" ++msgstr "Wachttijd tussen pogingen:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet." ++msgstr "" ++"Hoeveel seconden atftpd moet wachten op een antwoord alvorens een pakket " ++"opnieuw te verzenden." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of threads:" ++msgstr "Maximum aantal draden:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running." ++msgstr "Maximum aantal draden die tegelijk kunnen uitvoeren." ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "Verbosity level:" ++msgstr "Woordenrijkheidsniveau (verbosity):" ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only " ++"the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value." ++msgstr "" ++"Bewaarniveau. 7 bewaart alles, ook debug-berichten. 1 zal enkel " ++"de systeemkritieke berichten bewaren. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is de standaardwaarde." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:6001 ++msgid "Enable 'timeout' support?" ++msgstr "'timeout'-ondersteuning activeren?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:7001 ++msgid "Enable 'tsize' support?" ++msgstr "'tsize'-ondersteuning activeren?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:8001 ++msgid "Enable 'block size' support?" ++msgstr "'blokgrootte'-ondersteuning activeren?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:9001 ++msgid "Enable multicast support?" ++msgstr "'Multicast'-ondersteuning activeren?" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:10001 ++msgid "TTL for multicast packets:" ++msgstr "TTL (Time To Level) voor multicast-pakketten:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:11001 ++msgid "Port to listen for tftp request:" ++msgstr "Poort waarnaar moet geluisterd worden voor tftp-aanvragen:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer:" ++msgstr "Poortbereik voor multicast-bestandsuitwisseling:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, " ++"\"2000-2003, 3000\" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000." ++msgstr "" ++"Multicast-overdracht zal elke beschikbare poort in een gegeven verzameling " ++"gebruiken. Bijvoorbeeld, \"2000-2003, 3000\" staat atftpd toe om poorten " ++"2000 tot 2003 en 3000 te gebruiken." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "Address range for multicast transfer:" ++msgstr "Adresbereik voor multicast-uitwisseling:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of " ++"addresses. Syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" ++msgstr "" ++"Multicast-overdracht zal elk beschikbaar adres van een gegeven verzameling " ++"adressen gebruiken. De syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "Log to file instead of syslog?" ++msgstr "In bestand bewaren in plaats van in syslog?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "" ++"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to " ++"accept here. That will avoid cluttering your syslog with tftpd logs." ++msgstr "" ++"Als uw server intensieve tftp-bestandsbediening doet, is het een goed idee " ++"om hier te aanvaarden. Dit zal voorkomen dat uw syslog een warboel wordt van " ++"tftpd-berichten." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "Log file:" ++msgstr "Logbestand:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "" ++"A file where atftpd will write its logs. This file will be made writable for " ++"the user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." ++msgstr "" ++"Een bestand waar atftpd de logboeken in schrijft. Dit bestand zal " ++"schrijfbaar gemaakt worden voor gebruiker 'nobody' en groep 'nogroup'." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "Base directory:" ++msgstr "Basismap:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "" ++"The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must be " ++"world readable." ++msgstr "" ++"De mapstructuur waar atftpd bestanden kan bedienen. Deze map moet leesbaar " ++"zijn voor de wereld." +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/po/pl.po ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/po/pl.po +@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ ++# ++# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext ++# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to ++# this format, e.g. by running: ++# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' ++# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' ++# ++# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at ++# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans ++# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans ++# ++# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. ++# ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ldrolez@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-02 00:46+0200\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-12-28 16:34+0100\n" ++"Last-Translator: Bartosz Fenski \n" ++"Language-Team: Polish \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-2\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "Should the server be started by inetd?" ++msgstr "Czy serwer ma by uruchamiany przez inetd?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle " ++"incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high " ++"usage server." ++msgstr "" ++"atftpd moe by uruchamiany przez superserwer inetd lub moe pracowa jako " ++"demon i samemu akceptowa poczenia. Drugie rozwizanie jest zalecane w " ++"przypadku intensywnego wykorzystywania." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "Server timeout:" ++msgstr "Limit czasu odpowiedzi na dania:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting." ++msgstr "Ilo sekund oczekiwania gwnego wtku zanim zostanie zatrzymany." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "Retry timeout:" ++msgstr "Limit czasu potwierdzenia:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet." ++msgstr "" ++"Ilo sekund oczekiwania na odpowied przed ponown transmisj pakietu." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of threads:" ++msgstr "Maksymalna ilo wtkw:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running." ++msgstr "Maksymalna ilo jednoczenie uruchomionych wtkw." ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "Verbosity level:" ++msgstr "Poziom gadatliwoci:" ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only " ++"the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value." ++msgstr "" ++"Poziom rejestrowania. 7 rejestruje wszystko, cznie z komunikatami " ++"diagnostycznymi. 1 bdzie rejestrowa jedynie wydarzenia krytyczne dla " ++"systemu. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) jest wartoci domyln." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:6001 ++msgid "Enable 'timeout' support?" ++msgstr "Wczy obsug 'limitu czasu'?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:7001 ++msgid "Enable 'tsize' support?" ++msgstr "Wczy obsug 'tsize'?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:8001 ++msgid "Enable 'block size' support?" ++msgstr "Wczy obsug 'block size'?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:9001 ++msgid "Enable multicast support?" ++msgstr "Wczy obsug multiemisji?" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:10001 ++#, fuzzy ++msgid "TTL for multicast packets:" ++msgstr "TTL dla pakietw multiemisji" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:11001 ++msgid "Port to listen for tftp request:" ++msgstr "Port nasuchiwania na dania tftp:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer:" ++msgstr "Zakres portw dla multiemisji plikw:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, " ++"\"2000-2003, 3000\" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000." ++msgstr "" ++"Multiemisja plikw skorzysta z jakiegokolwiek wolnego portu z podanego " ++"przedziau. Przykadowo \"2000-2003, 3000\" pozwoli atftpd uy portu 3000 " ++"oraz portw z przedziau 2000-2003." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "Address range for multicast transfer:" ++msgstr "Zakres adresw dla multiemisji:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of " ++"addresses. Syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" ++msgstr "" ++"Multiemisja plikw skorzysta z jakiegokolwiek adresu spord podanych. " ++"Skadnia \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "Log to file instead of syslog?" ++msgstr "Rejestrowa zdarzenia do pliku zamiast do sysloga?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "" ++"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to " ++"accept here. That will avoid cluttering your syslog with tftpd logs." ++msgstr "" ++"Jeli Twj serwer jest mocno obciony, aktywacja tej moliwoci jest " ++"zalecana. Dziki temu zdarzenia tftpd nie zapchaj Twojego sysloga." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "Log file:" ++msgstr "Plik zdarze:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "" ++"A file where atftpd will write its logs. This file will be made writable for " ++"the user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." ++msgstr "" ++"Plik do ktrego atftpd bdzie zapisywa zdarzenia. Plik bdzie posiada " ++"uprawnienia do zapisu przez uytkownika 'nobody' i grup 'nogroup'." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "Base directory:" ++msgstr "Podstawowy katalog:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "" ++"The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must be " ++"world readable." ++msgstr "" ++"Drzewo katalogw z ktrych atftpd bdzie mg serwowa pliki. Katalog musi " ++"mie prawa odczytu dla wszystkich." +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/po/pt.po ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/po/pt.po +@@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ ++# 2005-12-06 - Marco Ferra (initial translation) ++# ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: atftp 0.7-10\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ldrolez@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-02 00:46+0200\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-12-06 17:31+0100\n" ++"Last-Translator: Marco Ferra \n" ++"Language-Team: Portuguese \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "Should the server be started by inetd?" ++msgstr "Deve o servidor be iniciado pelo inetd?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle " ++"incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high " ++"usage server." ++msgstr "" ++"O atftpd pode ser iniciado pelo super-servidor inetd ou como um daemon e " ++"lidar com todas as conexões por si próprio. Esta última hipótese é apenas " ++"recomendada para um uso elevado do servidor." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "Server timeout:" ++msgstr "Timeout do servidor:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting." ++msgstr "Quantos segundos deve a thread principal esperar antes de sair." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "Retry timeout:" ++msgstr "Timeout de tentiva:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet." ++msgstr "" ++"Quantos segundos deve esperar por uma resposta antes de retransmitir um " ++"pacote." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of threads:" ++msgstr "Número máximo de threads:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running." ++msgstr "Número máximo de threads concorrentes que podem estar a correr." ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "Verbosity level:" ++msgstr "Nível de detalhe:" ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only " ++"the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value." ++msgstr "" ++"Níveis de detalhe. 7 grava tudo incluíndo texto de debug. 1 grava apenas " ++"texto crítico de sistema. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) é o valor por omissão." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:6001 ++msgid "Enable 'timeout' support?" ++msgstr "Activar o suporte de 'timeout' ?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:7001 ++msgid "Enable 'tsize' support?" ++msgstr "Activar o suporte de 'tsize' ?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:8001 ++msgid "Enable 'block size' support?" ++msgstr "Activar o suporte de 'block size' ?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:9001 ++msgid "Enable multicast support?" ++msgstr "Activar o suporte multicast?" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:10001 ++#, fuzzy ++msgid "TTL for multicast packets:" ++msgstr "TTL para os pacotes multicast" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:11001 ++msgid "Port to listen for tftp request:" ++msgstr "Porto de escuta para um pedido tftp:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer:" ++msgstr "Gama de portos para uma transferência de ficheiros por multicast:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, " ++"\"2000-2003, 3000\" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000." ++msgstr "" ++"A transferência multicast irá usar qualquer porto livre dentro de uma " ++"determinada gama. Por exemplo: \"2000-2003, 3000\" permitirá o atftpd usar " ++"os portos de 2000 a 2004 e o 3000." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "Address range for multicast transfer:" ++msgstr "Gama de endereços para a transferência multicast:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of " ++"addresses. Syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" ++msgstr "" ++"A transferência multicast irá usar qualquer endereço livre dentro de uma " ++"determinada gama. A sintaxe é: \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "Log to file instead of syslog?" ++msgstr "Fazer log para um ficheiro em vez de usar o syslog?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "" ++"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to " ++"accept here. That will avoid cluttering your syslog with tftpd logs." ++msgstr "" ++"Se o seu servidor não faz um uso intensivo de pedidos de ficheiros por tftp " ++"é boa ideia aceitar aqui. Isso irá evitar encher de dados inúteis o log do " ++"syslog." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "Log file:" ++msgstr "Ficheiro de log:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "" ++"A file where atftpd will write its logs. This file will be made writable for " ++"the user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." ++msgstr "" ++"O ficheiro no qual o atftpd irá gravar os seus logs. Este ficheiro terá as " ++"permissões de utilizador 'nobody' e grupo nogroup'." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "Base directory:" ++msgstr "Directório base:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "" ++"The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must be " ++"world readable." ++msgstr "" ++"O caminho inicial pelo qual o atftpd irá servir os seus ficheiros. Esse " ++"directório deve poder ser lido por qualquer utilizador." +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/po/ru.po ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/po/ru.po +@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@ ++# translation of atftp_0.7.dfsg-1_ru.po to Russian ++# ++# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext ++# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to ++# this format, e.g. by running: ++# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' ++# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' ++# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at ++# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans ++# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans# ++# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. ++# ++# Yuri Kozlov , 2006. ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: 0.7.dfsg-1\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ldrolez@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-02 00:46+0200\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-24 21:11+0300\n" ++"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov \n" ++"Language-Team: Russian \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" ++"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "Should the server be started by inetd?" ++msgstr "Запускать сервер с помощью inetd?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle " ++"incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high " ++"usage server." ++msgstr "" ++"atftpd может запускаться с помощью суперсервера inetd или постоянно работать " ++"в режиме демона, принимая входящие соединения самостоятельно. Последнее " ++"рекомендуется только в случае очень большой нагрузки на сервер." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "Server timeout:" ++msgstr "Время ожидания сервером:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting." ++msgstr "Количество секунд, которые будет ждать главный поток перед выходом." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "Retry timeout:" ++msgstr "Время ожидания перед повтором:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet." ++msgstr "" ++"Количество секунд, в течении которых нужно ждать ответа перед тем как " ++"повторить отправку пакета." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of threads:" ++msgstr "Максимальное число потоков:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running." ++msgstr "" ++"Максимальное число одновременно работающих потоков, которые могут быть " ++"запущены." ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "Verbosity level:" ++msgstr "Уровень детализации:" ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only " ++"the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value." ++msgstr "" ++"Подробность журнальных сообщений. 7 -- записывается всё, включая отладочные " ++"сообщения. 1 -- записываются только системные критические ошибки. По " ++"умолчанию установлено 5 (LOG_NOTICE)." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:6001 ++msgid "Enable 'timeout' support?" ++msgstr "Включить поддержку 'timeout'?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:7001 ++msgid "Enable 'tsize' support?" ++msgstr "Включить поддержку 'tsize'?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:8001 ++msgid "Enable 'block size' support?" ++msgstr "Включить поддержку 'block size'?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:9001 ++msgid "Enable multicast support?" ++msgstr "Включить поддержку широковещания?" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:10001 ++msgid "TTL for multicast packets:" ++msgstr "TTL для широковещательных пакетов:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:11001 ++msgid "Port to listen for tftp request:" ++msgstr "Номер порта, с которого ожидаются tftp запросы:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer:" ++msgstr "Диапазон портов для широковещательной файловой передачи:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, " ++"\"2000-2003, 3000\" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000." ++msgstr "" ++"При широковещательной передаче будет использоваться любой доступный порт из " ++"указанного набора. Например, \"2000-2003, 3000\" позволяет atftpd " ++"использовать порты от 2000 до 2003 и 3000." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "Address range for multicast transfer:" ++msgstr "Диапазон адресов для широковещательной передачи:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of " ++"addresses. Syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" ++msgstr "" ++"При широковещательной передаче будут использованы любые доступные адреса из " ++"заданного набора. Синтаксис -- \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "Log to file instead of syslog?" ++msgstr "Сохранять сообщения в файл вместо использования syslog?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "" ++"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to " ++"accept here. That will avoid cluttering your syslog with tftpd logs." ++msgstr "" ++"Если сервер оперирует с большим количеством файлов, лучше ответить " ++"утвердительно. Это поможет избежать заполнения syslog системы сообщениями от " ++"tftpd." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "Log file:" ++msgstr "Файл журнала:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "" ++"A file where atftpd will write its logs. This file will be made writable for " ++"the user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." ++msgstr "" ++"Имя файла для сохранения сообщений от atftpd. Этот файл будет создан с " ++"правами записи пользователю 'nobody' и группе 'nogroup'." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "Base directory:" ++msgstr "Базовый каталог:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "" ++"The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must be " ++"world readable." ++msgstr "" ++"Начальный каталог, в котором atftpd работает с файлами. Этот каталог должен " ++"быть доступен всем на чтение." ++ +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/po/sv.po ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/po/sv.po +@@ -1,142 +1,91 @@ +-# +-# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext +-# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to +-# this format, e.g. by running: +-# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' +-# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' +-# +-# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at +-# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans +-# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans +-# +-# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. +-# +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "" +-msgstr "" +-"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +-"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-02-17 18:54-0500\n" +-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +-"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" ++# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext ++# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to ++# this format, e.g. by running: ++# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' ++# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' ++# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at ++# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans ++# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans ++# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. ++# , fuzzy ++# ++# ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: atftp 0.7-9\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ldrolez@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-02 00:46+0200\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-09-27 03:19-0700\n" ++"Last-Translator: Daniel Nylander \n" ++"Language-Team: Swedish \n" + "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1\n" + "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:4 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "Do you want to configure the server?" +-msgstr "Vill du konfigurera servern?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:4 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "" +-"atftpd can have various parameters passed to it. These parameters can " +-"optimize performances for servers that do heavy work. The default values are " +-"suitable for most purposes." +-msgstr "" +-"atfptd kan anvnda ett antal parametrar. Dessa parametrar kan optimera " +-"prestandan fr servrar som r hrt belastade. De frvalda vrdena r " +-"anvndbara fr de flesta syften." +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:12 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 + msgid "Should the server be started by inetd?" +-msgstr "" ++msgstr "Ska servern startas via inetd?" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:12 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 + msgid "" + "atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle " + "incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high " + "usage server." + msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:19 +-msgid "300" +-msgstr "" ++"atftpd kan startas av inetd superserver eller som en daemon och hantera " ++"inkommande anslutningar p egen hand. Den senare rekommenderas fr de system " ++"som krver hg prestanda." + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:20 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "Server timeout." +-msgstr "Tid till avslut." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "Server timeout:" ++msgstr "Tid till avslut:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:20 +-#, fuzzy ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 + msgid "How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting." + msgstr "Hur mnga sekunder huvudtrden vntar innan den avslutas." + + #. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:25 +-msgid "5" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:26 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "Retry timeout." +-msgstr "Tid mellan frsk." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "Retry timeout:" ++msgstr "Tid mellan frsk:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:26 +-#, fuzzy ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 + msgid "How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet." + msgstr "" + "Hur mnga sekunder vi vntar p ett svar innan vi skickar paketet igen." + + #. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:31 +-msgid "100" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:32 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "Maximum number of threads." +-msgstr "Maximalt antal trdar." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of threads:" ++msgstr "Maximalt antal trdar:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:32 +-#, fuzzy ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 + msgid "Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running." + msgstr "Maximalt antal trdar som kan kras parallellt." + + #. Type: select +-#. Choices +-#: ../atftpd.templates:37 +-msgid "7 (LOG_DEBUG), 6 (LOG_INFO), 5 (LOG_NOTICE), 4 (LOG_WARNING)" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: select + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:39 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "Verbosity level." +-msgstr "Frklaringsniv." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "Verbosity level:" ++msgstr "Frklaringsniv:" + + #. Type: select + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:39 +-#, fuzzy ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 + msgid "" + "Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only " + "the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value." +@@ -146,139 +95,115 @@ + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:46 +-msgid "Enable 'timeout' support" +-msgstr "" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:6001 ++msgid "Enable 'timeout' support?" ++msgstr "Aktivera 'timeout' std?" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:51 +-msgid "Enable 'tsize' support" +-msgstr "" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:7001 ++msgid "Enable 'tsize' support?" ++msgstr "Aktivera 'tsize' std?" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:56 +-msgid "Enable 'block size' support" +-msgstr "" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:8001 ++msgid "Enable 'block size' support?" ++msgstr "Aktivera 'block size' std?" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:61 +-msgid "Enable 'multicast' support" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:65 +-msgid "69" +-msgstr "" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:9001 ++msgid "Enable multicast support?" ++msgstr "Aktivera multicast std?" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:66 +-msgid "Port to listen for tftp request" +-msgstr "" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:10001 ++#, fuzzy ++msgid "TTL for multicast packets:" ++msgstr "TTL fr multicast paket" + + #. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:70 +-msgid "1758" +-msgstr "" ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:11001 ++msgid "Port to listen for tftp request:" ++msgstr "Port fr att lyssna p tftp anslutningar:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:71 +-msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer" +-msgstr "" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer:" ++msgstr "Portar fr multicast filverfringar:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:71 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 + msgid "" + "Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, " + "\"2000-2003, 3000\" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000." + msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:77 +-msgid "239.255.0.0-255" +-msgstr "" ++"Multicast verfring kommer att anvnda de tillgngliga portar som angivets. " ++"Till exempel, \"2000-2003, 3000\" kommer atftpd att anvnda portarna 2000 " ++"till 2003 och 3000." + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:78 +-msgid "Address range for multicast transfer" +-msgstr "" ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "Address range for multicast transfer:" ++msgstr "Addresser fr multicast verfringar:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:78 ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 + msgid "" + "Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of " + "addresses. Syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" + msgstr "" ++"Multicast verfringar kommer att anvnda alla tillgngliga addresser som " ++"angivets. Syntax r \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:85 +-#, fuzzy ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 + msgid "Log to file instead of syslog?" + msgstr "Logga till fil istllet fr syslog?" + + #. Type: boolean + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:85 +-#, fuzzy ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 + msgid "" +-"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to say " +-"yes. That will avoid to clutter your syslog with tftpd logs." ++"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to " ++"accept here. That will avoid cluttering your syslog with tftpd logs." + msgstr "" + "Om servern r mycket intensivt trafikerad r det en god id att sga ja. Det " + "undviker att skrpa ner systemloggen med atftpd-loggar." + + #. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:91 +-msgid "/var/log/atftpd.log" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:92 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "Log file." +-msgstr "Loggfil." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "Log file:" ++msgstr "Loggfil:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:92 +-#, fuzzy ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 + msgid "" +-"A file where atftpd write its logs. This file will be made writable for the " +-"user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." ++"A file where atftpd will write its logs. This file will be made writable for " ++"the user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." + msgstr "" + "Filen som atftpd skriver sin logg till. Denna fil kommer gras skrivbar fr " + "anvndaren 'nobody' och gruppen 'nogroup'." + + #. Type: string +-#. Default +-#: ../atftpd.templates:98 +-msgid "/tftpboot" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:99 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "Base directory." +-msgstr "Rotkatalog." ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "Base directory:" ++msgstr "Rotkatalog:" + + #. Type: string + #. Description +-#: ../atftpd.templates:99 +-#, fuzzy ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 + msgid "" + "The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must be " + "world readable." +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/po/vi.po ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/po/vi.po +@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@ ++# Vietnamese translation for atftp. ++# Copyright © 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++# Clytie Siddall , 2005. ++# ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: atftp 0.7-8\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ldrolez@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-02 00:46+0200\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-12 12:09+0930\n" ++"Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall \n" ++"Language-Team: Vietnamese \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "Should the server be started by inetd?" ++msgstr "Trình inetd nên khởi chạy trình hỗ trợ này không?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle " ++"incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high " ++"usage server." ++msgstr "" ++"Trình siêu hỗ trợ inetd có thể khởi chạy trình atftpd, hoặc trình atftpd có " ++"thể khởi chạy là trình nền (daemon) nên tự nó quản lý mọi kết nối đến vào. " ++"Chỉ khuyên tùy chọn thứ hai khi trình hỗ trợ bận lắm." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "Server timeout:" ++msgstr "Thời hạn trình hỗ trợ:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting." ++msgstr "Mạch chính sẽ đời số giây này trước khi thoát." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "Retry timeout:" ++msgstr "Thời hạn thử lại:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet." ++msgstr "Số giây sẽ chờ trả lời trước khi truyền lại gói tin." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of threads:" ++msgstr "Số mạch tối đa:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running." ++msgstr "Số tối đa mạch có chạy đồng thời." ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "Verbosity level:" ++msgstr "Mức độ chi tiết:" ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only " ++"the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value." ++msgstr "" ++"Mức độ ghi lưu dữ liệu. Mức độ 7 sẽ ghi lưu mọi dữ liệu gồm bản ghi gỡ lỗi. " ++"Mức độ 1 sẽ chỉ ghi lưu những bản ghi hệ thống nghiệm trọng. Giá trị mặc " ++"định là 5 (LOG_NOTICE) [ghi thông báo]." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:6001 ++msgid "Enable 'timeout' support?" ++msgstr "Hiệu lực hỗ trợ «thời hạn» không?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:7001 ++msgid "Enable 'tsize' support?" ++msgstr "Hiệu lực hỗ trợ «t-cỡ» không?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:8001 ++msgid "Enable 'block size' support?" ++msgstr "Hiệu lực hỗ trợ «cỡ khối» không?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:9001 ++msgid "Enable multicast support?" ++msgstr "Hiệu lực hỗ trợ «truyền một-nhiều» không?" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:10001 ++#, fuzzy ++msgid "TTL for multicast packets:" ++msgstr "Thời gian sóng cho gói tin truyền một-nhiều" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:11001 ++msgid "Port to listen for tftp request:" ++msgstr "Cổng cần lắng nghe yêu cầu tftp:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer:" ++msgstr "Phạm vị cổng để truyền tập tin một-nhiều:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, " ++"\"2000-2003, 3000\" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000." ++msgstr "" ++"Truyền một-nhiều sẽ sử dụng bất cứ cổng sẵn sàng nào trong một bộ đã cho. " ++"Lấy thí dụ, «2000-2003, 3000» cho phép trình atftpd sử dụng các cổng từ 2000 " ++"đến 2003 và cổng 3000 đều." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "Address range for multicast transfer:" ++msgstr "Phạm vị địa chỉ để truyền một-nhiều:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of " ++"addresses. Syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" ++msgstr "" ++"Truyền một-nhiều sẽ sử dụng bất cứ địa chỉ sẵn sàng nào trong một bộ đã cho. " ++"Cú pháp là:\n" ++"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,..." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "Log to file instead of syslog?" ++msgstr "Ghi lưu vào tập tin thay vào «syslog» (bản ghi hệ thống) không?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "" ++"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to " ++"accept here. That will avoid cluttering your syslog with tftpd logs." ++msgstr "" ++"Nếu trình phục vụ của bạn cung cấp dịch vụ tập tin rất nhiều thì đệ nghị bạn " ++"chấp nhận tùy chọn này. Làm như thế sẽ tránh làm bản ghi hệ thống bừa bộn " ++"các bản ghi «tftpd»." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "Log file:" ++msgstr "Tập tin bản ghi:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "" ++"A file where atftpd will write its logs. This file will be made writable for " ++"the user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." ++msgstr "" ++"Tập tin nơi trình «atftpd» sẽ ghi dữ liệu theo dõi của nó. Tập tin này sẽ " ++"cho phép người dùng «không ai» và nhóm «không nhóm» ghi vào nó." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "Base directory:" ++msgstr "Thư mục cơ bản:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "" ++"The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must be " ++"world readable." ++msgstr "" ++"Cây thư mục nơi trình «atftpd» có thể cung cấp dịch vụ tập tin từ nó. Thư " ++"mục ấy phải cho phép thế giới đọc nó." +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/po/pt_BR.po ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/po/pt_BR.po +@@ -0,0 +1,214 @@ ++# ++# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext ++# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to ++# this format, e.g. by running: ++# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' ++# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' ++# ++# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at ++# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans ++# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans ++# ++# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. ++# ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: atftp\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: ldrolez@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2006-10-02 00:46+0200\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-26 14:07-0300\n" ++"Last-Translator: Andr Lus Lopes \n" ++"Language-Team: Debian-BR Project \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "Should the server be started by inetd?" ++msgstr "O servidor deve ser iniciado pelo inetd ?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle " ++"incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high " ++"usage server." ++msgstr "" ++"O atftpd pode ser iniciado pelo superservidor inetd ou como um daemon e " ++"gerenciar conexes de entrada por si prprio. A ltima opo recomendada " ++"somente para servidores com uma taxa de utilizao bem alta." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "Server timeout:" ++msgstr "Timeout do servidor :" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:2001 ++msgid "How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting." ++msgstr "Quantos segundos a thread principal deve aguardar antes de finalizar." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "Retry timeout:" ++msgstr "Timeout de nova tentativa :" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:3001 ++msgid "How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet." ++msgstr "" ++"Quantos segundos aguardar por uma resposta antes de retransmitir um pacote." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of threads:" ++msgstr "Nmero mximo de threads :" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:4001 ++msgid "Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running." ++msgstr "Nmero mximo de threads concorrentes que podem estar em execuo." ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "Verbosity level:" ++msgstr "Nvel de verbosidade :" ++ ++#. Type: select ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only " ++"the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value." ++msgstr "" ++"Nvel de logging. O nvel 7 loga tudo inclundo logs de depurao. O nvel 1 " ++"ir logar somente logs crticos do sistema. O nvel 5 (LOG_NOTICE) o valor " ++"padro." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:6001 ++msgid "Enable 'timeout' support?" ++msgstr "Habilitar suporte a 'timeout' ?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:7001 ++msgid "Enable 'tsize' support?" ++msgstr "Habilitar suporte a 'tsize' ?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:8001 ++msgid "Enable 'block size' support?" ++msgstr "Habilitar suporte a 'tamanho de bloco' ?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:9001 ++msgid "Enable multicast support?" ++msgstr "Habilitar suporte a multicast ?" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:10001 ++#, fuzzy ++msgid "TTL for multicast packets:" ++msgstr "TTL para pacotes multicast" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:11001 ++msgid "Port to listen for tftp request:" ++msgstr "Porta na qual ouvir por requisies tftp :" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer:" ++msgstr "Faixa de portas para transferncia de arquivos multicast :" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:12001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, " ++"\"2000-2003, 3000\" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000." ++msgstr "" ++"Transferncias multicast utilizaro quaisquer portas em um dado conjunto. " ++"Por exemplo, \"2000-2003, 3000\" permitiro ao atftpd utilizar as portas " ++"2000 at 2003 e a porta 3000." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "Address range for multicast transfer:" ++msgstr "Faixa de portas para transferncias multicast :" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:13001 ++msgid "" ++"Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of " ++"addresses. Syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" ++msgstr "" ++"Transferncias multicast utilizaro quaisquer endereos disponveis de um " ++"dado conjunto de endereos. A sintaxe \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d, ...\"" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "Log to file instead of syslog?" ++msgstr "Logar em arquivos ao invs de syslog ?' " ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:14001 ++msgid "" ++"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to " ++"accept here. That will avoid cluttering your syslog with tftpd logs." ++msgstr "" ++"Caso seu servidor sirva tftp intensivamente, uma boa idia aceitar essa " ++"opo. Isso ir evitar encher seu syslog com logs tftpd." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "Log file:" ++msgstr "Arquivo de log :" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:15001 ++msgid "" ++"A file where atftpd will write its logs. This file will be made writable for " ++"the user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." ++msgstr "" ++"Um arquivo onde o atftpd gravar seus logs. Esse arquivo dever ter " ++"permisso de gravao para o usurio 'nobody' e para o grupo 'nogroup'." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "Base directory:" ++msgstr "Diretrio base :" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../atftpd.templates:16001 ++msgid "" ++"The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must be " ++"world readable." ++msgstr "" ++"A rvore de diretrios a partir da qual o atftpd pode servir arquivos. Esse " ++"diretrio precisa ter permisso de gravao para todos." +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/control ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/control +@@ -1,29 +1,29 @@ + Source: atftp + Section: net +-Priority: optional +-Maintainer: Debian QA Group +-Build-Depends: libreadline4-dev, debhelper (>= 4.1.16), po-debconf, libwrap-dev, libpcre3-dev +-Standards-Version: 3.6.1 ++Priority: extra ++Maintainer: Ludovic Drolez ++Build-Depends: libreadline5-dev, debhelper (>= 4.1.16), po-debconf, libwrap0-dev, libpcre3-dev ++Standards-Version: 3.7.2 + + Package: atftp + Architecture: any + Depends: ${shlibs:Depends} +-Description: Advanced TFTP client. ++Description: advanced TFTP client + Interactive client for the Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP). Its + usage is mainly for testing and debugging the Atftp server. TFTP client +- is usually implemented in BIOS and bootstrap programs like pxelinux when +- booting from LAN. Atftp also support non-interactive invocation for ++ is usually implemented in BIOS and bootstraps programs like pxelinux when ++ booting from LAN. Atftp also supports non-interactive invocation for + easy use in scripts. + + Package: atftpd + Architecture: any +-Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}, netkit-inetd, debconf ++Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}, ${misc:Depends}, inet-superserver + Conflicts: tftpd + Suggests: logrotate + Provides: tftpd +-Description: Advanced TFTP server. ++Description: advanced TFTP server + Multi-threaded TFTP server implementing all options (option extension and + multicast) as specified in RFC1350, RFC2090, RFC2347, RFC2348 and RFC2349. +- Atftpd also support multicast protocol known as mtftp, defined in the PXE ++ Atftpd also supports multicast protocol known as mtftp, defined in the PXE + specification. The server supports being started from inetd(8) as well as + in daemon mode using init scripts. +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/rules ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/rules +@@ -9,13 +9,11 @@ + # Uncomment this to turn on verbose mode. + #export DH_VERBOSE=1 + +-# This is the debhelper compatability version to use. +-export DH_COMPAT=2 +- + # This has to be exported to make some magic below work. + export DH_OPTIONS + + configure: configure-stamp ++ + configure-stamp: + dh_testdir + # Add here commands to configure the package. +@@ -29,17 +27,21 @@ + + # Add here commands to compile the package. + $(MAKE) +- ++ # For the woody backport ++ #$(MAKE) LDFLAGS="--static" LIBREADLINE="-lreadline -lncurses -lpthread" LIBWRAP="-lwrap -lnsl" + touch build-stamp + +-clean: ++clean: clean-patched ++ ++clean-patched: + dh_testdir + dh_testroot ++ debconf-updatepo + rm -f build-stamp configure-stamp +- + # Add here commands to clean up after the build process. +- -$(MAKE) clean +- -$(MAKE) distclean ++ [ ! -f Makefile ] || $(MAKE) clean ++ [ ! -f Makefile ] || $(MAKE) distclean ++ + + dh_clean + +@@ -56,7 +58,7 @@ + + dh_movefiles + dh_installdocs -patftp +- dh_installdocs -patftpd docs/*.html ++ dh_installdocs -patftpd + + # Build architecture-independent files here. + # Pass -i to all debhelper commands in this target to reduce clutter. +@@ -88,4 +90,14 @@ + dh_builddeb + + binary: binary-indep binary-arch ++ ++#patch: patch-stamp ++#patch-stamp: ++# dpatch apply-all ++# dpatch call-all -a=pkg-info >patch-stamp ++# ++#unpatch: ++# dpatch deapply-all ++# rm -rf patch-stamp debian/patched ++ + .PHONY: build clean binary-indep binary-arch binary install +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/watch ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/watch +@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ ++version=2 ++ftp://ftp.mamalinux.com/pub/atftp/ atftp-([0-9\.]*)\.tar\.gz debian uupdate +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/atftpd.templates ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/atftpd.templates +@@ -1,11 +1,3 @@ +-Template: atftpd/configure +-Type: boolean +-Default: true +-_Description: Do you want to configure the server? +- atftpd can have various parameters passed to it. These parameters can +- optimize performances for servers that do heavy work. The default values +- are suitable for most purposes. +- + Template: atftpd/use_inetd + Type: boolean + Default: true +@@ -16,66 +8,71 @@ + + Template: atftpd/tftpd-timeout + Type: string +-_Default: 300 +-_Description: Server timeout. ++Default: 300 ++_Description: Server timeout: + How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting. + + Template: atftpd/retry-timeout + Type: string +-_Default: 5 +-_Description: Retry timeout. ++Default: 5 ++_Description: Retry timeout: + How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet. + + Template: atftpd/maxthread + Type: string +-_Default: 100 +-_Description: Maximum number of threads. ++Default: 100 ++_Description: Maximum number of threads: + Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running. + + Template: atftpd/verbosity + Type: select +-_Choices: 7 (LOG_DEBUG), 6 (LOG_INFO), 5 (LOG_NOTICE), 4 (LOG_WARNING) ++Choices: 7 (LOG_DEBUG), 6 (LOG_INFO), 5 (LOG_NOTICE), 4 (LOG_WARNING), 1 (LOG_ALERT) + Default: 5 (LOG_NOTICE) +-_Description: Verbosity level. ++_Description: Verbosity level: + Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only + the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value. + + Template: atftpd/timeout + Type: boolean + Default: true +-_Description: Enable 'timeout' support ++_Description: Enable 'timeout' support? + + Template: atftpd/tsize + Type: boolean + Default: true +-_Description: Enable 'tsize' support ++_Description: Enable 'tsize' support? + + Template: atftpd/blksize + Type: boolean + Default: true +-_Description: Enable 'block size' support ++_Description: Enable 'block size' support? + + Template: atftpd/multicast + Type: boolean + Default: true +-_Description: Enable 'multicast' support ++_Description: Enable multicast support? ++ ++Template: atftpd/ttl ++Type: string ++Default: 1 ++_Description: TTL for multicast packets: + + Template: atftpd/port + Type: string +-_Default: 69 +-_Description: Port to listen for tftp request ++Default: 69 ++_Description: Port to listen for tftp request: + + Template: atftpd/mcast_port + Type: string +-_Default: 1758 +-_Description: Port range for multicast file transfer ++Default: 1758 ++_Description: Port range for multicast file transfer: + Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For + example, "2000-2003, 3000" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000. + + Template: atftpd/mcast_addr + Type: string +-_Default: 239.255.0.0-255 +-_Description: Address range for multicast transfer ++Default: 239.239.239.0-255 ++_Description: Address range for multicast transfer: + Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of + addresses. Syntax is "a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,..." + +@@ -83,19 +80,19 @@ + Type: boolean + Default: false + _Description: Log to file instead of syslog? +- If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to say +- yes. That will avoid to clutter your syslog with tftpd logs. ++ If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to ++ accept here. That will avoid cluttering your syslog with tftpd logs. + + Template: atftpd/logfile + Type: string +-_Default: /var/log/atftpd.log +-_Description: Log file. +- A file where atftpd write its logs. This file will be made writable for ++Default: /var/log/atftpd.log ++_Description: Log file: ++ A file where atftpd will write its logs. This file will be made writable for + the user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'. + + Template: atftpd/basedir + Type: string +-_Default: /tftpboot +-_Description: Base directory. ++Default: /tftpboot ++_Description: Base directory: + The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must + be world readable. +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/changelog ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/changelog +@@ -1,8 +1,161 @@ ++atftp (0.7.dfsg-3) unstable; urgency=high ++ ++ * Removed the inetd dependency. ++ * Added Leo Weppelman select patch. Closes: #411456 ++ * Fixed the FTBFS. Closes: #436310 ++ ++ -- Ludovic Drolez Mon, 6 Aug 2007 20:52:06 +0200 ++ ++atftp (0.7.dfsg-2) unstable; urgency=medium ++ ++ * Use CLOCKS_PER_SEC instead of CLK_TCK. Fixed a FTBFS. Closes: #420900 ++ * Re-added a kFreeBSD patch lost by a NMU !!! Closes: #404063, #402700 ++ * New debconf translations. Closes: #410212, #414112, #422416 ++ ++ -- Ludovic Drolez Fri, 18 May 2007 17:59:01 +0200 ++ ++atftp (0.7.dfsg-1.2) unstable; urgency=low ++ ++ * Non-maintainer upload to fix a pending l10n issues that affects the ++ experimental Debian i18n server. ++ * Debconf translations: ++ - Japanese fixed. Closes: #410525 ++ ++ -- Christian Perrier Sun, 11 Feb 2007 15:08:39 +0100 ++ ++atftp (0.7.dfsg-1.1) unstable; urgency=low ++ ++ * Non-maintainer upload to fix longstanding l10n issues ++ * Debconf templates translations: ++ - German updated. Closes: #399964 ++ - Japanense updated. Closes: #402616 ++ - Dutch updated. Closes: #392215 ++ - French updated. Closes: #393740 ++ - Russian updated. Closes: #404426 ++ - Spanish updated. Closes: #402098 ++ ++ -- Christian Perrier Sat, 20 Jan 2007 12:48:31 +0100 ++ ++atftp (0.7.dfsg-1) unstable; urgency=medium ++ ++ * Integrated the NMUs. Closes: #382683, #365188, #389830 ++ * If netbase is not installed, then we don't need to use update-inetd. ++ Closes: #388295 ++ * Bump Standards-Version to 3.7.2. ++ * Add debconf-updatepo to the rules. ++ * Russian translation of debconf messages thanks to Yuri Kozlov. ++ Closes: #368498 ++ ++ -- Ludovic Drolez Mon, 2 Oct 2006 00:31:23 +0200 ++ ++atftp (0.7.dfsg-0.2) unstable; urgency=low ++ ++ * Non-maintainer upload. ++ * debian/control: Remove netkit-inetd recommends, and make the netbase ++ dependency versioned. netbase provides the appropriate inetd ++ dependency. Closes: #382683. ++ ++ -- Roger Leigh Sun, 20 Aug 2006 17:11:26 +0100 ++ ++atftp (0.7.dfsg-0.1) unstable; urgency=low ++ ++ * Non-maintainer upload. ++ * Repackage upstream without RFC (Closes: #365188) ++ ++ -- Julien Danjou Thu, 1 Jun 2006 15:53:11 +0200 ++ ++atftp (0.7-11) unstable; urgency=low ++ ++ * added a patch for freebsd. Closes: #342391 ++ * added debconf Portuguese translation. Closes: #342284 ++ ++ -- Ludovic Drolez Tue, 13 Dec 2005 16:29:05 +0100 ++ ++atftp (0.7-10) unstable; urgency=low ++ ++ * DH_COMPAT=4 and added ${misc:Depends}. Closes: #331747 ++ * Debconf Swedish translation update. Closes: #330263 ++ ++ -- Ludovic Drolez Fri, 7 Oct 2005 15:00:35 +0200 ++ ++atftp (0.7-9) unstable; urgency=medium ++ ++ * Random segfaults fixed. Closes: #271816 ++ * Now only recommend netkid-inetd. Closes: #313208 ++ * Updated the Vietnamese debconf translation. Closes: #313122 ++ ++ -- Ludovic Drolez Tue, 21 Jun 2005 21:51:23 +0200 ++ ++atftp (0.7-8) unstable; urgency=low ++ ++ * Typos removed from atftpd.templates. Closes: #309468 ++ * Added the Vietnamese translation for debconf. Closes: #309461 ++ * Thanks to Clytie Siddall for submitting the two bugs above. ++ ++ -- Ludovic Drolez Tue, 7 Jun 2005 21:31:25 +0200 ++ ++atftp (0.7-7) unstable; urgency=low ++ ++ * Fixed a FTBFS on amd64. Closes: #297549 ++ * Added Japanese and Brazilian debconf translations. Closes: #304280,#297038 ++ ++ -- Ludovic Drolez Tue, 12 Apr 2005 12:55:47 +0200 ++ ++atftp (0.7-6) unstable; urgency=low ++ ++ * Segfault fixed on AMD64. Closes: Bug#291829 ++ * debian 'watch' file added. ++ ++ -- Ludovic Drolez Wed, 26 Jan 2005 19:12:44 +0100 ++ ++atftp (0.7-5) unstable; urgency=high ++ ++ * Ugency=high because of a RC bug fixed. ++ * Removed a bashism in the postinst. Closes: #289633 ++ * Czech po-debconf translation added by Miroslav Kure. Closes: #288014 ++ * Danish po-debconf translation added by Morten Brix Pedersen. ++ Closes: #288133 ++ * Copyright fixed. Closes: #290062 ++ ++ -- Ludovic Drolez Tue, 11 Jan 2005 12:19:27 +0100 ++ ++atftp (0.7-4) unstable; urgency=low ++ ++ * updated all po-debconf translations. Closes: #281561 ++ * polish debconf translation added. Thanks to Bartosz Fenski. ++ * added debconf support for setting the multicast TTL value ++ * default mcast subnet changed to 239.239.239.0/24 since some routers ++ do not seem to like 239.255.0.0/24 ++ ++ -- Ludovic Drolez Mon, 28 Dec 2004 19:11:57 +0100 ++ ++atftp (0.7-3) unstable; urgency=low ++ ++ * /etc/default/atftpd removed on purge. Closes: #279707 ++ * purging stops atftpd. Closes: #275258 ++ * punctuation modified. Closes: #275692 ++ * updated the German debconf translation. Closes: #275691 ++ ++ -- Ludovic Drolez Fri, 5 Nov 2004 14:32:57 +0100 ++ ++atftp (0.7-2) unstable; urgency=medium ++ ++ * Patched tftp.c, to have an exit status !=0 when an error occurs ++ * Data corruption bug in multicast mode fixed. Closes: #275052 ++ Urgency set to medium because of this bug. ++ * Typos in description corrected. Closes: #272565 ++ * Dutch debconf translation added. Closes: #245913 ++ * Debconf: removed the initial question and changed priority ++ levels. Closes: #266329 ++ ++ -- Ludovic Drolez Sun, 26 Sep 2004 14:25:40 +0200 ++ + atftp (0.7-1) unstable; urgency=low + +- * New release ++ * New maintainer. Closes: Bug#227258. ++ * New release. Closes: Bug#263221, Bug#155300, Bug#180461, Bug#238196. + +- -- J-P Fri, 21 Feb 2003 00:17:31 -0500 ++ -- Ludovic Drolez Tue, 14 Sep 2004 18:50:20 +0200 + + atftp (0.6.2) unstable; urgency=low + +@@ -49,7 +202,7 @@ + * Be less picky about removing existing tftp entries in inetd.conf + (Closes: #107053). + * General spelling fixes in the english templates (Closes: #109475). +- * Swedish templates (Thanks to Martin Sjgren) (Closes: #109523). ++ * Swedish templates (Thanks to Martin Sjogren) (Closes: #109523). + * Portuguese templates (Thanks to Andre Luis Lopes) (Closes: #107042). + + -- Remi Lefebvre Sat, 18 Aug 2001 23:13:25 -0400 +@@ -60,7 +213,7 @@ + * Improved readline support. + * Added status info in the client. + * Added daemon mode. +- * Added spanish templates (Thanks to Carlos Valdivia Yage) (Closes: #103043). ++ * Added spanish templates (Thanks to Carlos Valdivia Yague) (Closes: #103043). + * Added "Provides: tftpd" (Closes: #100676). + * Added french templates. + * Added german templates (Thanks to Sebastian Feltel) (Closes: #100066). +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/atftpd.config ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/atftpd.config +@@ -3,27 +3,15 @@ + . /usr/share/debconf/confmodule + db_version 2.0 + +-# BUG: If you upgrade atftp and you previously configured it with debconf, +-# that is, the atftpd/configure value in the database is set to true, +-# then the config script will overwrite the config in inetd.conf with +-# all values from the database. This could be avoided (or so I thought) +-# by setting the atftpd/configure value to false in the event db_input +-# had returned false but this causes the config value to be ignored if +-# the package is being preconfigured. In such a case, the config script +-# is called twice, the first time it shows the question and returns +-# true but the second it doesn't show the question and would return +-# false, which results in the atftpd/configure value being set to false +-# and makes the config value being ignore despite the fact the user +-# answered them (#93398). I didn't find any better way to work around +-# this. Sorry. +- +-db_beginblock +-db_input high atftpd/configure || true +-db_endblock +-db_go ++# Do not ask if you need to configure atftp (Bug#266329) + +-db_get atftpd/configure +-if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then ++#db_beginblock ++#db_input high atftpd/configure || true ++#db_endblock ++#db_go ++ ++#db_get atftpd/configure ++#if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then + + db_beginblock + db_input medium atftpd/use_inetd || true +@@ -34,43 +22,44 @@ + + if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then + db_beginblock +- db_input medium atftpd/tftpd-timeout || true ++ db_input low atftpd/tftpd-timeout || true + db_endblock + db_go + fi + + db_beginblock +- db_input medium atftpd/port || true +- db_input medium atftpd/retry-timeout || true +- db_input medium atftpd/maxthread || true +- db_input medium atftpd/timeout || true +- db_input medium atftpd/tsize || true +- db_input medium atftpd/blksize || true +- db_input medium atftpd/multicast || true ++ db_input low atftpd/port || true ++ db_input low atftpd/retry-timeout || true ++ db_input low atftpd/maxthread || true ++ db_input low atftpd/timeout || true ++ db_input low atftpd/tsize || true ++ db_input low atftpd/blksize || true ++ db_input low atftpd/multicast || true + db_endblock + db_go + + db_get atftpd/multicast + if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then + db_beginblock +- db_input medium atftpd/mcast_port || true ++ db_input low atftpd/mcast_port || true + db_input medium atftpd/mcast_addr || true ++ db_input medium atftpd/ttl || true + db_endblock + db_go + fi + + db_beginblock +- db_input medium atftpd/verbosity || true ++ db_input low atftpd/verbosity || true + db_input medium atftpd/basedir || true +- db_input medium atftpd/logtofile || true ++ db_input low atftpd/logtofile || true + db_endblock + db_go + + db_get atftpd/logtofile + if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then + db_beginblock +- db_input medium atftpd/logfile || true ++ db_input low atftpd/logfile || true + db_endblock + db_go + fi +-fi ++#fi +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/atftpd.conffiles ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/atftpd.conffiles +@@ -1 +0,0 @@ +-/etc/init.d/atftpd +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/atftpd.postinst ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/atftpd.postinst +@@ -9,8 +9,9 @@ + . /usr/share/debconf/confmodule + db_version 2.0 + +-db_get atftpd/configure +-if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then ++# Do not ask if we want to configure it ++#db_get atftpd/configure ++#if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then + + db_get atftpd/use_inetd + if [ "$RET" ]; then +@@ -70,6 +71,10 @@ + if [ "$RET" ]; then + MCASTADDR="--mcast-addr $RET" + fi ++ db_get atftpd/ttl ++ if [ "$RET" ]; then ++ MCASTTTL="--mcast-ttl $RET" ++ fi + fi + + db_get atftpd/verbosity +@@ -86,17 +91,19 @@ + # if the file doesn't exist, create it + if [ ! -f $RET ]; then + touch $RET +- chown nobody.nogroup $RET ++ chown nobody:nogroup $RET + chmod 640 $RET + fi + # modify the logrotate file +- echo -e "$RET {\n" \ +- " daily\n" \ +- " rotate 5\n" \ +- " compress\n" \ +- " copytruncate\n" \ +- " missingok\n" \ +- "}" > /etc/logrotate.d/atftpd ++ cat >/etc/logrotate.d/atftpd < /etc/default/atftpd + echo "OPTIONS=\"$DAEMON $TFTPD_PORT $RETRY_TIMEOUT $NOTIMEOUT $NOTSIZE $NOBLKSIZE $NOMCAST \ +-$MCASTPORT $MCASTADDR $MAXTHREAD $VERBOSITY $LOGFILE $BASEDIR\"" >> /etc/default/atftpd ++$MCASTPORT $MCASTADDR $MCASTTTL $MAXTHREAD $VERBOSITY $LOGFILE $BASEDIR\"" >> /etc/default/atftpd + else + update-inetd --group BOOT --add "tftp dgram udp wait \ + nobody /usr/sbin/tcpd /usr/sbin/in.tftpd $TFTPD_TIMEOUT $RETRY_TIMEOUT $NOTIMEOUT $NOTSIZE $NOBLKSIZE \ +-$NOMCAST $MCASTPORT $MCASTADDR $MAXTHREAD $VERBOSITY $LOGFILE $BASEDIR" ++$NOMCAST $MCASTPORT $MCASTADDR $MCASTTTL $MAXTHREAD $VERBOSITY $LOGFILE $BASEDIR" + echo "USE_INETD=true" > /etc/default/atftpd + echo "OPTIONS=\"$DAEMON $TFTPD_PORT $TFTPD_TIMEOUT $RETRY_TIMEOUT $NOTIMEOUT $NOTSIZE $NOBLKSIZE $NOMCAST \ +-$MCASTPORT $MCASTADDR $MAXTHREAD $VERBOSITY $LOGFILE $BASEDIR\"" >> /etc/default/atftpd ++$MCASTPORT $MCASTADDR $MCASTTTL $MAXTHREAD $VERBOSITY $LOGFILE $BASEDIR\"" >> /etc/default/atftpd + fi + + #DEBHELPER# +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/compat ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/compat +@@ -0,0 +1 @@ ++4 +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/atftpd.init.d ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/atftpd.init.d +@@ -1,12 +1,24 @@ + #! /bin/sh + # +-# atftpd - Script to launch atftpd server. Based on Skeleton. ++# atftpd - Script to launch atftpd server. + # ++### BEGIN INIT INFO ++# Provides: atftpd ++# Required-Start: $syslog $network ++# Required-Stop: $syslog $network ++# Should-Start: $local_fs ++# Should-Stop: $local_fs ++# Default-Start: 2 3 4 5 ++# Default-Stop: 0 1 6 ++# Short-Description: Launch atftpd server ++# Description: Launch atftpd server, a TFTP server useful ++# for network boot (PXE). ++### END INIT INFO + + PATH=/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin + DAEMON=/usr/sbin/atftpd + NAME=atftpd +-DESC="Advanced Trivial FTP server" ++DESC="Advanced TFTP server" + USE_INETD=true + OPTIONS="" + +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/atftpd.postrm ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/atftpd.postrm +@@ -1,8 +1,19 @@ + #!/bin/sh -e + + if [ "$1" = "purge" ]; then +- update-inetd --group BOOT --remove "tftp.*/usr/sbin/in.tftpd.*" ++ # If netbase is not installed, then we don't need to do the remove. ++ if command -v update-inetd >/dev/null 2>&1; ++ then ++ update-inetd --group BOOT --remove "tftp.*/usr/sbin/in.tftpd.*" ++ fi ++ ++ # logrotate + rm -f /etc/logorotate.d/atftpd ++ ++ # init.d config file ++ if [ -r /etc/default/atftpd ]; then ++ rm -f /etc/default/atftpd ++ fi + fi + + #DEBHELPER# +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/atftpd.prerm ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/atftpd.prerm +@@ -1,5 +1,14 @@ +-#!/bin/sh -e ++#!/bin/sh + +-update-inetd --group BOOT --disable tftp ++# Stops daemon if it is running under our control ++if [ -x /etc/init.d/atftpd ]; then ++ if [ -x /usr/sbin/invoke-rc.d ]; then ++ invoke-rc.d --quiet atftpd stop ++ else ++ /etc/init.d/atftpd stop ++ fi ++fi + + #DEBHELPER# ++ ++exit 0 +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/debian/copyright ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/debian/copyright +@@ -8,6 +8,11 @@ + + Copyright: + ++Copyright (c) 2000 Jean-Pierre Lefebvre ++ and Remi Lefebvre ++ ++License: ++ + atftp is free software; you can redistribute them and/or modify them under + the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software + Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/Makefile.am ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/Makefile.am +@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ + argz.c tftp_mtftp.c + + sbin_PROGRAMS = atftpd +-atftpd_LDADD = $(LIBPTHREAD) $(LIBWRAP) $(LIBPCRE) ++atftpd_LDADD = $(LIBWRAP) $(LIBPTHREAD) $(LIBPCRE) + atftpd_SOURCES = tftpd.c logger.c options.c stats.c tftp_io.c tftp_def.c \ + tftpd_file.c tftpd_list.c tftpd_mcast.c argz.c tftpd_pcre.c \ + tftpd_mtftp.c +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/Makefile.in ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/Makefile.in +@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ +-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.8.2 from Makefile.am. ++# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.8.5 from Makefile.am. + # @configure_input@ + + # Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, +@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ + mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs + CONFIG_HEADER = config.h + CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = redhat/atftp.spec +-am__installdirs = $(DESTDIR)$(bindir) $(DESTDIR)$(sbindir) $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir) $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir) ++am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)" + binPROGRAMS_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) + sbinPROGRAMS_INSTALL = $(INSTALL_PROGRAM) + PROGRAMS = $(bin_PROGRAMS) $(sbin_PROGRAMS) +@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ + atftp_SOURCES = tftp.c tftp_io.c logger.c options.c tftp_def.c tftp_file.c \ + argz.c tftp_mtftp.c + +-atftpd_LDADD = $(LIBPTHREAD) $(LIBWRAP) $(LIBPCRE) ++atftpd_LDADD = $(LIBWRAP) $(LIBPTHREAD) $(LIBPCRE) + atftpd_SOURCES = tftpd.c logger.c options.c stats.c tftp_io.c tftp_def.c \ + tftpd_file.c tftpd_list.c tftpd_mcast.c argz.c tftpd_pcre.c \ + tftpd_mtftp.c +@@ -294,14 +294,14 @@ + cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $@ + install-binPROGRAMS: $(bin_PROGRAMS) + @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) +- $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir) ++ test -z "$(bindir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" + @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; for p in $$list; do \ + p1=`echo $$p|sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'`; \ + if test -f $$p \ + ; then \ + f=`echo "$$p1" | sed 's,^.*/,,;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/'`; \ +- echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(binPROGRAMS_INSTALL) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$f"; \ +- $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(binPROGRAMS_INSTALL) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$f || exit 1; \ ++ echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(binPROGRAMS_INSTALL) '$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$f'"; \ ++ $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(binPROGRAMS_INSTALL) "$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$f" || exit 1; \ + else :; fi; \ + done + +@@ -309,22 +309,22 @@ + @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) + @list='$(bin_PROGRAMS)'; for p in $$list; do \ + f=`echo "$$p" | sed 's,^.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/'`; \ +- echo " rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$f"; \ +- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$f; \ ++ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$f'"; \ ++ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)/$$f"; \ + done + + clean-binPROGRAMS: + -test -z "$(bin_PROGRAMS)" || rm -f $(bin_PROGRAMS) + install-sbinPROGRAMS: $(sbin_PROGRAMS) + @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) +- $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(sbindir) ++ test -z "$(sbindir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)" + @list='$(sbin_PROGRAMS)'; for p in $$list; do \ + p1=`echo $$p|sed 's/$(EXEEXT)$$//'`; \ + if test -f $$p \ + ; then \ + f=`echo "$$p1" | sed 's,^.*/,,;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/'`; \ +- echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(sbinPROGRAMS_INSTALL) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)/$$f"; \ +- $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(sbinPROGRAMS_INSTALL) $$p $(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)/$$f || exit 1; \ ++ echo " $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(sbinPROGRAMS_INSTALL) '$$p' '$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)/$$f'"; \ ++ $(INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV) $(sbinPROGRAMS_INSTALL) "$$p" "$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)/$$f" || exit 1; \ + else :; fi; \ + done + +@@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ + @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) + @list='$(sbin_PROGRAMS)'; for p in $$list; do \ + f=`echo "$$p" | sed 's,^.*/,,;s/$(EXEEXT)$$//;$(transform);s/$$/$(EXEEXT)/'`; \ +- echo " rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)/$$f"; \ +- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)/$$f; \ ++ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)/$$f'"; \ ++ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)/$$f"; \ + done + + clean-sbinPROGRAMS: +@@ -385,7 +385,7 @@ + uninstall-info-am: + install-man1: $(man1_MANS) $(man_MANS) + @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) +- $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir) ++ test -z "$(man1dir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" + @list='$(man1_MANS) $(dist_man1_MANS) $(nodist_man1_MANS)'; \ + l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \ + for i in $$l2; do \ +@@ -404,8 +404,8 @@ + inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \ + inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \ + inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \ +- echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst"; \ +- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst; \ ++ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst'"; \ ++ $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst"; \ + done + uninstall-man1: + @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) +@@ -425,12 +425,12 @@ + inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \ + inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \ + inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \ +- echo " rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst"; \ +- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst; \ ++ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst'"; \ ++ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst"; \ + done + install-man8: $(man8_MANS) $(man_MANS) + @$(NORMAL_INSTALL) +- $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir) ++ test -z "$(man8dir)" || $(mkdir_p) "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)" + @list='$(man8_MANS) $(dist_man8_MANS) $(nodist_man8_MANS)'; \ + l2='$(man_MANS) $(dist_man_MANS) $(nodist_man_MANS)'; \ + for i in $$l2; do \ +@@ -449,8 +449,8 @@ + inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \ + inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \ + inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \ +- echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst"; \ +- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$file $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst; \ ++ echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst'"; \ ++ $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst"; \ + done + uninstall-man8: + @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL) +@@ -470,8 +470,8 @@ + inst=`echo $$i | sed -e 's/\\.[0-9a-z]*$$//'`; \ + inst=`echo $$inst | sed -e 's/^.*\///'`; \ + inst=`echo $$inst | sed '$(transform)'`.$$ext; \ +- echo " rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst"; \ +- rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst; \ ++ echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst'"; \ ++ rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)/$$inst"; \ + done + + # This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd +@@ -547,14 +547,16 @@ + $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) + tags=; \ + here=`pwd`; \ +- if (etags --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ ++ if ($(ETAGS) --etags-include --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \ + include_option=--etags-include; \ ++ empty_fix=.; \ + else \ + include_option=--include; \ ++ empty_fix=; \ + fi; \ + list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \ + if test "$$subdir" = .; then :; else \ +- test -f $$subdir/TAGS && \ ++ test ! -f $$subdir/TAGS || \ + tags="$$tags $$include_option=$$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \ + fi; \ + done; \ +@@ -564,9 +566,11 @@ + done | \ + $(AWK) ' { files[$$0] = 1; } \ + END { for (i in files) print i; }'`; \ +- test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique" \ +- || $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ +- $$tags $$unique ++ if test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$tags$$unique"; then :; else \ ++ test -n "$$unique" || unique=$$empty_fix; \ ++ $(ETAGS) $(ETAGSFLAGS) $(AM_ETAGSFLAGS) $(ETAGS_ARGS) \ ++ $$tags $$unique; \ ++ fi + ctags: CTAGS + CTAGS: ctags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \ + $(TAGS_FILES) $(LISP) +@@ -678,7 +682,7 @@ + *.tar.Z*) \ + uncompress -c $(distdir).tar.Z | $(AMTAR) xf - ;;\ + *.shar.gz*) \ +- GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).tar.gz | unshar ;;\ ++ GZIP=$(GZIP_ENV) gunzip -c $(distdir).shar.gz | unshar ;;\ + *.zip*) \ + unzip $(distdir).zip ;;\ + esac +@@ -701,7 +705,7 @@ + distuninstallcheck \ + && chmod -R a-w "$$dc_install_base" \ + && ({ \ +- (cd ../.. && $(mkdir_p) "$$dc_destdir") \ ++ (cd ../.. && umask 077 && mkdir "$$dc_destdir") \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" install \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" uninstall \ + && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) DESTDIR="$$dc_destdir" \ +@@ -738,7 +742,9 @@ + all-am: Makefile $(PROGRAMS) $(MANS) $(HEADERS) config.h + installdirs: installdirs-recursive + installdirs-am: +- $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(bindir) $(DESTDIR)$(sbindir) $(DESTDIR)$(man1dir) $(DESTDIR)$(man8dir) ++ for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(bindir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(sbindir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(man8dir)"; do \ ++ test -z "$$dir" || $(mkdir_p) "$$dir"; \ ++ done + install: install-recursive + install-exec: install-exec-recursive + install-data: install-data-recursive +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/tftp_io.c ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftp_io.c +@@ -284,12 +284,14 @@ + cmsg != NULL && cmsg->cmsg_len >= sizeof(*cmsg); + cmsg = CMSG_NXTHDR(&msg, cmsg)) + { ++#if defined(SOL_IP) && defined(IP_PKTINFO) + if (cmsg->cmsg_level == SOL_IP + && cmsg->cmsg_type == IP_PKTINFO) + { + pktinfo = (struct in_pktinfo *)CMSG_DATA(cmsg); + sa_to->sin_addr = pktinfo->ipi_addr; + } ++#endif + break; + } + } +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/tftp.c ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftp.c +@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ + void make_arg(char *string, int *argc, char ***argv) + { + static char *tmp = NULL; +- int argz_len; ++ size_t argz_len; + + /* split the string to an argz vector */ + if (argz_create_sep(string, ' ', &tmp, &argz_len) != 0) +@@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ + fsync(data.sockfd); + close(data.sockfd); + +- return OK; ++ return tftp_result; + } + + #ifdef HAVE_MTFTP +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg.orig/tftp_file.c ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftp_file.c +@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ + unsigned int next_word; + + /* initial stuff */ +- next_hole = prev_hole + 1; ++ next_hole = 0; /*prev_hole + 1;*/ + next_word_no = next_hole / 32; + next_bit_no = next_hole % 32; + next_word = bitmap[next_word_no]; diff --git a/atftp/debian/patches/dfsg-3-bigfiles.diff b/atftp/debian/patches/dfsg-3-bigfiles.diff new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01ce195 --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/patches/dfsg-3-bigfiles.diff @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +diff -ur atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftpd_pcre.c atftp-0.7.dfsg-bigfiles/tftpd_pcre.c +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftpd_pcre.c 2003-04-24 20:16:19.000000000 -0400 ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg-bigfiles/tftpd_pcre.c 2008-06-09 15:37:51.000000000 -0400 +@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ + /* found string */ + if (rc > 0) + { +- Strncpy(outchp, tmpstr, rc); ++ Strncpy(outchp, tmpstr, rc+1); // atftp's Strncpy seems to have a bug, since rest of codebase seems contented, not changing that.. + outchp += rc; + pcre_free_substring(tmpstr); + continue; +diff -ur atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftpd_file.c atftp-0.7.dfsg-bigfiles/tftpd_file.c +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftpd_file.c 2008-06-09 14:18:29.000000000 -0400 ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg-bigfiles/tftpd_file.c 2008-06-09 14:23:17.000000000 -0400 +@@ -608,22 +608,23 @@ + logger(LOG_INFO, "blksize option -> %d", result); + } + ++ ++ /* multicast option */ ++ if (data->tftp_options[OPT_MULTICAST].specified && ++ data->tftp_options[OPT_MULTICAST].enabled && !convert) ++ { ++ /* Relax the restriction of number of packets to only complian when multicast is attempted */ + /* Verify that the file can be sent in 2^16 block of BLKSIZE octets */ + if ((file_stat.st_size / (data->data_buffer_size - 4)) > 65535) + { + tftp_send_error(sockfd, sa, EUNDEF, data->data_buffer, data->data_buffer_size); +- logger(LOG_NOTICE, "Requested file to big, increase BLKSIZE"); ++ logger(LOG_NOTICE, "Requested file too big, increase BLKSIZE, cannot rollover in multicast transfer"); + if (data->trace) + logger(LOG_DEBUG, "sent ERROR ", EUNDEF, + tftp_errmsg[EUNDEF]); + fclose(fp); + return ERR; + } +- +- /* multicast option */ +- if (data->tftp_options[OPT_MULTICAST].specified && +- data->tftp_options[OPT_MULTICAST].enabled && !convert) +- { + /* + * Find a server with the same options to give up the client. + */ +@@ -723,6 +724,10 @@ + tftpd_clientlist_ready(data); + } + } ++ if ((file_stat.st_size / (data->data_buffer_size - 4)) > 65535) ++ { ++ logger(LOG_NOTICE, "Requested file bigger than tftp is designed to handle, attempting rollover, but not officially in a tftp spec"); ++ } + + /* copy options to local structure, used when falling back a client to slave */ + memcpy(options, data->tftp_options, sizeof(options)); +@@ -934,7 +939,11 @@ + + client_info->last_ack = ACK_block_number; + +- block_number = ACK_block_number; ++ if (block_number < 65534) { // If getting over 65534 packets, switch to rollover, this would have before been a case to give up ++ block_number = ACK_block_number; ++ } else { // At this point, the sanity should be checked such that it is a relatively low risk assumption ++ block_number++; ++ } + + if (data->trace) + logger(LOG_DEBUG, "received ACK ", diff --git a/atftp/debian/patches/dfsg-3-mclistfix.diff b/atftp/debian/patches/dfsg-3-mclistfix.diff new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6bf586b --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/patches/dfsg-3-mclistfix.diff @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftpd_list.c 2008-10-28 09:42:36.000000000 -0500 ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg.new/tftpd_list.c 2008-10-28 10:02:55.000000000 -0500 +@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ + struct thread_data *data, + struct client_info *client) + { +- struct thread_data *current = thread_data; /* head of the list */ ++ struct thread_data *current; + struct tftp_opt *tftp_options = data->tftp_options; + struct client_info *tmp; + +@@ -146,6 +146,8 @@ + /* lock the whole list before walking it */ + pthread_mutex_lock(&thread_list_mutex); + ++ current = thread_data; /* head of the list */ ++ + while (current) + { + if (current != data) +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg/options.h 2008-10-28 09:42:36.000000000 -0500 ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg.new/options.h 2008-10-28 10:06:06.000000000 -0500 +@@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ + void opt_set_multicast(struct tftp_opt *options, char *addr, int port, int mc); + void opt_request_to_string(struct tftp_opt *options, char *string, int len); + void opt_options_to_string(struct tftp_opt *options, char *string, int len); +-int opt_equal(struct tftp_opt *a,struct tftp_opt *b); ++int opt_equal(struct tftp_opt *a,struct tftp_opt *b); ++int opt_same_file(struct tftp_opt *opt1, struct tftp_opt *opt2); + #endif + diff --git a/atftp/debian/patches/dfsg-3-to-multicast.diff b/atftp/debian/patches/dfsg-3-to-multicast.diff new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cbf46ce --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/patches/dfsg-3-to-multicast.diff @@ -0,0 +1,574 @@ +diff -uNr --exclude='*[^ch]' atftp-0.7.dfsg/options.c atftp-0.7.dev/options.c +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg/options.c 2003-04-24 19:16:18.000000000 -0500 ++++ atftp-0.7.dev/options.c 2008-05-06 11:29:24.000000000 -0500 +@@ -354,3 +354,8 @@ + else + string[0] = 0; + } ++int opt_equal(struct tftp_opt *opt1, struct tftp_opt *opt2) ++{ ++ return ( (strncmp(opt1->option,opt2->option,OPT_SIZE) == 0) && ++ (strncmp(opt1->value,opt2->value,OPT_SIZE) == 0)) ; ++} +diff -uNr --exclude='*[^ch]' atftp-0.7.dfsg/options.h atftp-0.7.dev/options.h +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg/options.h 2001-07-06 18:35:18.000000000 -0500 ++++ atftp-0.7.dev/options.h 2008-05-06 11:29:24.000000000 -0500 +@@ -45,6 +45,6 @@ + void opt_set_multicast(struct tftp_opt *options, char *addr, int port, int mc); + void opt_request_to_string(struct tftp_opt *options, char *string, int len); + void opt_options_to_string(struct tftp_opt *options, char *string, int len); +- ++int opt_equal(struct tftp_opt *a,struct tftp_opt *b); + #endif + +diff -uNr --exclude='*[^ch]' atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftp.c atftp-0.7.dev/tftp.c +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftp.c 2008-05-13 13:45:41.000000000 -0500 ++++ atftp-0.7.dev/tftp.c 2008-05-06 11:29:24.000000000 -0500 +@@ -408,8 +408,7 @@ + */ + int set_peer(int argc, char **argv) + { +- struct hostent *host; /* for host name lookup */ +- struct servent *sp; /* server entry for tftp service */ ++ int port=-1; + + /* sanity check */ + if ((argc < 2) || (argc > 3)) +@@ -418,13 +417,33 @@ + return ERR; + } + +- /* get the server entry */ +- sp = getservbyname("tftp", "udp"); +- if (sp == 0) { +- fprintf(stderr, "tftp: udp/tftp, unknown service.\n"); +- return ERR; ++ /* get the server port */ ++ if (argc == 3) ++ { ++ port = htons(atoi(argv[2])); ++ if (port < 0) ++ { ++ fprintf(stderr, "%s: bad port number.\n", argv[2]); ++ data.connected = 0; ++ return ERR; ++ } ++ data.sa_peer.sin_port = port; ++ } ++ else ++ { ++ /* get the server entry */ ++ struct servent *sp; ++ sp = getservbyname("tftp", "udp"); ++ if (sp == 0) { ++ fprintf(stderr, "tftp: udp/tftp, unknown service.\n"); ++ return ERR; ++ } else ++ { ++ port = sp->s_port; ++ } + } + ++ struct hostent *host; /* for host name lookup */ + /* look up the host */ + host = gethostbyname(argv[1]); + /* if valid, update s_inn structure */ +@@ -437,7 +456,7 @@ + Strncpy(data.hostname, host->h_name, + sizeof(data.hostname)); + data.hostname[sizeof(data.hostname)-1] = 0; +- data.sa_peer.sin_port = sp->s_port; ++ data.sa_peer.sin_port = port; + } + else + { +@@ -445,22 +464,10 @@ + data.connected = 0; + return ERR; + } +- /* get the server port */ +- if (argc == 3) +- { +- sp->s_port = htons(atoi(argv[2])); +- if (sp->s_port < 0) +- { +- fprintf(stderr, "%s: bad port number.\n", argv[2]); +- data.connected = 0; +- return ERR; +- } +- data.sa_peer.sin_port = sp->s_port; +- } + /* copy port number to data structure */ +- data.port = ntohs(sp->s_port); +- ++ data.port = ntohs(port); + data.connected = 1; ++ + return OK; + } + +diff -uNr --exclude='*[^ch]' atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftpd.c atftp-0.7.dev/tftpd.c +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftpd.c 2008-05-13 13:45:41.000000000 -0500 ++++ atftp-0.7.dev/tftpd.c 2008-05-06 11:38:38.000000000 -0500 +@@ -197,6 +197,7 @@ + */ + open_logger("atftpd", log_file, logging_level); + logger(LOG_NOTICE, "Advanced Trivial FTP server started (%s)", VERSION); ++ logger(LOG_NOTICE, "Build date: %s %s ", __DATE__,__TIME__); + + #ifdef HAVE_PCRE + /* */ +@@ -474,7 +475,9 @@ + exit(1); + } + new->client_info->done = 0; ++ new->client_info->bytes_sent = 0; + new->client_info->next = NULL; ++ new->client_info->last_ack = -1; + + /* Start a new server thread. */ + if (pthread_create(&tid, NULL, tftpd_receive_request, +@@ -650,8 +653,11 @@ + logger(LOG_ERR, "connect: %s", strerror(errno)); + retval = ABORT; + } +- logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Creating new socket: %s:%d", +- inet_ntoa(to.sin_addr), ntohs(to.sin_port)); ++ logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Creating new socket: %s:%d, on interface 0x%x", ++ inet_ntoa(to.sin_addr), ntohs(to.sin_port),ntohl(to.sin_addr.s_addr)); ++ ++ /* save the dest ip address to bind multicast to correct interface */ ++ data->mcastaddr.imr_interface.s_addr = to.sin_addr.s_addr; + + /* read options from request */ + opt_parse_request(data->data_buffer, data_size, +diff -uNr --exclude='*[^ch]' atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftp_def.c atftp-0.7.dev/tftp_def.c +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftp_def.c 2004-02-12 21:16:09.000000000 -0600 ++++ atftp-0.7.dev/tftp_def.c 2008-05-06 11:29:24.000000000 -0500 +@@ -140,8 +140,12 @@ + */ + inline char *Strncpy(char *to, const char *from, size_t size) + { +- to[size-1] = '\000'; +- return strncpy(to, from, size - 1); ++ if (size > 0) ++ { ++ to[size-1] = '\000'; ++ return strncpy(to, from, size - 1); ++ } else ++ return to; + } + + +diff -uNr --exclude='*[^ch]' atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftpd_file.c atftp-0.7.dev/tftpd_file.c +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftpd_file.c 2004-02-17 20:21:47.000000000 -0600 ++++ atftp-0.7.dev/tftpd_file.c 2008-05-06 11:29:24.000000000 -0500 +@@ -89,6 +89,27 @@ + return OK; + } + ++int opt_same_file(struct tftp_opt *opt1, struct tftp_opt *opt2) ++{ ++ if ( (strncmp(opt1->option,"filename",OPT_SIZE) == 0) && ++ (strncmp(opt2->option,"filename",OPT_SIZE) == 0)) ++ { ++ char tofilename[MAXLEN]; ++ char fromfilename[MAXLEN]; ++ Strncpy(tofilename, opt1->value, MAXLEN); ++ tftpd_rules_check(tofilename); ++ Strncpy(fromfilename, opt2->value, MAXLEN); ++ tftpd_rules_check(fromfilename); ++ struct stat tostat; ++ struct stat fromstat; ++ if( stat(tofilename,&tostat) || stat(fromfilename,&fromstat)) ++ return 0; ++ ++ return (tostat.st_ino == fromstat.st_ino); ++ } ++ return 0; ++} ++ + /* + * Receive a file. It is implemented as a state machine using a while loop + * and a switch statement. Function flow is as follow: +@@ -117,7 +138,6 @@ + char filename[MAXLEN]; + char string[MAXLEN]; + int timeout = data->timeout; +- int number_of_timeout = 0; + int all_blocks_received = 0; /* temporary kludge */ + int convert = 0; /* if true, do netascii convertion */ + +@@ -265,8 +285,8 @@ + switch (result) + { + case GET_TIMEOUT: +- number_of_timeout++; +- if (number_of_timeout > NB_OF_RETRY) ++ data->client_info->number_of_timeout++; ++ if (data->client_info->number_of_timeout > NB_OF_RETRY) + { + logger(LOG_INFO, "client (%s) not responding", + inet_ntoa(data->client_info->client.sin_addr)); +@@ -322,7 +342,7 @@ + else + logger(LOG_WARNING, "source port mismatch, check bypassed"); + } +- number_of_timeout = 0; ++ data->client_info->number_of_timeout = 0; + state = S_DATA_RECEIVED; + break; + case GET_DISCARD: +@@ -413,13 +433,13 @@ + char filename[MAXLEN]; + char string[MAXLEN]; + int timeout = data->timeout; +- int number_of_timeout = 0; + int mcast_switch = data->mcast_switch_client; + struct stat file_stat; + int convert = 0; /* if true, do netascii conversion */ + struct thread_data *thread = NULL; /* used when looking for a multicast + thread */ + int multicast = 0; /* set to 1 if multicast */ ++ time_t last_send_time=-1; + + struct client_info *client_info = data->client_info; + struct client_info *client_old = NULL; +@@ -428,6 +448,8 @@ + int prev_block_number = 0; /* needed to support netascii convertion */ + int prev_file_pos = 0; + int temp = 0; ++ int total_bytes_sent=0; ++ int clients_served=0; + + /* look for mode option */ + if (strcasecmp(data->tftp_options[OPT_MODE].value, "netascii") == 0) +@@ -439,6 +461,7 @@ + /* file name verification */ + Strncpy(filename, data->tftp_options[OPT_FILENAME].value, + MAXLEN); ++ + if (tftpd_rules_check(filename) != OK) + { + tftp_send_error(sockfd, sa, EACCESS, data->data_buffer, data->data_buffer_size); +@@ -497,7 +520,7 @@ + + /* To return the size of the file with tsize argument */ + fstat(fileno(fp), &file_stat); +- ++ + /* tsize option */ + if ((opt_get_tsize(data->tftp_options) > -1) && !convert) + { +@@ -535,6 +558,32 @@ + return ERR; + } + ++ ++ /* make sure that the oack packet will fit in the buffer */ ++ int oacklen = 2; ++ int i; ++ for (i = 2; i < OPT_NUMBER; i++) ++ { ++ if (data->tftp_options[i].enabled && data->tftp_options[i].specified) ++ { ++ oacklen += strlen(data->tftp_options[i].option); ++ oacklen++; ++ oacklen += strlen(data->tftp_options[i].value); ++ oacklen++; ++ } ++ } ++ ++ if (oacklen > result) ++ { ++ logger(LOG_NOTICE, "OACK will not fit in buffer of size %d. Options rejected.", result); ++ tftp_send_error(sockfd, sa, EOPTNEG, data->data_buffer, data->data_buffer_size); ++ if (data->trace) ++ logger(LOG_DEBUG, "sent ERROR ", EOPTNEG, ++ tftp_errmsg[EOPTNEG]); ++ fclose(fp); ++ return ERR; ++ } ++ + data->data_buffer_size = result + 4; + data->data_buffer = realloc(data->data_buffer, data->data_buffer_size); + +@@ -649,9 +698,14 @@ + /* initialise multicast address structure */ + data->mcastaddr.imr_multiaddr.s_addr = + data->sa_mcast.sin_addr.s_addr; +- data->mcastaddr.imr_interface.s_addr = htonl(INADDR_ANY); ++ + setsockopt(data->sockfd, IPPROTO_IP, IP_MULTICAST_TTL, + &data->mcast_ttl, sizeof(data->mcast_ttl)); ++ ++ logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Multicast interface = %s \n",inet_ntoa(data->mcastaddr.imr_interface)); ++ setsockopt(data->sockfd, IPPROTO_IP, IP_MULTICAST_IF, ++ &(data->mcastaddr.imr_interface.s_addr), ++ sizeof(data->mcastaddr.imr_interface.s_addr)); + + /* set options data for OACK */ + opt_set_multicast(data->tftp_options, data->mc_addr, +@@ -674,6 +728,7 @@ + memcpy(options, data->tftp_options, sizeof(options)); + opt_set_multicast(options, data->mc_addr, data->mc_port, 0); + ++ + /* That's it, ready to send the file */ + while (1) + { +@@ -728,6 +783,7 @@ + tftp_send_data(sockfd, &data->sa_mcast, + block_number + 1, data_size, + data->data_buffer); ++ client_info->bytes_sent += data_size-4; + } + else + { +@@ -737,6 +793,8 @@ + if (data->trace) + logger(LOG_DEBUG, "sent DATA ", + block_number + 1, data_size - 4); ++ time(&last_send_time); ++ + state = S_WAIT_PACKET; + break; + case S_WAIT_PACKET: +@@ -746,12 +804,12 @@ + switch (result) + { + case GET_TIMEOUT: +- number_of_timeout++; ++ client_info->number_of_timeout++; + +- if (number_of_timeout > NB_OF_RETRY) ++ if (client_info->number_of_timeout > NB_OF_RETRY) + { +- logger(LOG_INFO, "client (%s) not responding", +- inet_ntoa(client_info->client.sin_addr)); ++ logger(LOG_INFO, "client (%s) not responding. state=%d block_number=%d", ++ inet_ntoa(client_info->client.sin_addr),timeout_state,block_number); + state = S_END; + } + else +@@ -779,7 +837,8 @@ + /* Proceed normally with the next client, + going to OACK state */ + logger(LOG_INFO, +- "Serving next client: %s:%d", ++ "Serving next client after timeout: state=%d, block_number=%d: %s:%d", ++ timeout_state,block_number, + inet_ntoa(client_info->client.sin_addr), + ntohs(client_info->client.sin_port)); + sa = &client_info->client; +@@ -796,7 +855,7 @@ + break; + } + } +- logger(LOG_WARNING, "timeout: retrying..."); ++ logger(LOG_WARNING, "timeout: retrying... state=%d, block_number=%d",timeout_state,block_number); + state = timeout_state; + } + break; +@@ -811,7 +870,13 @@ + * If this is an ACK for the last block, mark this client as + * done + */ +- if ((last_block != -1) && (block_number > last_block)) ++ logger(LOG_DEBUG, ++ "received ACK from wrong client: %s:%d", ++ ntohs(tftphdr->th_block), ++ inet_ntoa(from.sin_addr), ++ ntohs(from.sin_port)); ++ ++ if ((last_block != -1) && (ntohs(tftphdr->th_block) > last_block)) + { + if (tftpd_clientlist_done(data, NULL, &from) == 1) + logger(LOG_DEBUG, "client done <%s>", +@@ -851,11 +916,30 @@ + } + } + /* The ACK is from the current client */ +- number_of_timeout = 0; +- block_number = ntohs(tftphdr->th_block); ++ client_info->number_of_timeout = 0; ++ int ACK_block_number = ntohs(tftphdr->th_block); ++ if (ACK_block_number == client_info->last_ack) { ++ /* duplicate ACK, ignore */ ++ time_t now; ++ time(&now); ++ /* if a timeout has occurred, resend last block */ ++ if ((now-last_send_time) > timeout) { ++ state = S_SEND_DATA; ++ logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Duplicate ACK packet discarded <%d>, timeout. Resend last block.", ACK_block_number); ++ } else { ++ logger(LOG_DEBUG, "Duplicate ACK packet discarded <%d>.", ACK_block_number); ++ } ++ break; ++ } ++ ++ client_info->last_ack = ACK_block_number; ++ ++ block_number = ACK_block_number; ++ + if (data->trace) + logger(LOG_DEBUG, "received ACK ", + block_number); ++ + if ((last_block != -1) && (block_number > last_block)) + { + state = S_END; +@@ -932,10 +1016,14 @@ + } + break; + case S_END: ++ total_bytes_sent+=client_info->bytes_sent; + if (multicast) + { + logger(LOG_DEBUG, "End of multicast transfer"); ++ logger(LOG_INFO, ++ "Bytes sent while this client was master: %d",client_info->bytes_sent); + /* mark the current client done */ ++ clients_served++; + tftpd_clientlist_done(data, client_info, NULL); + /* Look if there is another client to serve. We lock list of + client to make sure no other thread try to add clients in +@@ -948,13 +1036,21 @@ + ntohs(client_info->client.sin_port)); + /* client is a new client structure */ + sa = &client_info->client; +- /* nedd to send an oack to that client */ ++ ++ /* send an oack to that client */ + state = S_SEND_OACK; + fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_SET); + } + else + { +- logger(LOG_INFO, "No more client, end of tranfers"); ++ int fs = file_stat.st_size; ++ int blksze = (data->data_buffer_size - 4); ++ int ttlblks = fs/blksze; ++ int blksretry = (total_bytes_sent-file_stat.st_size)/blksze; ++ logger(LOG_INFO, "No more client, end of tranfers. %d clients served",clients_served); ++ logger(LOG_INFO, "Bytes saved over unicast: %ld", (clients_served*file_stat.st_size)-total_bytes_sent); ++ logger(LOG_INFO, "File size: %d, total data bytes sent %d",file_stat.st_size,total_bytes_sent); ++ logger(LOG_INFO, "Block re-sent: %d of %d = %f percent",blksretry, ttlblks, ((float)blksretry/(float)ttlblks)*100); + fclose(fp); + return OK; + } +diff -uNr --exclude='*[^ch]' atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftpd.h atftp-0.7.dev/tftpd.h +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftpd.h 2004-02-26 20:05:26.000000000 -0600 ++++ atftp-0.7.dev/tftpd.h 2008-05-06 11:29:24.000000000 -0500 +@@ -71,6 +71,9 @@ + struct client_info { + struct sockaddr_in client; + int done; /* that client as receive it's file */ ++ int bytes_sent; ++ int number_of_timeout; /* number of timeouts while sending to this client */ ++ int last_ack; /* last ACK received from this client */ + struct client_info *next; + }; + +diff -uNr --exclude='*[^ch]' atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftpd_list.c atftp-0.7.dev/tftpd_list.c +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftpd_list.c 2004-02-26 20:05:26.000000000 -0600 ++++ atftp-0.7.dev/tftpd_list.c 2008-05-06 11:29:24.000000000 -0500 +@@ -140,17 +140,9 @@ + struct thread_data *current = thread_data; /* head of the list */ + struct tftp_opt *tftp_options = data->tftp_options; + struct client_info *tmp; +- char options[MAXLEN]; +- char string[MAXLEN]; +- char *index; +- int len; + + *thread = NULL; + +- opt_request_to_string(tftp_options, options, MAXLEN); +- index = strstr(options, "multicast"); +- len = (int)index - (int)options; +- + /* lock the whole list before walking it */ + pthread_mutex_lock(&thread_list_mutex); + +@@ -162,9 +154,9 @@ + pthread_mutex_lock(¤t->client_mutex); + if (current->client_ready == 1) + { +- opt_request_to_string(current->tftp_options, string, MAXLEN); +- /* must have exact same option string */ +- if (strncmp(string, options, len) == 0) ++ /* must have exact same mode and refer to the same file */ ++ if (opt_same_file(current->tftp_options,tftp_options) && ++ opt_equal(&(current->tftp_options[OPT_MODE]), &(tftp_options[OPT_MODE]))) + { + *thread = current; + /* insert the new client at the end. If the client is already +diff -uNr --exclude='*[^ch]' atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftpd_mtftp.c atftp-0.7.dev/tftpd_mtftp.c +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftpd_mtftp.c 2004-02-26 20:05:26.000000000 -0600 ++++ atftp-0.7.dev/tftpd_mtftp.c 2008-05-06 11:29:24.000000000 -0500 +@@ -369,6 +369,13 @@ + logger(LOG_ERR, "mtftp: can't open socket"); + pthread_exit(NULL); + } ++ ++ int one=1; ++ if (setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_IP, IP_PKTINFO, &one, sizeof(one)) != 0) ++ { ++ logger(LOG_WARNING, "Failed to set socket option: %s", strerror(errno)); ++ } ++ + /* bind the socket to the tftp port */ + if (bind(sockfd, (struct sockaddr*)&sa, sizeof(sa)) < 0) + { +@@ -389,7 +396,8 @@ + that file name */ + memset(&sa, 0, sizeof(sa)); /* this will hold the client info */ + data_size = data->data_buffer_size; +- retval = tftp_get_packet(sockfd, -1, NULL, &sa, NULL, NULL, ++ struct sockaddr_in toaddr; ++ retval = tftp_get_packet(sockfd, -1, NULL, &sa, NULL, &toaddr, + data->timeout, + &data_size, data->data_buffer); + +@@ -463,6 +471,7 @@ + getsockname(sockfd, (struct sockaddr *)&(sa), &len); + //memset(&sa, 0, sizeof(sa)); + sa.sin_port = 0; ++ + /* bind the socket to the tftp port */ + if (bind(thread->sockfd, (struct sockaddr*)&sa, sizeof(sa)) < 0) + { +@@ -472,8 +481,12 @@ + getsockname(thread->sockfd, (struct sockaddr *)&(sa), &len); + + /* configure multicast socket */ +- thread->mcastaddr.imr_multiaddr.s_addr = thread->sa_mcast.sin_addr.s_addr; +- thread->mcastaddr.imr_interface.s_addr = htonl(INADDR_ANY); ++ thread->mcastaddr.imr_interface.s_addr = toaddr.sin_addr.s_addr; ++ ++ setsockopt(thread->sockfd, IPPROTO_IP, IP_MULTICAST_IF, ++ &(thread->mcastaddr.imr_interface.s_addr), ++ sizeof(thread->mcastaddr.imr_interface.s_addr)); ++ + setsockopt(thread->sockfd, IPPROTO_IP, IP_MULTICAST_TTL, + &data->mcast_ttl, sizeof(data->mcast_ttl)); + +diff -uNr --exclude='*[^ch]' atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftp_file.c atftp-0.7.dev/tftp_file.c +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftp_file.c 2008-05-13 13:45:41.000000000 -0500 ++++ atftp-0.7.dev/tftp_file.c 2008-05-06 11:29:24.000000000 -0500 +@@ -484,6 +484,14 @@ + sa_mcast.sin_family = AF_INET; + sa_mcast.sin_addr.s_addr = htonl(INADDR_ANY); + sa_mcast.sin_port = htons(mc_port); ++ int yes=1; ++ if (setsockopt(mcast_sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, ++ SO_REUSEADDR, ++ &yes, sizeof(yes)) < 0) ++ { ++ perror("setsockopt"); ++ exit(1); ++ } + + if (bind(mcast_sockfd, (struct sockaddr *)&sa_mcast, + sizeof(sa_mcast)) < 0) diff --git a/atftp/debian/patches/dfsg-3-to-winpaths.diff b/atftp/debian/patches/dfsg-3-to-winpaths.diff new file mode 100644 index 0000000..75b68e2 --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/patches/dfsg-3-to-winpaths.diff @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +diff -urN atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftpd_file.c atftp-0.7.dfsg-winpaths/tftpd_file.c +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg/tftpd_file.c 2008-06-20 10:33:43.000000000 -0400 ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg-winpaths/tftpd_file.c 2008-06-20 10:39:51.000000000 -0400 +@@ -474,6 +474,28 @@ + /* verify that the requested file exist */ + fp = fopen(filename, "r"); + ++ /* if it didn't exist, consider the possibilty of Windows */ ++ if (fp == NULL) ++ { ++ char* idx; ++ idx = strchr(filename,'\\'); ++ while (idx) { ++ (*idx) = '/'; ++ idx = strchr(filename,'\\'); ++ } ++ if (strstr(filename,"/Boot/BCD")) ++ { ++ char bcdfilename[MAXLEN]; ++ strncpy(bcdfilename,filename,MAXLEN); ++ strncat(bcdfilename,".",MAXLEN); ++ strncat(bcdfilename,inet_ntoa(sa->sin_addr),MAXLEN); ++ fp = fopen(bcdfilename, "r"); ++ } ++ if (fp == NULL) ++ { ++ fp = fopen(filename,"r"); ++ } ++ } + #ifdef HAVE_PCRE + if (fp == NULL) + { diff --git a/atftp/debian/patches/series b/atftp/debian/patches/series new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d54b489 --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/patches/series @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +dfsg-3-to-multicast.diff +dfsg-3-bigfiles.diff +dfsg-3-to-winpaths.diff +dfsg-3-mclistfix.diff +xcat-debian.diff diff --git a/atftp/debian/patches/xcat-debian.diff b/atftp/debian/patches/xcat-debian.diff new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7da5d47 --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/patches/xcat-debian.diff @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg/argz.h.orig 2010-07-14 20:23:20.000000000 -0700 ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/argz.h 2010-07-14 20:25:11.000000000 -0700 +@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ + #ifdef __USE_EXTERN_INLINES + extern inline char * + __argz_next (__const char *__argz, size_t __argz_len, +- __const char *__entry) __THROW ++ __const char *__entry) + { + if (__entry) + { +@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ + } + extern inline char * + argz_next (__const char *__argz, size_t __argz_len, +- __const char *__entry) __THROW ++ __const char *__entry) + { + return __argz_next (__argz, __argz_len, __entry); + } +--- atftp-0.7.dfsg/stats.c.orig 2010-07-14 20:29:49.000000000 -0700 ++++ atftp-0.7.dfsg/stats.c 2010-07-14 20:30:22.000000000 -0700 +@@ -157,8 +157,8 @@ + + logger(LOG_INFO, " Load measurements:"); + logger(LOG_INFO, " User: %8.3fs Sys:%8.3fs", +- (double)(s_stats.tms.tms_utime) / CLK_TCK, +- (double)(s_stats.tms.tms_stime) / CLK_TCK); ++ (double)(s_stats.tms.tms_utime) / CLOCKS_PER_SEC, ++ (double)(s_stats.tms.tms_stime) / CLOCKS_PER_SEC); + logger(LOG_INFO, " Total:%8.3fs CPU:%8.3f%%", + (double)(tmp.tv_sec + tmp.tv_usec * 1e-6), + (double)(s_stats.tms.tms_utime + s_stats.tms.tms_stime) / diff --git a/atftp/debian/po/POTFILES.in b/atftp/debian/po/POTFILES.in new file mode 100644 index 0000000..609af9d --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/po/POTFILES.in @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +[type: gettext/rfc822deb] atftpd.templates diff --git a/atftp/debian/po/de.po b/atftp/debian/po/de.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2d9043a --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/po/de.po @@ -0,0 +1,283 @@ +# +# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext +# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to +# this format, e.g. by running: +# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' +# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' +# +# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at +# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans +# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans +# +# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-02-17 18:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-15\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:4 +msgid "Do you want to configure the server?" +msgstr "Wollen Sie den Server konfigurieren?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:4 +msgid "" +"atftpd can have various parameters passed to it. These parameters can " +"optimize performances for servers that do heavy work. The default values are " +"suitable for most purposes." +msgstr "" +"atftpd kann mit verschiedenen Parametern gestartet werden. Diese Parameter " +"knnen die Leistung intensiv genutzter Server erhhen. Die Standartwerte " +"sind fr die meisten Anwendungsgebiete geeignet." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:12 +msgid "Should the server be started by inetd?" +msgstr "Soll der Server von inetd gestartet werden?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:12 +msgid "" +"atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle " +"incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high " +"usage server." +msgstr "" +"atftpd kann durch den inetd Hauptserver oder als 'Daemon' gestartet werden " +"und selbst externe Verbindungsaufnahmen verwalten. Letzteres ist nur bei " +"sehr stark genutzten Servern empfehlenswert." + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:19 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:20 +msgid "Server timeout." +msgstr "Server 'timeout'." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:20 +msgid "How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting." +msgstr "Die Zeit in Sekunden, die der Hauptprozess vor dem Beenden abwartet." + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:25 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:26 +msgid "Retry timeout." +msgstr "'Retry timeout'" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:26 +msgid "How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet." +msgstr "" +"Die Zeit in Sekunden, die der Server verstreichen lsst, bevor das zuletzt " +"gesendete Paket erneut bertragen wird" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:31 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:32 +msgid "Maximum number of threads." +msgstr "Maximale Anzahl von Prozessen." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:32 +msgid "Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running." +msgstr "Die maximale Anzahl gleichzeitig erlaubter Prozesse." + +#. Type: select +#. Choices +#: ../atftpd.templates:37 +msgid "7 (LOG_DEBUG), 6 (LOG_INFO), 5 (LOG_NOTICE), 4 (LOG_WARNING)" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:39 +msgid "Verbosity level." +msgstr "Niveau der Redseligkeit." + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:39 +msgid "" +"Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only " +"the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value." +msgstr "" +"Intensitt des Loggens. 7 loggt alles inklusive der 'debug' Meldungen. 1 " +"loggt lediglich die systemkritischen Meldungen. 5 {LOG_NOTICE} ist der " +"Standartwert." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:46 +msgid "Enable 'timeout' support" +msgstr "Aktivieren der 'timeout' Untersttzung" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:51 +msgid "Enable 'tsize' support" +msgstr "Aktivieren der 'tsize' Untersttzung" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:56 +msgid "Enable 'block size' support" +msgstr "Aktivieren der 'block size' Untersttzung" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:61 +msgid "Enable 'multicast' support" +msgstr "Aktivieren der 'multicast' Untersttzung" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:65 +msgid "69" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:66 +msgid "Port to listen for tftp request" +msgstr "Port, der auf eine tftp Anfrage berwacht wird" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:70 +msgid "1758" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:71 +msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer" +msgstr "Portbereich fr 'multicast' Dateitransfers" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:71 +msgid "" +"Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, " +"\"2000-2003, 3000\" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000." +msgstr "" +"'Multicast' Transfers werden jeden verfgbaren Port aus der angegebenen " +"Auswahl verwenden. Die Angabe \"2000-2003, 3000\" erlaubt atftpd " +"beispielsweise, die Ports 2000 bis 2003 sowie 3000 zu benutzen." + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:77 +msgid "239.255.0.0-255" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:78 +msgid "Address range for multicast transfer" +msgstr "Adressbereich fr den 'multicast' Transfer" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:78 +msgid "" +"Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of " +"addresses. Syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" +msgstr "" +"'Multicast' Transfers werden jede verfgbare Adresse aus einer vorgegebenen " +"Auswahl verwenden. Die Syntax lautet \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:85 +msgid "Log to file instead of syslog?" +msgstr "In eine Datei anstatt in das syslog schreiben?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:85 +msgid "" +"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to say " +"yes. That will avoid to clutter your syslog with tftpd logs." +msgstr "" +"Falls Ihr Server intensiv zur tftp Bereitstellung von Dateien genutzt wird, " +"so ist es eine gute Idee, hier mit Ja zu antworten. Dies wird es vermeiden, " +"Ihr syslog mit tftp Meldungen zuzumllen." + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:91 +msgid "/var/log/atftpd.log" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:92 +msgid "Log file." +msgstr "Logdatei." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:92 +msgid "" +"A file where atftpd write its logs. This file will be made writable for the " +"user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." +msgstr "" +"Eine Datei, in die atftpd seine Meldungen schreibt. Diese Datei wird fr den " +"Benutzer 'nobody' und die Gruppe 'nogroup' mit Lese-Schreibzugriff zur " +"Verfgung gestellt werden." + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:98 +msgid "/tftpboot" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:99 +msgid "Base directory." +msgstr "Stammverzeichnis." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:99 +msgid "" +"The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must be " +"world readable." +msgstr "" +"Der Verzeichnisbaum, in dem atftpd Dateien zur Verfgung stellen kann. " +"Dieses Verzeichnis muss fr alle Benutzer lesbar sein." diff --git a/atftp/debian/po/es.po b/atftp/debian/po/es.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..29b0a00 --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/po/es.po @@ -0,0 +1,292 @@ +# +# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext +# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to +# this format, e.g. by running: +# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' +# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' +# +# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at +# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans +# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans +# +# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-02-17 18:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-15\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do you want to configure the server?" +msgstr "Quiere configurar el servidor?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"atftpd can have various parameters passed to it. These parameters can " +"optimize performances for servers that do heavy work. The default values are " +"suitable for most purposes." +msgstr "" +"A atftpd se le pueden pasar varios parmetros. Estos parmetros pueden " +"optimizar su rendimiento en servidores con mucha carga. Los valores por " +"defecto suelen ser adecuados en la mayora de los casos." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:12 +msgid "Should the server be started by inetd?" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:12 +msgid "" +"atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle " +"incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high " +"usage server." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:19 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Server timeout." +msgstr "Timeout del servidor." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting." +msgstr "" +"Especifique cuntos segundos ha de esperar el hilo principal del programa " +"antes de finalizar." + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:25 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:26 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Retry timeout." +msgstr "Timeout de respuesta." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:26 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet." +msgstr "" +"Especifique cuntos segundos se ha esperar una respuesta antes de volver a " +"enviar un paquete." + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:31 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:32 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Maximum number of threads." +msgstr "Mximo nmero de hilos." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:32 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running." +msgstr "Mximo nmero de hilos concurrentes que se puede ejecutar." + +#. Type: select +#. Choices +#: ../atftpd.templates:37 +msgid "7 (LOG_DEBUG), 6 (LOG_INFO), 5 (LOG_NOTICE), 4 (LOG_WARNING)" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Verbosity level." +msgstr "Nivel de detalle de los registros." + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only " +"the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value." +msgstr "" +"Nivel de registro: 7 lo guarda todo, incluyendo los logs de depuracin. 1 " +"grabar slo los registros crticos del sistema. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) es el valor " +"por omisin." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:46 +msgid "Enable 'timeout' support" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:51 +msgid "Enable 'tsize' support" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:56 +msgid "Enable 'block size' support" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:61 +msgid "Enable 'multicast' support" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:65 +msgid "69" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:66 +msgid "Port to listen for tftp request" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:70 +msgid "1758" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:71 +msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:71 +msgid "" +"Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, " +"\"2000-2003, 3000\" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:77 +msgid "239.255.0.0-255" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:78 +msgid "Address range for multicast transfer" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:78 +msgid "" +"Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of " +"addresses. Syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Log to file instead of syslog?" +msgstr "Grabar los registros en un fichero en lugar de usar syslog?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to say " +"yes. That will avoid to clutter your syslog with tftpd logs." +msgstr "" +"Si su servidor realiza transferencias intensivas de ficheros mediante tftp, " +"es una buena idea responder s. Esto evitar que desborde su syslog con " +"registros de tftpd." + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:91 +msgid "/var/log/atftpd.log" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Log file." +msgstr "Fichero de registro." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A file where atftpd write its logs. This file will be made writable for the " +"user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." +msgstr "" +"El fichero en el que tftpd escribir sus logs. En este fichero podr " +"escribir el usuario 'nobody' y los usuarios del grupo 'nogroup'." + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:98 +msgid "/tftpboot" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:99 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Base directory." +msgstr "Directorio base." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:99 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must be " +"world readable." +msgstr "" +"El rbol de directorios a partir del cual servir los ficheros atftpd. Ese " +"directorio tiene que tener derechos de lectura para todos los usuarios." diff --git a/atftp/debian/po/fr.po b/atftp/debian/po/fr.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..88872bb --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/po/fr.po @@ -0,0 +1,285 @@ +# +# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext +# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to +# this format, e.g. by running: +# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' +# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' +# +# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at +# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans +# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans +# +# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-02-17 18:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-15\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:4 +msgid "Do you want to configure the server?" +msgstr "Dsirez-vous configurer le serveur?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:4 +msgid "" +"atftpd can have various parameters passed to it. These parameters can " +"optimize performances for servers that do heavy work. The default values are " +"suitable for most purposes." +msgstr "" +"Atftpd peut recevoir des paramtres varis. Il est possible d'optimiser les " +"performances en modifiant ces paramtres pour des serveurs effectuant des " +"tches lourdes. Dans la plupart des cas, les valeurs par dfaut sont " +"largement suffisantes." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:12 +msgid "Should the server be started by inetd?" +msgstr "Doit-on dmarrer le serveur par inetd?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:12 +msgid "" +"atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle " +"incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high " +"usage server." +msgstr "" +"Atftpd peut tre dmarr par le super-serveur inetd ou en serveur " +"indpendant qui gre lui-mme les connexions entrantes. Ce dernier mode " +"n'est recommand que pour les serveurs fortement sollicits." + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:19 +msgid "300" +msgstr "300" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:20 +msgid "Server timeout." +msgstr "Dlais du serveur." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:20 +msgid "How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting." +msgstr "" +"Combien de secondes la connexion principale est-elle maintenue avant de " +"s'interrompre?" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:25 +msgid "5" +msgstr "5" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:26 +msgid "Retry timeout." +msgstr "Dlais de relance." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:26 +msgid "How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet." +msgstr "" +"Combien de secondes faut-il attendre une rponse avant de retransmettre un " +"paquet?" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:31 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:32 +msgid "Maximum number of threads." +msgstr "Nombre maximal de connexions." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:32 +msgid "Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running." +msgstr "Nombre maximal de connexions simultanes." + +#. Type: select +#. Choices +#: ../atftpd.templates:37 +msgid "7 (LOG_DEBUG), 6 (LOG_INFO), 5 (LOG_NOTICE), 4 (LOG_WARNING)" +msgstr "7 (LOG_DEBUG), 6 (LOG_INFO), 5 (LOG_NOTICE), 4 (LOG_WARNING)" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:39 +msgid "Verbosity level." +msgstr "Niveau des informations souhaites" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:39 +msgid "" +"Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only " +"the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value." +msgstr "" +"Niveau en dessous duquel l'information est enregistre dans les journaux. 7 " +"enregistre l'information de dboguage. 1 n'enregistre que les informations " +"critiques. La valeur par dfaut est 5 (LOG_NOTICE)." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:46 +msgid "Enable 'timeout' support" +msgstr "Activer le support timeout" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:51 +msgid "Enable 'tsize' support" +msgstr "Activer le support tsize" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:56 +msgid "Enable 'block size' support" +msgstr "Activer le support block size" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:61 +msgid "Enable 'multicast' support" +msgstr "Activer le support multicast" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:65 +msgid "69" +msgstr "69" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:66 +msgid "Port to listen for tftp request" +msgstr "Port d'coute pour les requtes tftp" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:70 +msgid "1758" +msgstr "1758" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:71 +msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer" +msgstr "Intervalle des ports pour le transfert de fichiers en multidiffusion" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:71 +msgid "" +"Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, " +"\"2000-2003, 3000\" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000." +msgstr "" +"Le transfert de fichiers en multidiffusion (multicast) utilisera tout " +"port disponible d'un ensemble donn. Par exemple, 2000-2003, 3000 permet " +" atftpd d'utiliser les ports 2000 2003 et 3000." + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:77 +msgid "239.255.0.0-255" +msgstr "239.255.0.0-255" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:78 +msgid "Address range for multicast transfer" +msgstr "Intervalle d'adresses pour le transfert en multidiffusion" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:78 +msgid "" +"Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of " +"addresses. Syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" +msgstr "" +"Le transfert en multidiffusion va utiliser n'importe quelle adresse " +"disponible d'un ensemble donn. La syntaxe est a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,..." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:85 +msgid "Log to file instead of syslog?" +msgstr "Enregistrer les messages dans un fichier la place de syslog?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:85 +msgid "" +"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to say " +"yes. That will avoid to clutter your syslog with tftpd logs." +msgstr "" +"Si votre serveur est utilis intensivement comme serveur tftp, il est " +"conseill de dire Yes. Ceci vitera d'encombrer le journal syslog avec " +"les journaux tftpd." + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:91 +msgid "/var/log/atftpd.log" +msgstr "/var/log/atftpd.log" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:92 +msgid "Log file." +msgstr "Fichier des journaux" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:92 +msgid "" +"A file where atftpd write its logs. This file will be made writable for the " +"user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." +msgstr "" +"Fichier dans lequel les informations seront enregistres. Ce fichier sera " +"modifiable par l'utilisateur nobody et le groupe nogroup." + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:98 +msgid "/tftpboot" +msgstr "/tftpboot" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:99 +msgid "Base directory." +msgstr "Rpertoire racine." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:99 +msgid "" +"The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must be " +"world readable." +msgstr "" +"Le rpertoire partir duquel atftpd sert les fichiers. Ce rpertoire doit " +"pouvoir tre lu par tous." diff --git a/atftp/debian/po/sv.po b/atftp/debian/po/sv.po new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d2b2b55 --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/po/sv.po @@ -0,0 +1,287 @@ +# +# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext +# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to +# this format, e.g. by running: +# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' +# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' +# +# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at +# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans +# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans +# +# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-02-17 18:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-1\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Do you want to configure the server?" +msgstr "Vill du konfigurera servern?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:4 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"atftpd can have various parameters passed to it. These parameters can " +"optimize performances for servers that do heavy work. The default values are " +"suitable for most purposes." +msgstr "" +"atfptd kan anvnda ett antal parametrar. Dessa parametrar kan optimera " +"prestandan fr servrar som r hrt belastade. De frvalda vrdena r " +"anvndbara fr de flesta syften." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:12 +msgid "Should the server be started by inetd?" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:12 +msgid "" +"atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle " +"incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high " +"usage server." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:19 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Server timeout." +msgstr "Tid till avslut." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:20 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting." +msgstr "Hur mnga sekunder huvudtrden vntar innan den avslutas." + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:25 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:26 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Retry timeout." +msgstr "Tid mellan frsk." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:26 +#, fuzzy +msgid "How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet." +msgstr "" +"Hur mnga sekunder vi vntar p ett svar innan vi skickar paketet igen." + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:31 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:32 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Maximum number of threads." +msgstr "Maximalt antal trdar." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:32 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running." +msgstr "Maximalt antal trdar som kan kras parallellt." + +#. Type: select +#. Choices +#: ../atftpd.templates:37 +msgid "7 (LOG_DEBUG), 6 (LOG_INFO), 5 (LOG_NOTICE), 4 (LOG_WARNING)" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Verbosity level." +msgstr "Frklaringsniv." + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:39 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only " +"the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value." +msgstr "" +"Hur informativ loggarna r. 7 loggar allt. 1 loggar bara systemkritiska " +"meddelanden. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) r standardvrdet." + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:46 +msgid "Enable 'timeout' support" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:51 +msgid "Enable 'tsize' support" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:56 +msgid "Enable 'block size' support" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:61 +msgid "Enable 'multicast' support" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:65 +msgid "69" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:66 +msgid "Port to listen for tftp request" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:70 +msgid "1758" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:71 +msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:71 +msgid "" +"Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, " +"\"2000-2003, 3000\" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:77 +msgid "239.255.0.0-255" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:78 +msgid "Address range for multicast transfer" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:78 +msgid "" +"Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of " +"addresses. Syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Log to file instead of syslog?" +msgstr "Logga till fil istllet fr syslog?" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:85 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to say " +"yes. That will avoid to clutter your syslog with tftpd logs." +msgstr "" +"Om servern r mycket intensivt trafikerad r det en god id att sga ja. Det " +"undviker att skrpa ner systemloggen med atftpd-loggar." + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:91 +msgid "/var/log/atftpd.log" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Log file." +msgstr "Loggfil." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:92 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"A file where atftpd write its logs. This file will be made writable for the " +"user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." +msgstr "" +"Filen som atftpd skriver sin logg till. Denna fil kommer gras skrivbar fr " +"anvndaren 'nobody' och gruppen 'nogroup'." + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:98 +msgid "/tftpboot" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:99 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Base directory." +msgstr "Rotkatalog." + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:99 +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +"The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must be " +"world readable." +msgstr "" +"Katalogtrdet som atftpd tillhandahller filer frn. Katalogen mste vara " +"lsbar fr alla." diff --git a/atftp/debian/po/templates.pot b/atftp/debian/po/templates.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0af5710 --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/po/templates.pot @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +# +# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext +# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to +# this format, e.g. by running: +# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' +# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' +# +# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at +# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans +# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans +# +# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-02-17 18:54-0500\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:4 +msgid "Do you want to configure the server?" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:4 +msgid "" +"atftpd can have various parameters passed to it. These parameters can " +"optimize performances for servers that do heavy work. The default values are " +"suitable for most purposes." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:12 +msgid "Should the server be started by inetd?" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:12 +msgid "" +"atftpd can be started by the inetd superserver or as a daemon and handle " +"incoming connections by itself. The latter is only recommend for very high " +"usage server." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:19 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:20 +msgid "Server timeout." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:20 +msgid "How many seconds the main thread waits before exiting." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:25 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:26 +msgid "Retry timeout." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:26 +msgid "How many seconds to wait for a reply before retransmitting a packet." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:31 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:32 +msgid "Maximum number of threads." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:32 +msgid "Maximum number of concurrent threads that can be running." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: select +#. Choices +#: ../atftpd.templates:37 +msgid "7 (LOG_DEBUG), 6 (LOG_INFO), 5 (LOG_NOTICE), 4 (LOG_WARNING)" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:39 +msgid "Verbosity level." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: select +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:39 +msgid "" +"Level of logging. 7 logs everything including debug logs. 1 will log only " +"the system critical logs. 5 (LOG_NOTICE) is the default value." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:46 +msgid "Enable 'timeout' support" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:51 +msgid "Enable 'tsize' support" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:56 +msgid "Enable 'block size' support" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:61 +msgid "Enable 'multicast' support" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:65 +msgid "69" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:66 +msgid "Port to listen for tftp request" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:70 +msgid "1758" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:71 +msgid "Port range for multicast file transfer" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:71 +msgid "" +"Multicast transfer will use any available port in a given set. For example, " +"\"2000-2003, 3000\" allow atftpd to use port 2000 to 2003 and 3000." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:77 +msgid "239.255.0.0-255" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:78 +msgid "Address range for multicast transfer" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:78 +msgid "" +"Multicast transfer will use any available addresses from a given set of " +"addresses. Syntax is \"a.b.c.d-d,a.b.c.d,...\"" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:85 +msgid "Log to file instead of syslog?" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: boolean +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:85 +msgid "" +"If your server does intensive tftp file serving, it is a good idea to say " +"yes. That will avoid to clutter your syslog with tftpd logs." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:91 +msgid "/var/log/atftpd.log" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:92 +msgid "Log file." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:92 +msgid "" +"A file where atftpd write its logs. This file will be made writable for the " +"user 'nobody' and group 'nogroup'." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Default +#: ../atftpd.templates:98 +msgid "/tftpboot" +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:99 +msgid "Base directory." +msgstr "" + +#. Type: string +#. Description +#: ../atftpd.templates:99 +msgid "" +"The directory tree from where atftpd can serve files. That directory must be " +"world readable." +msgstr "" diff --git a/atftp/debian/rules b/atftp/debian/rules new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5923ed3 --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/debian/rules @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +#!/usr/bin/make -f +# Sample debian/rules that uses debhelper. +# GNU copyright 1997 by Joey Hess. +# +# This version is for a hypothetical package that builds an +# architecture-dependant package, as well as an architecture-independent +# package. + +# Uncomment this to turn on verbose mode. +#export DH_VERBOSE=1 + +# This is the debhelper compatability version to use. +export DH_COMPAT=2 + +# This has to be exported to make some magic below work. +export DH_OPTIONS + +configure: configure-stamp +configure-stamp: + dh_testdir + # Add here commands to configure the package. + dh_quilt_patch + ./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man --disable-libwrap + + touch configure-stamp + +build: configure-stamp build-stamp +build-stamp: + dh_testdir + + # Add here commands to compile the package. + $(MAKE) + + touch build-stamp + +clean: + dh_testdir + dh_testroot + rm -f build-stamp configure-stamp + + # Add here commands to clean up after the build process. + -$(MAKE) clean + -$(MAKE) distclean + + dh_clean + +install: DH_OPTIONS= +install: build + dh_testdir + dh_testroot + dh_clean -k + dh_installdirs + + # Add here commands to install the package into debian/tmp. + $(MAKE) install prefix=`pwd`/debian/tmp/usr \ + mandir=`pwd`/debian/tmp/usr/share/man + + dh_movefiles + dh_installdocs -patftp-xcat + #dh_installdocs -patftpd docs/*.html + +# Build architecture-independent files here. +# Pass -i to all debhelper commands in this target to reduce clutter. +binary-indep: build install + +# Build architecture-dependent files here. +# Pass -a to all debhelper commands in this target to reduce clutter. +binary-arch: DH_OPTIONS=-a +binary-arch: build install + dh_testdir + dh_testroot + dh_installdebconf + dh_installinit --init-script=atftpd +# dh_installexamples +# dh_installcron +# dh_installmanpages +# dh_installinfo + dh_installchangelogs Changelog + dh_strip + dh_link + dh_compress + dh_fixperms + # You may want to make some executables suid here. + #dh_suidregister + dh_installdeb + dh_shlibdeps + dh_gencontrol + dh_md5sums + dh_builddeb + +binary: binary-indep binary-arch +.PHONY: build clean binary-indep binary-arch binary install diff --git a/atftp/make_deb.sh b/atftp/make_deb.sh new file mode 100644 index 0000000..121d0f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/atftp/make_deb.sh @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +tar xvfz atftp_0.7.dfsg.orig.tar.gz +cd atftp-0.7.dfsg +rm -rf debian +cp -rL ../debian . +dpkg-buildpackage +cd - +rm -rf atftp-0.7.dfsg diff --git a/conserver/debian/changelog b/conserver/debian/changelog new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0a9e042 --- /dev/null +++ b/conserver/debian/changelog @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +conserver (8.1.16-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Initial Debian build + + -- Mark Hamzy Mon, 02 May 2011 13:05:49 -0500 + +conserver (8.1.16-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Initial release + + -- OCF xCAT Thu, 28 Oct 2010 01:04:00 +0100 diff --git a/conserver/debian/compat b/conserver/debian/compat new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f8f011 --- /dev/null +++ b/conserver/debian/compat @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +7 diff --git a/conserver/debian/control b/conserver/debian/control new file mode 100644 index 0000000..199173b --- /dev/null +++ b/conserver/debian/control @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +Source: conserver +Section: admin +Priority: extra +Maintainer: Arif Ali +Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 7.0.50~), autotools-dev +Standards-Version: 3.8.4 +Homepage: http://www.conserver.com/ +#Vcs-Git: git://git.debian.org/collab-maint/conserver.git +#Vcs-Browser: http://git.debian.org/?p=collab-maint/conserver.git;a=summary + +Package: conserver +Architecture: any +Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}, ${misc:Depends} +Description: Serial console server daemon/client + Conserver is an application that allows multiple users to watch a + serial console at the same time. It can log the data, allows users to + take write-access of a console (one at a time), and has a variety of + bells and whistles to accentuate that basic functionality. + diff --git a/conserver/debian/copyright b/conserver/debian/copyright new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6dd8f3c --- /dev/null +++ b/conserver/debian/copyright @@ -0,0 +1,115 @@ +Since this piece of software has had many contiributors, there is a +"chain" of licensing information embedded in the files. I've copied +what I could find here so that it's easy to reference. The entire +bundle of software is guided by these licensing statements. + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Copyright (c) 2000, conserver.com +All rights reserved. + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +met: + + - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the + distribution. + + - Neither the name of conserver.com nor the names of its contributors + may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this + software without specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS +IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED +TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR +CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, +EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR +PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING +NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Copyright (c) 1998, GNAC, Inc. +All rights reserved. + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are +met: + + - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, + this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. + + - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the + distribution. + + - Neither the name of GNAC, Inc. nor the names of its contributors + may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this + software without specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS +IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED +TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR +CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, +EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR +PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF +LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING +NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS +SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE. + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Copyright 1992 Purdue Research Foundation, West Lafayette, Indiana +47907. All rights reserved. + +This software is not subject to any license of the American Telephone +and Telegraph Company or the Regents of the University of California. + +Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose on +any computer system, and to alter it and redistribute it freely, subject +to the following restrictions: + +1. Neither the authors nor Purdue University are responsible for any + consequences of the use of this software. + +2. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented, either by + explicit claim or by omission. Credit to the authors and Purdue + University must appear in documentation and sources. + +3. Altered versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be + misrepresented as being the original software. + +4. This notice may not be removed or altered. + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Copyright (c) 1990 The Ohio State University. +All rights reserved. + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted +provided that: (1) source distributions retain this entire copyright +notice and comment, and (2) distributions including binaries display +the following acknowledgement: ``This product includes software +developed by The Ohio State University and its contributors'' +in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution +and in all advertising materials mentioning features or use of this +software. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its +contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived +from this software without specific prior written permission. +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +---------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/conserver/debian/docs b/conserver/debian/docs new file mode 100644 index 0000000..623fe2d --- /dev/null +++ b/conserver/debian/docs @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +FAQ +README +TODO diff --git a/conserver/debian/init.d b/conserver/debian/init.d new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bdb6cf3 --- /dev/null +++ b/conserver/debian/init.d @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# +# Startup for conserver +# +### BEGIN INIT INFO +# Provides: conserver +# Required-Start: $network +# Required-Stop: +# Should-Start: +# Default-Start: 2 3 4 5 +# Default-Stop: +# Short-Description: Serial console server daemon/client +# Description: Conserver is an application that allows multiple users to watch a +# serial console at the same time. It can log the data, allows users to +# take write-access of a console (one at a time), and has a variety of +# bells and whistles to accentuate that basic functionality. +### END INIT INFO + + +PATH=/usr/sbin:/usr/bin:/bin:/usr/local/bin +PIDFILE="/var/run/conserver.pid" + +signalmaster() { + sig=$1 + if [ -f "$PIDFILE" ]; then + master=`cat "$PIDFILE"` + else + master=`ps -ef | grep conserver | awk '$3 == "1"{print $2}'` + fi + [ "$master" ] && kill -$sig $master +} + +case "$1" in + 'start') + echo "Starting console server daemon" + conserver -d + ;; + + 'stop') + echo "Stopping console server daemon" + signalmaster TERM + ;; + + 'restart') + echo "Restarting console server daemon" + signalmaster HUP + ;; + + *) + echo "Usage: $0 { start | stop | restart }" + ;; + +esac +exit 0 diff --git a/conserver/debian/patches/certificate-auth.patch b/conserver/debian/patches/certificate-auth.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8a12ed3 --- /dev/null +++ b/conserver/debian/patches/certificate-auth.patch @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ +diff -ur conserver-8.1.16/conserver/main.c conserver-8.1.16-ssl/conserver/main.c +--- conserver-8.1.16/conserver/main.c 2007-04-02 13:59:16.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-8.1.16-ssl/conserver/main.c 2008-01-09 12:46:30.000000000 -0500 +@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ + } else { + ciphers = "ALL:!LOW:!EXP:!MD5:@STRENGTH"; + } +- SSL_CTX_set_verify(ctx, SSL_VERIFY_PEER, SSLVerifyCallback); ++ SSL_CTX_set_verify(ctx, SSL_VERIFY_PEER|SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT, SSLVerifyCallback); + SSL_CTX_set_options(ctx, + SSL_OP_ALL | SSL_OP_NO_SSLv2 | + SSL_OP_SINGLE_DH_USE); +@@ -365,6 +365,9 @@ + SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE | + SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER | + SSL_MODE_AUTO_RETRY); ++ if (config->sslauthority != (char *)0) { ++ SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(ctx,config->sslauthority,""); ++ } + SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback(ctx, TmpDHCallback); + if (SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list(ctx, ciphers) != 1) { + Error("SetupSSL(): setting SSL cipher list failed"); +@@ -1190,6 +1193,12 @@ + if ((optConf->secondaryport = StrDup(optarg)) == (char *)0) + OutOfMem(); + break; ++ case 'A': ++#if HAVE_OPENSSL ++ if ((optConf->sslauthority = StrDup(optarg)) == (char*)0) ++ OutOfMem(); ++#endif ++ break; + case 'c': + #if HAVE_OPENSSL + if ((optConf->sslcredentials = +@@ -1529,6 +1538,12 @@ + else + config->sslrequired = defConfig.sslrequired; + ++ if (optConf->sslauthority != (char *)0) ++ config->sslauthority = StrDup(optConf->sslauthority); ++ else if (pConfig->sslauthority != (char *)0) ++ config->sslauthority = StrDup(pConfig->sslauthority); ++ else ++ config->sslauthority = StrDup(defConfig.sslauthority); + if (optConf->sslcredentials != (char *)0) + config->sslcredentials = StrDup(optConf->sslcredentials); + else if (pConfig->sslcredentials != (char *)0) +diff -ur conserver-8.1.16/conserver/readcfg.c conserver-8.1.16-ssl/conserver/readcfg.c +--- conserver-8.1.16/conserver/readcfg.c 2007-04-02 13:59:16.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-8.1.16-ssl/conserver/readcfg.c 2008-01-09 12:41:08.000000000 -0500 +@@ -4385,6 +4385,8 @@ + #if HAVE_OPENSSL + if (c->sslcredentials != (char *)0) + free(c->sslcredentials); ++ if (c->sslauthority != (char *)0) ++ free(c->sslauthority); + #endif + free(c); + } +@@ -4474,6 +4476,12 @@ + parserConfigTemp->secondaryport = (char *)0; + } + #if HAVE_OPENSSL ++ if (parserConfigTemp->sslauthority != (char *)0) { ++ if (pConfig->sslauthority != (char *)0) ++ free(pConfig->sslauthority); ++ pConfig->sslauthority = parserConfigTemp->sslauthority; ++ parserConfigTemp->sslauthority = (char *)0; ++ } + if (parserConfigTemp->sslcredentials != (char *)0) { + if (pConfig->sslcredentials != (char *)0) + free(pConfig->sslcredentials); +@@ -4786,6 +4794,33 @@ + + void + #if PROTOTYPES ++ConfigItemSslauthority(char *id) ++#else ++ConfigItemSslauthority(id) ++ char *id; ++#endif ++{ ++ CONDDEBUG((1, "ConfigItemSslauthority(%s) [%s:%d]", id, file, line)); ++#if HAVE_OPENSSL ++ if (parserConfigTemp->sslauthority != (char *)0) ++ free(parserConfigTemp->sslauthority); ++ ++ if ((id == (char *)0) || (*id == '\000')) { ++ parserConfigTemp->sslauthority = (char *)0; ++ return; ++ } ++ if ((parserConfigTemp->sslauthority = StrDup(id)) == (char *)0) ++ OutOfMem(); ++#else ++ if (isMaster) ++ Error ++ ("sslauthority ignored - encryption not compiled into code [%s:%d]", ++ file, line); ++#endif ++} ++ ++void ++#if PROTOTYPES + ConfigItemSslcredentials(char *id) + #else + ConfigItemSslcredentials(id) +@@ -4962,6 +4997,7 @@ + {"secondaryport", ConfigItemSecondaryport}, + {"setproctitle", ConfigItemSetproctitle}, + {"sslcredentials", ConfigItemSslcredentials}, ++ {"sslauthority", ConfigItemSslauthority}, + {"sslrequired", ConfigItemSslrequired}, + {"unifiedlog", ConfigItemUnifiedlog}, + {(char *)0, (void *)0} +@@ -5250,6 +5286,27 @@ + } + #endif + #if HAVE_OPENSSL ++ if (optConf->sslauthority == (char *)0) { ++ if (pConfig->sslauthority == (char *)0) { ++ if (config->sslauthority != (char *)0) { ++ free(config->sslauthority); ++ config->sslauthority = (char *)0; ++ Msg("warning: `sslauthority' config option changed - you must restart for it to take effect"); ++ } ++ } else { ++ if (config->sslauthority == (char *)0 || ++ strcmp(pConfig->sslauthority, ++ config->sslauthority) != 0) { ++ if (config->sslauthority != (char *)0) ++ free(config->sslauthority); ++ if ((config->sslauthority = ++ StrDup(pConfig->sslauthority)) ++ == (char *)0) ++ OutOfMem(); ++ Msg("warning: `sslauthority' config option changed - you must restart for it to take effect"); ++ } ++ } ++ } + if (optConf->sslcredentials == (char *)0) { + if (pConfig->sslcredentials == (char *)0) { + if (config->sslcredentials != (char *)0) { +diff -ur conserver-8.1.16/conserver/readcfg.h conserver-8.1.16-ssl/conserver/readcfg.h +--- conserver-8.1.16/conserver/readcfg.h 2005-06-10 22:30:31.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-8.1.16-ssl/conserver/readcfg.h 2008-01-09 08:10:54.000000000 -0500 +@@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ + #endif + #if HAVE_OPENSSL + char *sslcredentials; ++ char *sslauthority; + FLAG sslrequired; + #endif + } CONFIG; +diff -ur conserver-8.1.16/console/console.c conserver-8.1.16-ssl/console/console.c +--- conserver-8.1.16/console/console.c 2006-06-14 23:01:05.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-8.1.16-ssl/console/console.c 2008-01-09 12:49:39.000000000 -0500 +@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ + } else { + ciphers = "ALL:!LOW:!EXP:!MD5:@STRENGTH"; + } +- SSL_CTX_set_verify(ctx, SSL_VERIFY_PEER, SSLVerifyCallback); ++ SSL_CTX_set_verify(ctx, SSL_VERIFY_PEER|SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT, SSLVerifyCallback); + SSL_CTX_set_options(ctx, + SSL_OP_ALL | SSL_OP_NO_SSLv2 | + SSL_OP_SINGLE_DH_USE); +@@ -113,6 +113,9 @@ + SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE | + SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER | + SSL_MODE_AUTO_RETRY); ++ if (config->sslauthority != (char *)0) { ++ SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(ctx, config->sslauthority,""); ++ } + if (SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list(ctx, ciphers) != 1) { + Error("Setting SSL cipher list failed"); + Bye(EX_UNAVAILABLE); +@@ -2204,6 +2207,14 @@ + config->playback = 0; + + #if HAVE_OPENSSL ++ if (optConf->sslauthority != (char *)0 && ++ optConf->sslauthority[0] != '\000') ++ config->sslauthority = StrDup(optConf->sslauthority); ++ else if (pConfig->sslauthority != (char *)0 && ++ pConfig->sslauthority[0] != '\000') ++ config->sslauthority = StrDup(pConfig->sslauthority); ++ else ++ config->sslauthority = (char *)0; + if (optConf->sslcredentials != (char *)0 && + optConf->sslcredentials[0] != '\000') + config->sslcredentials = StrDup(optConf->sslcredentials); +diff -ur conserver-8.1.16/console/readconf.c conserver-8.1.16-ssl/console/readconf.c +--- conserver-8.1.16/console/readconf.c 2006-04-03 09:32:12.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-8.1.16-ssl/console/readconf.c 2008-01-09 11:14:20.000000000 -0500 +@@ -37,6 +37,8 @@ + if (c->escape != (char *)0) + free(c->escape); + #if HAVE_OPENSSL ++ if (c->sslauthority != (char *)0) ++ free(c->sslauthority); + if (c->sslcredentials != (char *)0) + free(c->sslcredentials); + #endif +@@ -86,6 +88,13 @@ + if (parserConfigDefault->playback != FLAGUNKNOWN) + c->playback = parserConfigDefault->playback; + #if HAVE_OPENSSL ++ if (parserConfigDefault->sslauthority != (char *)0) { ++ if (c->sslauthority != (char *)0) ++ free(c->sslauthority); ++ if ((c->sslauthority = ++ StrDup(parserConfigDefault->sslauthority)) == (char *)0) ++ OutOfMem(); ++ } + if (parserConfigDefault->sslcredentials != (char *)0) { + if (c->sslcredentials != (char *)0) + free(c->sslcredentials); +@@ -480,6 +489,32 @@ + + void + #if PROTOTYPES ++ConfigItemSslauthority(char *id) ++#else ++ConfigItemSslauthority(id) ++ char *id; ++#endif ++{ ++ CONDDEBUG((1, "ConfigItemSslauthority(%s) [%s:%d]", id, file, line)); ++#if HAVE_OPENSSL ++ if (parserConfigTemp->sslauthority != (char *)0) ++ free(parserConfigTemp->sslauthority); ++ ++ if ((id == (char *)0) || (*id == '\000')) { ++ parserConfigTemp->sslauthority = (char *)0; ++ return; ++ } ++ if ((parserConfigTemp->sslauthority = StrDup(id)) == (char *)0) ++ OutOfMem(); ++#else ++ Error ++ ("sslauthority ignored - encryption not compiled into code [%s:%d]", ++ file, line); ++#endif ++} ++ ++void ++#if PROTOTYPES + ConfigItemSslcredentials(char *id) + #else + ConfigItemSslcredentials(id) +@@ -712,6 +747,7 @@ + {"port", ConfigItemPort}, + {"replay", ConfigItemReplay}, + {"sslcredentials", ConfigItemSslcredentials}, ++ {"sslauthority", ConfigItemSslauthority}, + {"sslrequired", ConfigItemSslrequired}, + {"sslenabled", ConfigItemSslenabled}, + {"striphigh", ConfigItemStriphigh}, +diff -ur conserver-8.1.16/console/readconf.h conserver-8.1.16-ssl/console/readconf.h +--- conserver-8.1.16/console/readconf.h 2006-04-03 09:32:12.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-8.1.16-ssl/console/readconf.h 2008-01-09 11:07:41.000000000 -0500 +@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ + unsigned short playback; + #if HAVE_OPENSSL + char *sslcredentials; ++ char *sslauthority; + FLAG sslrequired; + FLAG sslenabled; + #endif diff --git a/conserver/debian/patches/debian-conserver-xcat.patch b/conserver/debian/patches/debian-conserver-xcat.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..927274b --- /dev/null +++ b/conserver/debian/patches/debian-conserver-xcat.patch @@ -0,0 +1,6399 @@ +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/conserver/main.c conserver-xcat-8.1.16/conserver/main.c +--- conserver-8.1.16/conserver/main.c 2007-04-02 13:59:16.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/conserver/main.c 2008-07-18 12:42:43.000000000 -0400 +@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ + } else { + ciphers = "ALL:!LOW:!EXP:!MD5:@STRENGTH"; + } +- SSL_CTX_set_verify(ctx, SSL_VERIFY_PEER, SSLVerifyCallback); ++ SSL_CTX_set_verify(ctx, SSL_VERIFY_PEER|SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT, SSLVerifyCallback); + SSL_CTX_set_options(ctx, + SSL_OP_ALL | SSL_OP_NO_SSLv2 | + SSL_OP_SINGLE_DH_USE); +@@ -365,6 +365,9 @@ + SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE | + SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER | + SSL_MODE_AUTO_RETRY); ++ if (config->sslauthority != (char *)0) { ++ SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(ctx,config->sslauthority,""); ++ } + SSL_CTX_set_tmp_dh_callback(ctx, TmpDHCallback); + if (SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list(ctx, ciphers) != 1) { + Error("SetupSSL(): setting SSL cipher list failed"); +@@ -1190,6 +1193,12 @@ + if ((optConf->secondaryport = StrDup(optarg)) == (char *)0) + OutOfMem(); + break; ++ case 'A': ++#if HAVE_OPENSSL ++ if ((optConf->sslauthority = StrDup(optarg)) == (char*)0) ++ OutOfMem(); ++#endif ++ break; + case 'c': + #if HAVE_OPENSSL + if ((optConf->sslcredentials = +@@ -1529,6 +1538,12 @@ + else + config->sslrequired = defConfig.sslrequired; + ++ if (optConf->sslauthority != (char *)0) ++ config->sslauthority = StrDup(optConf->sslauthority); ++ else if (pConfig->sslauthority != (char *)0) ++ config->sslauthority = StrDup(pConfig->sslauthority); ++ else ++ config->sslauthority = StrDup(defConfig.sslauthority); + if (optConf->sslcredentials != (char *)0) + config->sslcredentials = StrDup(optConf->sslcredentials); + else if (pConfig->sslcredentials != (char *)0) +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/conserver/readcfg.c conserver-xcat-8.1.16/conserver/readcfg.c +--- conserver-8.1.16/conserver/readcfg.c 2007-04-02 13:59:16.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/conserver/readcfg.c 2008-07-18 12:42:43.000000000 -0400 +@@ -4385,6 +4385,8 @@ + #if HAVE_OPENSSL + if (c->sslcredentials != (char *)0) + free(c->sslcredentials); ++ if (c->sslauthority != (char *)0) ++ free(c->sslauthority); + #endif + free(c); + } +@@ -4474,6 +4476,12 @@ + parserConfigTemp->secondaryport = (char *)0; + } + #if HAVE_OPENSSL ++ if (parserConfigTemp->sslauthority != (char *)0) { ++ if (pConfig->sslauthority != (char *)0) ++ free(pConfig->sslauthority); ++ pConfig->sslauthority = parserConfigTemp->sslauthority; ++ parserConfigTemp->sslauthority = (char *)0; ++ } + if (parserConfigTemp->sslcredentials != (char *)0) { + if (pConfig->sslcredentials != (char *)0) + free(pConfig->sslcredentials); +@@ -4786,6 +4794,33 @@ + + void + #if PROTOTYPES ++ConfigItemSslauthority(char *id) ++#else ++ConfigItemSslauthority(id) ++ char *id; ++#endif ++{ ++ CONDDEBUG((1, "ConfigItemSslauthority(%s) [%s:%d]", id, file, line)); ++#if HAVE_OPENSSL ++ if (parserConfigTemp->sslauthority != (char *)0) ++ free(parserConfigTemp->sslauthority); ++ ++ if ((id == (char *)0) || (*id == '\000')) { ++ parserConfigTemp->sslauthority = (char *)0; ++ return; ++ } ++ if ((parserConfigTemp->sslauthority = StrDup(id)) == (char *)0) ++ OutOfMem(); ++#else ++ if (isMaster) ++ Error ++ ("sslauthority ignored - encryption not compiled into code [%s:%d]", ++ file, line); ++#endif ++} ++ ++void ++#if PROTOTYPES + ConfigItemSslcredentials(char *id) + #else + ConfigItemSslcredentials(id) +@@ -4962,6 +4997,7 @@ + {"secondaryport", ConfigItemSecondaryport}, + {"setproctitle", ConfigItemSetproctitle}, + {"sslcredentials", ConfigItemSslcredentials}, ++ {"sslauthority", ConfigItemSslauthority}, + {"sslrequired", ConfigItemSslrequired}, + {"unifiedlog", ConfigItemUnifiedlog}, + {(char *)0, (void *)0} +@@ -5250,6 +5286,27 @@ + } + #endif + #if HAVE_OPENSSL ++ if (optConf->sslauthority == (char *)0) { ++ if (pConfig->sslauthority == (char *)0) { ++ if (config->sslauthority != (char *)0) { ++ free(config->sslauthority); ++ config->sslauthority = (char *)0; ++ Msg("warning: `sslauthority' config option changed - you must restart for it to take effect"); ++ } ++ } else { ++ if (config->sslauthority == (char *)0 || ++ strcmp(pConfig->sslauthority, ++ config->sslauthority) != 0) { ++ if (config->sslauthority != (char *)0) ++ free(config->sslauthority); ++ if ((config->sslauthority = ++ StrDup(pConfig->sslauthority)) ++ == (char *)0) ++ OutOfMem(); ++ Msg("warning: `sslauthority' config option changed - you must restart for it to take effect"); ++ } ++ } ++ } + if (optConf->sslcredentials == (char *)0) { + if (pConfig->sslcredentials == (char *)0) { + if (config->sslcredentials != (char *)0) { +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/conserver/readcfg.h conserver-xcat-8.1.16/conserver/readcfg.h +--- conserver-8.1.16/conserver/readcfg.h 2005-06-10 22:30:31.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/conserver/readcfg.h 2008-07-18 12:42:43.000000000 -0400 +@@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ + #endif + #if HAVE_OPENSSL + char *sslcredentials; ++ char *sslauthority; + FLAG sslrequired; + #endif + } CONFIG; +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/console/console.c conserver-xcat-8.1.16/console/console.c +--- conserver-8.1.16/console/console.c 2006-06-14 23:01:05.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/console/console.c 2008-07-18 12:42:43.000000000 -0400 +@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ + } else { + ciphers = "ALL:!LOW:!EXP:!MD5:@STRENGTH"; + } +- SSL_CTX_set_verify(ctx, SSL_VERIFY_PEER, SSLVerifyCallback); ++ SSL_CTX_set_verify(ctx, SSL_VERIFY_PEER|SSL_VERIFY_FAIL_IF_NO_PEER_CERT, SSLVerifyCallback); + SSL_CTX_set_options(ctx, + SSL_OP_ALL | SSL_OP_NO_SSLv2 | + SSL_OP_SINGLE_DH_USE); +@@ -113,6 +113,9 @@ + SSL_MODE_ENABLE_PARTIAL_WRITE | + SSL_MODE_ACCEPT_MOVING_WRITE_BUFFER | + SSL_MODE_AUTO_RETRY); ++ if (config->sslauthority != (char *)0) { ++ SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations(ctx, config->sslauthority,""); ++ } + if (SSL_CTX_set_cipher_list(ctx, ciphers) != 1) { + Error("Setting SSL cipher list failed"); + Bye(EX_UNAVAILABLE); +@@ -2204,6 +2207,14 @@ + config->playback = 0; + + #if HAVE_OPENSSL ++ if (optConf->sslauthority != (char *)0 && ++ optConf->sslauthority[0] != '\000') ++ config->sslauthority = StrDup(optConf->sslauthority); ++ else if (pConfig->sslauthority != (char *)0 && ++ pConfig->sslauthority[0] != '\000') ++ config->sslauthority = StrDup(pConfig->sslauthority); ++ else ++ config->sslauthority = (char *)0; + if (optConf->sslcredentials != (char *)0 && + optConf->sslcredentials[0] != '\000') + config->sslcredentials = StrDup(optConf->sslcredentials); +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/console/readconf.c conserver-xcat-8.1.16/console/readconf.c +--- conserver-8.1.16/console/readconf.c 2006-04-03 09:32:12.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/console/readconf.c 2008-07-18 12:42:43.000000000 -0400 +@@ -37,6 +37,8 @@ + if (c->escape != (char *)0) + free(c->escape); + #if HAVE_OPENSSL ++ if (c->sslauthority != (char *)0) ++ free(c->sslauthority); + if (c->sslcredentials != (char *)0) + free(c->sslcredentials); + #endif +@@ -86,6 +88,13 @@ + if (parserConfigDefault->playback != FLAGUNKNOWN) + c->playback = parserConfigDefault->playback; + #if HAVE_OPENSSL ++ if (parserConfigDefault->sslauthority != (char *)0) { ++ if (c->sslauthority != (char *)0) ++ free(c->sslauthority); ++ if ((c->sslauthority = ++ StrDup(parserConfigDefault->sslauthority)) == (char *)0) ++ OutOfMem(); ++ } + if (parserConfigDefault->sslcredentials != (char *)0) { + if (c->sslcredentials != (char *)0) + free(c->sslcredentials); +@@ -480,6 +489,32 @@ + + void + #if PROTOTYPES ++ConfigItemSslauthority(char *id) ++#else ++ConfigItemSslauthority(id) ++ char *id; ++#endif ++{ ++ CONDDEBUG((1, "ConfigItemSslauthority(%s) [%s:%d]", id, file, line)); ++#if HAVE_OPENSSL ++ if (parserConfigTemp->sslauthority != (char *)0) ++ free(parserConfigTemp->sslauthority); ++ ++ if ((id == (char *)0) || (*id == '\000')) { ++ parserConfigTemp->sslauthority = (char *)0; ++ return; ++ } ++ if ((parserConfigTemp->sslauthority = StrDup(id)) == (char *)0) ++ OutOfMem(); ++#else ++ Error ++ ("sslauthority ignored - encryption not compiled into code [%s:%d]", ++ file, line); ++#endif ++} ++ ++void ++#if PROTOTYPES + ConfigItemSslcredentials(char *id) + #else + ConfigItemSslcredentials(id) +@@ -712,6 +747,7 @@ + {"port", ConfigItemPort}, + {"replay", ConfigItemReplay}, + {"sslcredentials", ConfigItemSslcredentials}, ++ {"sslauthority", ConfigItemSslauthority}, + {"sslrequired", ConfigItemSslrequired}, + {"sslenabled", ConfigItemSslenabled}, + {"striphigh", ConfigItemStriphigh}, +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/console/readconf.h conserver-xcat-8.1.16/console/readconf.h +--- conserver-8.1.16/console/readconf.h 2006-04-03 09:32:12.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/console/readconf.h 2008-07-18 12:42:43.000000000 -0400 +@@ -18,6 +18,7 @@ + unsigned short playback; + #if HAVE_OPENSSL + char *sslcredentials; ++ char *sslauthority; + FLAG sslrequired; + FLAG sslenabled; + #endif +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/contrib/redhat-rpm/conserver.init conserver-xcat-8.1.16/contrib/redhat-rpm/conserver.init +--- conserver-8.1.16/contrib/redhat-rpm/conserver.init 2003-02-27 21:06:50.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/contrib/redhat-rpm/conserver.init 2008-07-18 12:42:51.000000000 -0400 +@@ -6,15 +6,53 @@ + # description: conserver is a serial-port console daemon + # config: /etc/conserver.cf + # ++RHPassed() ++{ ++ passed ++ echo ++} ++RHSuccess() ++{ ++ success ++ echo ++} ++RHFailure() ++{ ++ failure ++ echo ++} ++MStatus() ++{ ++ ps ax|grep -v grep|grep /usr/sbin/conserver >& /dev/null ++ if [ "$?" = "0" ]; then ++ RVAL=0 ++ echo "conserver is running" ++ else ++ RVAL=3 ++ echo "consever is not running" ++ fi ++ return $RVAL ++} + +-# Source function library. +-. /etc/rc.d/init.d/functions +- +-# Source networking configuration. +-. /etc/sysconfig/network + +-# Check that networking is up. +-[ ${NETWORKING} = "no" ] && exit 0 ++# Source function library. ++if [ -f /etc/rc.d/init.d/functions ]; then ++ . /etc/rc.d/init.d/functions ++ DAEMON=daemon ++ SUCCESS=RHSuccess ++ FAILURE=RHFailure ++ PASSED=RHPassed ++ STATUS=status ++elif [ -f /lib/lsb/init-functions ]; then ++ . /lib/lsb/init-functions ++ DAEMON=start_daemon ++ SUCCESS=log_success_msg ++ FAILURE=log_failure_msg ++ PASSED=log_warning_msg ++ STATUS=MStatus ++else ++ echo "Error, not RedHat and not lsb, do not know how to run this platform" ++fi + + # make sure conserver is installed and executable + [ -x /usr/sbin/conserver ] || exit 1 +@@ -24,23 +62,44 @@ + case "$1" in + start) + echo -n "Starting conserver: " +- daemon conserver -d +- echo ++ $DAEMON /usr/sbin/conserver -o -O1 -d + touch /var/lock/subsys/conserver ++ $STATUS conserver >& /dev/null ++ if [ "$?" != "0" ]; then ++ $FAILURE ++ exit 1 ++ fi ++ $SUCCESS + ;; + stop) ++ $STATUS conserver >& /dev/null ++ if [ "$?" != "0" ]; then ++ echo -n "conserver not running, not stopping " ++ $PASSED ++ exit 1 ++ fi + echo -n "Shutting down conserver: " + killproc conserver +- echo + rm -f /var/lock/subsys/conserver ++ $STATUS conserver >& /dev/null ++ if [ "$?" == "0" ]; then ++ $FAILURE ++ exit 1 ++ fi ++ $SUCCESS + ;; + status) +- status conserver ++ $STATUS conserver + ;; + restart) +- echo -n "Restarting conserver: " +- killproc conserver -HUP +- echo ++ $STATUS conserver >& /dev/null ++ if [ "$?" != "0" ]; then ++ exec $0 start ++ else ++ echo -n "Restarting conserver: " ++ killproc conserver -HUP ++ fi ++ $SUCCESS + ;; + *) + echo "Usage: conserver {start|stop|restart|status}" +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/changelog conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/changelog +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/changelog 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/changelog 2008-07-18 14:08:37.000000000 -0400 +@@ -1,3 +1,9 @@ ++conserver-xcat (8.1.16-4) unstable; urgency=low ++ ++ * xCAT-ified the debian conserver package ++ ++ -- Isaac Freeman Fri, 18 Jul 2008 14:07:40 +0400 ++ + conserver (8.1.16-3) unstable; urgency=low + + * added basque translation from Piarres Beobide (closes: #481461) +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.config conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.config +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.config 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.config 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@ +-#!/bin/sh -e +- +-. /usr/share/debconf/confmodule +- +-db_input medium conserver-client/config || true +-db_go +- +-db_get conserver-client/config +-if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then +- db_input medium conserver-client/server || true +- db_go +- +- db_input medium conserver-client/port || true +- db_go +-fi +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.dirs conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.dirs +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.dirs 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.dirs 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1 +0,0 @@ +-/etc/conserver +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.doc-base conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.doc-base +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.doc-base 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.doc-base 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@ +-Document: conserver +-Title: Conserver +-Author: conserver.org and others +-Abstract: The conserver web page +-Section: System/Monitoring +- +-Format: HTML +-Index: /usr/share/doc/conserver-client/conserver.html +-Files: /usr/share/doc/conserver-client/conserver.html +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.docs conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.docs +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.docs 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.docs 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1 +0,0 @@ +-conserver.html +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.manpages conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.manpages +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.manpages 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.manpages 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1 +0,0 @@ +-console/console.man +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.postinst conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.postinst +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.postinst 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.postinst 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@ +-#!/bin/bash -e +- +-conf=/etc/conserver/console.cf +- +- +-if [ "$1" = "configure" -a -e /usr/share/debconf/confmodule ]; then +- . /usr/share/debconf/confmodule +- +- db_get conserver-client/config +- if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then +- +- touch $conf +- db_get conserver-client/server +- perl -pi -e "s/\w+;$/$RET;/ if /^master\s/" $conf +- db_get conserver-client/port +- perl -pi -e "s/\w+;$/$RET;/ if /^port\s/" $conf +- fi +-fi +- +-# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically +-# generated by other debhelper scripts. +- +-#DEBHELPER# +- +- +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.postrm conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.postrm +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.postrm 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.postrm 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@ +-#! /bin/sh +-# postrm script for #PACKAGE# +- +-set -e +- +-case "$1" in +-purge) +- rm -f /etc/conserver/console.conf +- # try remove the confdirectory (why isn't there a 'prerm purge'?) +- if [ -d /etc/conserver ]; then +- rmdir --ignore-fail-on-non-empty /etc/conserver +- fi +- ;; +-remove|upgrade|failed-upgrade|abort-install|abort-upgrade|disappear) +- ;; +-*) +- echo "postrm called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 +- exit 0 +- +-esac +- +-# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically +-# generated by other debhelper scripts. +- +-#DEBHELPER# +- +- +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.templates conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.templates +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.templates 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-client.templates 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ +-Template: conserver-client/config +-Type: boolean +-Default: true +-_Description: Do you want to configure console automatically? +- Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf +- and replace CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the +- configured values in the next questions +- +-Template: conserver-client/server +-Type: string +-Default: localhost +-_Description: Hostname where your conserver server is installed: +- The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server +- package is installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' +- if left empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with +- the -M option. +- +-Template: conserver-client/port +-Type: string +-Default: 3109 +-_Description: The server port number to connect to: +- Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port +- number or a service name. +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver.init conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver.init +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver.init 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver.init 2008-07-18 14:02:32.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ ++#!/bin/sh ++# ++# conserver -- serial-port console daemon ++# ++# chkconfig: 2345 92 08 ++# description: conserver is a serial-port console daemon ++# config: /etc/conserver.cf ++# ++ ++daemon=/usr/sbin/conserver ++pidfile=/var/run/conserver.pid ++ ++# make sure conserver is installed and executable ++[ -x $daemon ] || { echo "Cannot find conserver daemon $daemon"; exit 1; } ++ ++case "$1" in ++ start) ++ echo -n "Starting conserver: " ++ if start-stop-daemon -S --pidfile $pidfile $daemon -- -o -O1 -d; then ++ echo "Done." ++ exit 1 ++ else ++ echo "Failed." ++ fi ++ ;; ++ stop) ++ echo -n "Stopping conserver: " ++ start-stop-daemon -K --pidfile $pidfile --retry 5 ++ case $? in ++ 0) echo "Done." ;; ++ 1) echo "Conserver isn't running."; exit 1 ;; ++ 2) echo "Failed."; exit 1 ;; ++ esac ++ ;; ++ status) ++ if [ -f $pidfile ]; then ++ pid=`cat $pidfile` ++ if kill -0 $pid; then ++ echo "conserver is running at PID ${pid}." ++ else ++ echo "conserver pidfile found at $pidfile, but no process running." ++ exit 1 ++ fi ++ else ++ echo "conserver is not running." ++ exit 1 ++ fi ++ ;; ++ restart) ++ if $0 status; then ++ $0 stop ++ fi ++ $0 start ++ ;; ++ reload) $0 force-reload ;; ++ force-reload) ++ echo -n "Sending SIGHUP to conserver." ++ if $0 status; then ++ kill -HUP `cat $pidfile` ++ echo "Done." ++ else ++ echo "Not running." ++ fi ++ ;; ++ *) ++ echo "Usage: conserver {start|stop|restart|status|reload|force-reload}" ++ exit 1 ++esac ++ ++exit 0 +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.config conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.config +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.config 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.config 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@ +-#!/bin/sh -e +- +-. /usr/share/debconf/confmodule +- +-db_input medium conserver-server/run_as_root || true +-db_go +- +-db_input medium conserver-server/port || true +-db_go +- +-db_input medium conserver-server/base_port || true +-db_go +- +-db_input medium conserver-server/listen_address || true +-db_go +- +-# upgrade to version 8.x.x +-if [ -f /etc/conserver/conserver.cf ]; then +- if egrep -q '^[^:#]+:[^:]*:' /etc/conserver/conserver.cf; then +- db_input medium conserver-server/upgrade_800_flag || true +- db_go +- fi +-fi +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.dirs conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.dirs +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.dirs 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.dirs 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1 +0,0 @@ +-/var/log/conserver +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.docs conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.docs +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.docs 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.docs 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@ +-conserver.html +-FAQ +-PROTOCOL +-README +-TODO +-conserver/Sun-serial +-debian/TODO.Debian +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.examples conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.examples +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.examples 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.examples 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,4 +0,0 @@ +-conserver.cf/test.cf +-conserver.cf/conserver.cf +-conserver.cf/conserver.passwd +-autologin +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.init conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.init +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.init 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.init 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,94 +0,0 @@ +-#! /bin/sh +-### BEGIN INIT INFO +-# Provides: conserver +-# Required-Start: $syslog $named $time $local_fs +-# Required-Stop: $syslog $named $time $local_fs +-# Should-Start: +-# Should-Stop: +-# Default-Start: 2 3 4 5 +-# Default-Stop: 0 1 6 +-# Short-Description: start the conserver daemon +-# Description: this script will start the conserver daemon +-# used by the conserver-client console program +-### END INIT INFO +- +-PATH=/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin +-DAEMON=/usr/sbin/conserver +-NAME=conserver +-DESC=conserver +-conf=/etc/conserver/server.conf +-localconf=/etc/conserver/server.local +-OPTS= +-ASROOT= +- +-if [ -f $conf ]; then +- . $conf +-fi +-if [ -f $localconf ]; then +- . $localconf +-fi +- +-test -f $DAEMON || exit 0 +- +-set -e +- +-case "$1" in +- start) +- echo -n "Starting $DESC: " +- # somehow conserver hangs dpkg -i, --background is a workaround +- if [ "$ASROOT" ]; then +- start-stop-daemon --background --start \ +- --quiet --exec $DAEMON -- -d $OPTS +- else +- touch /var/run/conserver.pid +- chown -R conservr:adm /var/log/conserver /var/run/conserver.pid +- start-stop-daemon --chuid conservr --background --start \ +- --quiet --exec $DAEMON -- -d $OPTS +- fi +- echo "$NAME." +- ;; +- stop) +- echo -n "Stopping $DESC: " +- start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --quiet --pidfile /var/run/$NAME.pid +- echo "$NAME." +- ;; +- reload|force-reload) +- # +- echo "Reloading $DESC configuration files." +- start-stop-daemon --stop --signal 1 --quiet --pidfile /var/run/$NAME.pid +- ;; +- rotate) +- # +- # make conserver quietly reopen it's log files +- # +- if [ -f /var/run/$NAME.pid ]; then +- kill -USR2 `cat /var/run/$NAME.pid` +- fi +- ;; +- restart) +- # +- # If the "reload" option is implemented, move the "force-reload" +- # option to the "reload" entry above. If not, "force-reload" is +- # just the same as "restart". +- # +- echo -n "Restarting $DESC: " +- start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --quiet --pidfile /var/run/$NAME.pid +- sleep 1 +- if [ "$ASROOT" ]; then +- start-stop-daemon --background --start \ +- --quiet --exec $DAEMON -- -d $OPTS +- else +- start-stop-daemon --chuid conservr --background --start \ +- --quiet --exec $DAEMON -- -d $OPTS +- fi +- echo "$NAME." +- ;; +- *) +- N=/etc/init.d/$NAME +- echo "Usage: $N {start|stop|restart|reload|force-reload|rotate}" >&2 +- exit 1 +- ;; +-esac +- +-exit 0 +- +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.logrotate conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.logrotate +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.logrotate 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.logrotate 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@ +- +-/var/log/conserver/*.log { +- rotate 7 +- size 300k +- daily +- compress +- missingok +- create 0640 conservr adm +- postrotate +- /etc/init.d/conserver-server rotate +- endscript +-} +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.manpages conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.manpages +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.manpages 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.manpages 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1 +0,0 @@ +-conserver/conserver.man +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.postinst conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.postinst +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.postinst 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.postinst 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ +-#!/bin/bash -e +-# postinst script for conserver-server +- +-conf=/etc/conserver/server.conf +-localconf=/etc/conserver/server.local +- +-run_as_non_root() { +- if ! grep -q '^conservr:' /etc/passwd; then +- adduser --system --home /etc/conserver --ingroup dialout \ +- --disabled-password conservr > /dev/null 2>&1 +- fi +- touch /var/run/conserver.pid +- chown -R conservr:adm /var/log/conserver /var/run/conserver.pid +- chmod 750 /var/log/conserver +- +- if [ ! -f /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd ]; then +- touch /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd +- fi +- chown conservr:root /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd +- chmod 0600 /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd +-} +- +-run_as_root() { +- touch /var/run/conserver.pid +- chown -R root:root /var/log/conserver /var/run/conserver.pid +- chmod 750 /var/log/conserver +- +- if [ ! -f /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd ]; then +- touch /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd +- fi +- chown root:root /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd +- chmod 0600 /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd +- +-} +- +-case "$1" in +-configure) +- asroot= +- if [ -e /usr/share/debconf/confmodule ]; then +- . /usr/share/debconf/confmodule +- +- cf=/etc/conserver/conserver.cf +- pf=/etc/conserver/conserver.passwd +- db_get conserver-server/upgrade_800_flag +- if [ -f $cf -a ! -f "$cf.OLD" -a "$RET" = "true" ]; then +- if egrep -q '^[^:#]+:[^:]*:' $cf; then +- echo "renaming $cf to $cf.OLD" +- mv $cf $cf.OLD +- echo "convert $cf.OLD into $cf" +- /usr/lib/conserver-server/convert $cf.OLD > $cf +- +- echo "convert $pf, saving old file in $pf.OLD" +- perl -p -i.OLD -e \ +- 's/^([^:]+):([^:]+).*/\1:\2/' $pf +- fi +- fi +- +- +- +- db_get conserver-server/run_as_root +- if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then +- asroot=1 +- fi +- +- db_get conserver-server/port +- if [ "$RET" ]; then +- port="-p $RET" +- fi +- db_get conserver-server/base_port +- if [ "$RET" ]; then +- base_port="-b $RET" +- fi +- db_get conserver-server/listen_address +- if [ "$RET" ]; then +- listen="-M $RET" +- fi +- echo "OPTS='$port $base_port $listen'" > $conf +- echo "ASROOT=$asroot" >> $conf +- fi +- if [ ! -f $localconf ]; then +- touch $localconf +- fi +- ########################################################## +- if [ "$asroot" ]; then +- run_as_root +- else +- run_as_non_root +- fi +- ;; +- +-abort-upgrade|abort-remove|abort-deconfigure) +- ;; +-*) +- echo "postinst called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 +- exit 0 +- ;; +-esac +- +-# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically +-# generated by other debhelper scripts. +- +-#DEBHELPER# +- +-exit 0 +- +- +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.postrm conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.postrm +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.postrm 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.postrm 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@ +-#!/bin/sh +-# postrm script for conserver-client +-# +-set -e +-case "$1" in +-purge) +- rm -rf /var/log/conserver +- rm -f /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd +- rm -f /etc/conserver/server.conf +- rm -f /etc/conserver/server.local +- +- if grep -q '^conservr:' /etc/passwd; then +- echo "Removing user conservr" +- userdel conservr || echo "WARNING: problem removing user conservr" +- fi +- # try remove the confdirectory (why isn't there a 'prerm purge'?) +- if [ -d /etc/conserver ]; then +- rmdir --ignore-fail-on-non-empty /etc/conserver +- fi +- +- ;; +-remove|upgrade|failed-upgrade|abort-install|abort-upgrade|disappear) +- ;; +-*) +- echo "postrm called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 +- exit 0 +- +-esac +- +-# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically +-# generated by other debhelper scripts. +- +-#DEBHELPER# +- +- +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.templates conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.templates +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.templates 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-server.templates 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ +-Template: conserver-server/port +-Type: string +-Default: 3109 +-_Description: The master port number for the conserver server: +- Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may +- be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for +- conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root. +- +-Template: conserver-server/base_port +-Type: string +-_Description: The base port number for the conserver children: +- Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for +- free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number +- of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are +- available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the +- operating system choose a free port. +- Empty input selects the default. +- (Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and +- assigns each process a port number to listen on.) +- +-Template: conserver-server/listen_address +-Type: string +-_Description: The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty): +- Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a +- particular IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The +- default is to bind to all interfaces. +- +-Template: conserver-server/run_as_root +-Type: boolean +-Default: false +-_Description: Should conserver run as root? +- Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not +- possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in +- conserver.passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.) +- +-Template: conserver-server/upgrade_800_flag +-Type: boolean +-Default: true +-_Description: Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format? +- Protocol and file format has changed! +- The client/server protocol has been rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 +- client with an 8.0.1 server. No combination of client/server will work +- with pre-8.0.0 code. +- The config file format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been +- changed, read /usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more +- details. +- The /etc/conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be +- converted to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. +- Check the files after the conversion! +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.config conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.config +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.config 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.config 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@ ++#!/bin/sh -e ++ ++. /usr/share/debconf/confmodule ++ ++db_input medium conserver-client/config || true ++db_go ++ ++db_get conserver-client/config ++if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then ++ db_input medium conserver-client/server || true ++ db_go ++ ++ db_input medium conserver-client/port || true ++ db_go ++fi +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.dirs conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.dirs +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.dirs 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.dirs 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1 @@ ++/etc/conserver +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.doc-base conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.doc-base +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.doc-base 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.doc-base 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ ++Document: conserver ++Title: Conserver ++Author: conserver.org and others ++Abstract: The conserver web page ++Section: System/Monitoring ++ ++Format: HTML ++Index: /usr/share/doc/conserver-client/conserver.html ++Files: /usr/share/doc/conserver-client/conserver.html +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.docs conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.docs +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.docs 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.docs 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1 @@ ++conserver.html +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.manpages conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.manpages +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.manpages 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.manpages 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1 @@ ++console/console.man +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.postinst conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.postinst +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.postinst 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.postinst 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ ++#!/bin/bash -e ++ ++conf=/etc/conserver/console.cf ++ ++ ++if [ "$1" = "configure" -a -e /usr/share/debconf/confmodule ]; then ++ . /usr/share/debconf/confmodule ++ ++ db_get conserver-client/config ++ if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then ++ ++ touch $conf ++ db_get conserver-client/server ++ perl -pi -e "s/\w+;$/$RET;/ if /^master\s/" $conf ++ db_get conserver-client/port ++ perl -pi -e "s/\w+;$/$RET;/ if /^port\s/" $conf ++ fi ++fi ++ ++# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically ++# generated by other debhelper scripts. ++ ++#DEBHELPER# ++ ++ +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.postrm conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.postrm +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.postrm 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.postrm 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ ++#! /bin/sh ++# postrm script for #PACKAGE# ++ ++set -e ++ ++case "$1" in ++purge) ++ rm -f /etc/conserver/console.conf ++ # try remove the confdirectory (why isn't there a 'prerm purge'?) ++ if [ -d /etc/conserver ]; then ++ rmdir --ignore-fail-on-non-empty /etc/conserver ++ fi ++ ;; ++remove|upgrade|failed-upgrade|abort-install|abort-upgrade|disappear) ++ ;; ++*) ++ echo "postrm called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 ++ exit 0 ++ ++esac ++ ++# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically ++# generated by other debhelper scripts. ++ ++#DEBHELPER# ++ ++ +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.templates conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.templates +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.templates 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-client.templates 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ ++Template: conserver-client/config ++Type: boolean ++Default: true ++_Description: Do you want to configure console automatically? ++ Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf ++ and replace CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the ++ configured values in the next questions ++ ++Template: conserver-client/server ++Type: string ++Default: localhost ++_Description: Hostname where your conserver server is installed: ++ The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server ++ package is installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' ++ if left empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with ++ the -M option. ++ ++Template: conserver-client/port ++Type: string ++Default: 3109 ++_Description: The server port number to connect to: ++ Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port ++ number or a service name. +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.config conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.config +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.config 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.config 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ ++#!/bin/sh -e ++ ++. /usr/share/debconf/confmodule ++ ++db_input medium conserver-server/run_as_root || true ++db_go ++ ++db_input medium conserver-server/port || true ++db_go ++ ++db_input medium conserver-server/base_port || true ++db_go ++ ++db_input medium conserver-server/listen_address || true ++db_go ++ ++# upgrade to version 8.x.x ++if [ -f /etc/conserver/conserver.cf ]; then ++ if egrep -q '^[^:#]+:[^:]*:' /etc/conserver/conserver.cf; then ++ db_input medium conserver-server/upgrade_800_flag || true ++ db_go ++ fi ++fi +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.dirs conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.dirs +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.dirs 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.dirs 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1 @@ ++/var/log/conserver +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.docs conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.docs +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.docs 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.docs 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ ++conserver.html ++FAQ ++PROTOCOL ++README ++TODO ++conserver/Sun-serial ++debian/TODO.Debian +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.examples conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.examples +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.examples 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.examples 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ ++conserver.cf/test.cf ++conserver.cf/conserver.cf ++conserver.cf/conserver.passwd ++autologin +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.init conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.init +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.init 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.init 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ ++#! /bin/sh ++### BEGIN INIT INFO ++# Provides: conserver ++# Required-Start: $syslog $named $time $local_fs ++# Required-Stop: $syslog $named $time $local_fs ++# Should-Start: ++# Should-Stop: ++# Default-Start: 2 3 4 5 ++# Default-Stop: 0 1 6 ++# Short-Description: start the conserver daemon ++# Description: this script will start the conserver daemon ++# used by the conserver-client console program ++### END INIT INFO ++ ++PATH=/usr/local/sbin:/usr/local/bin:/sbin:/bin:/usr/sbin:/usr/bin ++DAEMON=/usr/sbin/conserver ++NAME=conserver ++DESC=conserver ++conf=/etc/conserver/server.conf ++localconf=/etc/conserver/server.local ++OPTS= ++ASROOT= ++ ++if [ -f $conf ]; then ++ . $conf ++fi ++if [ -f $localconf ]; then ++ . $localconf ++fi ++ ++test -f $DAEMON || exit 0 ++ ++set -e ++ ++case "$1" in ++ start) ++ echo -n "Starting $DESC: " ++ # somehow conserver hangs dpkg -i, --background is a workaround ++ if [ "$ASROOT" ]; then ++ start-stop-daemon --background --start \ ++ --quiet --exec $DAEMON -- -d $OPTS ++ else ++ touch /var/run/conserver.pid ++ chown -R conservr:adm /var/log/conserver /var/run/conserver.pid ++ start-stop-daemon --chuid conservr --background --start \ ++ --quiet --exec $DAEMON -- -d $OPTS ++ fi ++ echo "$NAME." ++ ;; ++ stop) ++ echo -n "Stopping $DESC: " ++ start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --quiet --pidfile /var/run/$NAME.pid ++ echo "$NAME." ++ ;; ++ reload|force-reload) ++ # ++ echo "Reloading $DESC configuration files." ++ start-stop-daemon --stop --signal 1 --quiet --pidfile /var/run/$NAME.pid ++ ;; ++ rotate) ++ # ++ # make conserver quietly reopen it's log files ++ # ++ if [ -f /var/run/$NAME.pid ]; then ++ kill -USR2 `cat /var/run/$NAME.pid` ++ fi ++ ;; ++ restart) ++ # ++ # If the "reload" option is implemented, move the "force-reload" ++ # option to the "reload" entry above. If not, "force-reload" is ++ # just the same as "restart". ++ # ++ echo -n "Restarting $DESC: " ++ start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --quiet --pidfile /var/run/$NAME.pid ++ sleep 1 ++ if [ "$ASROOT" ]; then ++ start-stop-daemon --background --start \ ++ --quiet --exec $DAEMON -- -d $OPTS ++ else ++ start-stop-daemon --chuid conservr --background --start \ ++ --quiet --exec $DAEMON -- -d $OPTS ++ fi ++ echo "$NAME." ++ ;; ++ *) ++ N=/etc/init.d/$NAME ++ echo "Usage: $N {start|stop|restart|reload|force-reload|rotate}" >&2 ++ exit 1 ++ ;; ++esac ++ ++exit 0 ++ +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.logrotate conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.logrotate +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.logrotate 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.logrotate 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ ++ ++/var/log/conserver/*.log { ++ rotate 7 ++ size 300k ++ daily ++ compress ++ missingok ++ create 0640 conservr adm ++ postrotate ++ /etc/init.d/conserver-server rotate ++ endscript ++} +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.manpages conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.manpages +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.manpages 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.manpages 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1 @@ ++conserver/conserver.man +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.postinst conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.postinst +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.postinst 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.postinst 2008-07-18 15:50:34.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@ ++#!/bin/bash -e ++# postinst script for conserver-server ++ ++conf=/etc/conserver/server.conf ++localconf=/etc/conserver/server.local ++ ++run_as_non_root() { ++ if ! grep -q '^conservr:' /etc/passwd; then ++ adduser --system --home /etc/conserver --ingroup dialout \ ++ --disabled-password conservr > /dev/null 2>&1 ++ fi ++ touch /var/run/conserver.pid ++ chown -R conservr:adm /var/log/conserver /var/run/conserver.pid ++ chmod 750 /var/log/conserver ++ ++ if [ ! -f /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd ]; then ++ touch /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd ++ fi ++ chown conservr:root /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd ++ chmod 0600 /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd ++} ++ ++run_as_root() { ++ touch /var/run/conserver.pid ++ chown -R root:root /var/log/conserver /var/run/conserver.pid ++ chmod 750 /var/log/conserver ++ ++ if [ ! -f /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd ]; then ++ touch /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd ++ fi ++ chown root:root /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd ++ chmod 0600 /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd ++ ++} ++ ++case "$1" in ++configure) ++ asroot= ++ if [ -e /usr/share/debconf/confmodule ]; then ++ . /usr/share/debconf/confmodule ++ ++ cf=/etc/conserver/conserver.cf ++ pf=/etc/conserver/conserver.passwd ++ db_get conserver-server/upgrade_800_flag ++ if [ -f $cf -a ! -f "$cf.OLD" -a "$RET" = "true" ]; then ++ if egrep -q '^[^:#]+:[^:]*:' $cf; then ++ echo "renaming $cf to $cf.OLD" ++ mv $cf $cf.OLD ++ echo "convert $cf.OLD into $cf" ++ /usr/lib/conserver-server/convert $cf.OLD > $cf ++ ++ echo "convert $pf, saving old file in $pf.OLD" ++ perl -p -i.OLD -e \ ++ 's/^([^:]+):([^:]+).*/\1:\2/' $pf ++ fi ++ fi ++ ++ ++ ++ db_get conserver-server/run_as_root ++ if [ "$RET" = "true" ]; then ++ asroot=1 ++ fi ++ ++ db_get conserver-server/port ++ if [ "$RET" ]; then ++ port="-p $RET" ++ fi ++ db_get conserver-server/base_port ++ if [ "$RET" ]; then ++ base_port="-b $RET" ++ fi ++ db_get conserver-server/listen_address ++ if [ "$RET" ]; then ++ listen="-M $RET" ++ fi ++ echo "OPTS='$port $base_port $listen'" > $conf ++ echo "ASROOT=$asroot" >> $conf ++ fi ++ if [ ! -f $localconf ]; then ++ touch $localconf ++ fi ++ ########################################################## ++ if [ "$asroot" ]; then ++ run_as_root ++ else ++ run_as_non_root ++ fi ++ ++ update-rc.d conserver defaults ++ ;; ++ ++abort-upgrade|abort-remove|abort-deconfigure) ++ ;; ++*) ++ echo "postinst called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 ++ exit 0 ++ ;; ++esac ++ ++# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically ++# generated by other debhelper scripts. ++ ++#DEBHELPER# ++ ++exit 0 ++ ++ +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.postrm conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.postrm +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.postrm 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.postrm 2008-07-18 14:00:15.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ ++#!/bin/sh ++# postrm script for conserver-client ++# ++set -e ++case "$1" in ++purge) ++ rm -rf /var/log/conserver ++ rm -f /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd ++ rm -f /etc/conserver/server.conf ++ rm -f /etc/conserver/server.local ++ ++ if grep -q '^conservr:' /etc/passwd; then ++ echo "Removing user conservr" ++ userdel conservr || echo "WARNING: problem removing user conservr" ++ fi ++ # try remove the confdirectory (why isn't there a 'prerm purge'?) ++ if [ -d /etc/conserver ]; then ++ rmdir --ignore-fail-on-non-empty /etc/conserver ++ fi ++ ++ update-rc.d conserver remove ++ ++ ;; ++remove|upgrade|failed-upgrade|abort-install|abort-upgrade|disappear) ++ ;; ++*) ++ echo "postrm called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 ++ exit 0 ++ ++esac ++ ++# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically ++# generated by other debhelper scripts. ++ ++#DEBHELPER# ++ ++ +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.templates conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.templates +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.templates 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/conserver-xcat-server.templates 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@ ++Template: conserver-server/port ++Type: string ++Default: 3109 ++_Description: The master port number for the conserver server: ++ Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may ++ be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for ++ conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root. ++ ++Template: conserver-server/base_port ++Type: string ++_Description: The base port number for the conserver children: ++ Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for ++ free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number ++ of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are ++ available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the ++ operating system choose a free port. ++ Empty input selects the default. ++ (Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and ++ assigns each process a port number to listen on.) ++ ++Template: conserver-server/listen_address ++Type: string ++_Description: The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty): ++ Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a ++ particular IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The ++ default is to bind to all interfaces. ++ ++Template: conserver-server/run_as_root ++Type: boolean ++Default: false ++_Description: Should conserver run as root? ++ Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not ++ possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in ++ conserver.passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.) ++ ++Template: conserver-server/upgrade_800_flag ++Type: boolean ++Default: true ++_Description: Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format? ++ Protocol and file format has changed! ++ The client/server protocol has been rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 ++ client with an 8.0.1 server. No combination of client/server will work ++ with pre-8.0.0 code. ++ The config file format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been ++ changed, read /usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more ++ details. ++ The /etc/conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be ++ converted to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. ++ Check the files after the conversion! +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/control conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/control +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/control 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/control 2008-07-18 14:09:01.000000000 -0400 +@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ +-Source: conserver ++Source: conserver-xcat + Section: non-free/comm + Priority: optional + Maintainer: Joergen Haegg +@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ + Standards-Version: 3.7.3 + XS-Autobuild: yes + +-Package: conserver-server ++Package: conserver-xcat-server + Architecture: any + Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}, ${misc:Depends}, adduser + Description: connect multiple user to a serial console with logging +@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ + . + This is the server part of the conserver system. + +-Package: conserver-client ++Package: conserver-xcat-client + Architecture: any + Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}, ${misc:Depends} + Description: connect to a console server +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/default.cf conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/default.cf +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/default.cf 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/default.cf 2008-07-18 15:52:19.000000000 -0400 +@@ -1,55 +1,55 @@ +-# The character '&' in logfile names are substituted with the console +-# name. +-# +-config * { +- sslrequired no; +-} +-default full { +- rw *; +-} +-default * { +- logfile /var/log/conserver/&.log; +- timestamp ""; +- include full; +- sslrequired no; +-} ++## The character '&' in logfile names are substituted with the console ++## name. + ## +-## list of consoles we serve +-## +-#console tweety { +-# master localhost; +-# type host; +-# host ts1; +-# port 2002; +-#} +-#console bambam { +-# master localhost; +-# type host; +-# host ts1; +-# port 2003; ++#config * { ++# sslrequired no; + #} +-#console shell { +-# master localhost; +-# logfile /dev/null; +-# type exec; +-# exec ""; ++#default full { ++# rw *; + #} +-#console telnet { +-# master localhost; +-# logfile /dev/null; +-# type exec; +-# exec telnet host; ++#default * { ++# logfile /var/log/conserver/&.log; ++# timestamp ""; ++# include full; ++# sslrequired no; + #} +-#console ttya { +-# master localhost; +-# type device; +-# device /dev/ttya; +-# baud 9600; +-# parity none; ++### ++### list of consoles we serve ++### ++##console tweety { ++## master localhost; ++## type host; ++## host ts1; ++## port 2002; ++##} ++##console bambam { ++## master localhost; ++## type host; ++## host ts1; ++## port 2003; ++##} ++##console shell { ++## master localhost; ++## logfile /dev/null; ++## type exec; ++## exec ""; ++##} ++##console telnet { ++## master localhost; ++## logfile /dev/null; ++## type exec; ++## exec telnet host; ++##} ++##console ttya { ++## master localhost; ++## type device; ++## device /dev/ttya; ++## baud 9600; ++## parity none; ++##} ++### ++### list of clients we allow ++### ++#access * { ++# allowed 127.0.0.1; + #} +-## +-## list of clients we allow +-## +-access * { +- allowed 127.0.0.1; +-} +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/cs.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/cs.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/cs.po 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/cs.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@ +-# translation of conserver.po to czech +-# translation of conserver.cs_utf8.po +-# +-# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext +-# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to +-# this format, e.g. by running: +-# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' +-# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' +-# +-# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at +-# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans +-# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans +-# +-# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. +-# +-# Jakub Kasparec , 2007. +-msgid "" +-msgstr "" +-"Project-Id-Version: conserver.cs_utf8\n" +-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" +-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" +-"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-27 00:24+0000\n" +-"Last-Translator: Jakub Kasparec \n" +-"Language-Team: czech \n" +-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +-"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" +-msgstr "Přejete si nakonfigurovat konzoli automaticky?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " +-"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " +-"questions" +-msgstr "" +-"Nastavením této hodnoty na `true' se upraví /etc/conserver/console.cf, ve " +-"kterém se nahradí hodnoty pro CONSERVER_MASTER a CONSERVER_PORT za hodnoty " +-"nastavené v následujících otázkách" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" +-msgstr "Jméno počítače, na který je server conserver nainstalován:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " +-"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " +-"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." +-msgstr "Hostitelské jméno conserveru je jméno počítače, na který je nainstalován balík conserver-server. Pokud ponecháte pole prázdné, použije klient 'console' hostitelské jméno 'console'. Jméno serveru může být změněno za běhu parametrem -M." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "The server port number to connect to:" +-msgstr "Serverové číslo portu pro připojení:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " +-"number or a service name." +-msgstr "Nastavte serverový port conserveru, ke kterému se chcete připojovat. Může to být buď číslo portu nebo název služby." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" +-msgstr "Hlavní číslo portu pro server conserver:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " +-"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " +-"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." +-msgstr "Nastavte TCP port pro hlavní proces, na kterém se bude naslouchat klientům. Toto může být buď číslo portu nebo název služby. Původní číslo portu pro conserver je 782, ale pokud jej nespouštíte jako root, musíte použít vyšší číslo portu než 1024." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" +-msgstr "Základní číslo portu pro potomky conserveru:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " +-"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " +-"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " +-"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " +-"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " +-"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " +-"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" +-msgstr "Nastavte základní port, na kterém budou naslouchat potomci. Každý potomek začne hledat nové porty na zadaném čísle portu a pokračuje směrem vzůru až do dvojnásobku maximálního počtu skupin. Pokud nejsou v tomto rozsahu nalezeny žádné volné porty, conserver skončí. V základním nastavení nechá conserver výběr volného portu na operačním systému. Nezadáte-li nic, použije se výchozí nastavení (conserver vytvoří potomka pro každou skupinu konzolí které musí spravovat a každému procesu přiřadí číslo portu, na kterém má naslouchat)." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" +-msgstr "Adresa pro naslouchání (pokud je prázdná, použije výchozí pro všechny):" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " +-"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " +-"bind to all interfaces." +-msgstr "Zadejte adresu, na které má conserver naslouchat. To umožňuje conserveru se navázat na konkrétní IP adresu (jako `127.0.0.1') místo poslouchání na všech rozhraních. Výchozí je naslouchat na všech rozraních." +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "Should conserver run as root?" +-msgstr "Má se conserver spouštět jako root?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "" +-"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " +-"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." +-"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" +-msgstr "Conserver může být nakonfigurován tak, aby se spouštěl pod uživatelem root, nebo jako 'conservr'. Pokud není conserver spuštěn jako root, není možné v passwd conserveru používat stínové heslo. (Pro více informací se podívejte na manuálové stránky conserver.passwd)" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" +-msgstr "Převést conserver.cf a conserver.passwd na nový formát?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "" +-"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " +-"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " +-"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " +-"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" +-"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" +-"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " +-"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " +-"files after the conversion!" +-msgstr "Protokol a formát souboru se změnil! Klient/server protokol byl přebudován. MUSÍTE použít klienta 8.0.1 se serverem 8.0.1. Jiná kombinace klienta/serveru nebude pracovat s kódem před 8.0.0. Konfigurační soubor formátu pro oba conserver.cf a conserver.passwd byl změněn. Přečtěte si prosím /usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian pro další informace. Soubory /etc/conserver/conserver.cf a /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd budou převedeny na nový formát. Staré soubory budou přejmenovány s příponou .OLD. Zkontrolujte prosím změněné soubory!" +- +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/da.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/da.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/da.po 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/da.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,220 +0,0 @@ +-# +-# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext +-# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to +-# this format, e.g. by running: +-# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' +-# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' +-# +-# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at +-# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans +-# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans +-# +-# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. +-# +-msgid "" +-msgstr "" +-"Project-Id-Version: conserver 8.1.1\n" +-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" +-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" +-"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-27 14:08+0200\n" +-"Last-Translator: Morten Brix Pedersen \n" +-"Language-Team: Danish \n" +-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " +-"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " +-"questions" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" +-msgstr "Værtsnavn hvor din conserver-server er installeret:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "" +-"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " +-"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " +-"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." +-msgstr "" +-"Conserver-værtsnavnet er værtsnavnet hvor conserver-serveren pakken er " +-"installeret. Klienten, 'console', vil bruge værtsnavnet 'console' hvis du " +-"ikke skriver noget her. Servernavnet kan ændres under kørslen, med -M " +-"tilvalget." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "The server port number to connect to:" +-msgstr "Indtast serverporten at forbinde til:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " +-"number or a service name." +-msgstr "" +-"Indstil conserver-server porten at forbidne til. Dette kan enten være en " +-"port eller et service navn." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" +-msgstr "Indtast hoved-porten for conserver-serveren:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " +-"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " +-"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." +-msgstr "" +-"Indstil den TCP-port som hoved ('master')-processen skal lytte efter " +-"klienter på. Dette kan være enten en port eller navnet på en service. Den " +-"oprindelige port for conserver er 782. Det skal være højere end 1024 hvis " +-"conserver ikke køres som root." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" +-msgstr "Indtast base-porten for conserver børneprocesser:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " +-"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " +-"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " +-"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " +-"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " +-"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " +-"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" +-msgstr "" +-"Indstil base-porten for børneprocesser at lytte på. Hvert 'barn' starter med " +-"at kigge efter frie porte ved dette port nummer og arbejder opad. Der prøves " +-"max antallet af porte lig med dobbelt så meget som det maksimale tilladte " +-"grupper. Hvis ingen frie porte er tilgængelige i det område, afslutter " +-"conserver. Som standard lader conserver operativsystemet vælge en fri port. " +-"Hvis du ikke skriver noget her, vælges standarden.(Conserver opretter " +-"børneprocesser for hver enkel gruppe af consoles som skal håndteres og " +-"tildeler hver process sin egen port at lytte på.)" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" +-msgstr "Indtast adressen der skal lyttes på (hvis tom, alle adresser):" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " +-"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " +-"bind to all interfaces." +-msgstr "" +-"Indstil adressen der skal lyttes på. Dette tillader conserver at lytte på en " +-"bestemt IP-adresse (f.eks. `127.0.0.1') istedet for på alle enheder. " +-"Standarden er at lytte på alle enheder." +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "Should conserver run as root?" +-msgstr "Skal conserver køre som root?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "" +-"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " +-"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." +-"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" +-msgstr "" +-"Conserver kan sættes op til at køre som root eller 'conservr'. Det er ikke " +-"muligt at bruge skyggeadgangskoder hvis der ikke køres som root i conserver." +-"passwd. (Se conserver.passwd manualen for flere detaljer.)" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" +-msgstr "Konvertér conserver.cf og conserver.passwd til nyt format:" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "" +-"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " +-"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " +-"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " +-"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" +-"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" +-"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " +-"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " +-"files after the conversion!" +-msgstr "" +-"Protokol og filformat er ændret! Klient/server protokollen har fået en ny " +-"arkitektur. Du *SKAL* bruge en 8.0.1 klient med en 8.0.1 server. Ingen " +-"kombination af klient/server vil virke med før-8.0.0 kode. " +-"Opsætningsfilformatet for både conserver.cf og conserver.passwd er blevet " +-"ændret. Læs /usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for flere " +-"detaljer. Ved at svare ja, vil jeg prøve at konvertere /etc/conserver/" +-"conserver.cf og /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd til det nye format. De gamle " +-"filer vil blive omdøbt med .OLD som endelse. Du bør tjekke filerne selv " +-"efter konverteringen!" +- +-#~ msgid "Protocol has changed with version 8.0.0 and 8.0.1!" +-#~ msgstr "Protokollen er blevet ændret med version 8.0.0 og 8.0.1!" +- +-#~ msgid "" +-#~ "Version 8.0.0: The client/server protocol has been rearchitected. You " +-#~ "*MUST* use an 8.0.0 client with an 8.0.0 server. No combination of " +-#~ "client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. Version 8.0.1: There's a " +-#~ "slight client/server protocol change to implement the new 'initcmd' " +-#~ "console option. If you use this functionality with an 8.0.0 client, " +-#~ "you'll run into a compatibility problem while the 'initcmd' command is " +-#~ "running. Please read /usr/share/doc/conserver-client/README.Debian for " +-#~ "more details." +-#~ msgstr "" +-#~ "Version 8.0.0: Klient/server-protokollen har fået en ny arkitektur. Du " +-#~ "*SKAL* brug en 8.0.0 klient med en 8.0.0 server. Ingen kombination af " +-#~ "klient/server vil virke med før-8.0.0 kode. Version 8.0.1: Der er en " +-#~ "mindre klient/server ændring i protokollen for at implementere det nye " +-#~ "'initcmd' console tilvalg. Hvis du bruger denne funktionalitet med en " +-#~ "8.0.0 klient, vil du løbe ind i kompatibilitetsproblemer hvis 'initcmd' " +-#~ "kommandoen kører. Læs /usR/share/doc/conserver-client/README.Debian for " +-#~ "flere detaljer." +- +-#~ msgid "conserver is compiled with tcp-wrappers" +-#~ msgstr "conserver er kompileret med tcp-wrappers" +- +-#~ msgid "Use the name 'conserver' in the tcp_wrapper config files." +-#~ msgstr "Brug navnet 'conserver' i tcp_wrapper opsætningsfilerne." +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/de.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/de.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/de.po 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/de.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,188 +0,0 @@ +-# Translation of conserver debconf templates to German +-# Copyright (C) Sebastian Feltel , 2004. +-# Copyright (C) Helge Kreutzmann , 2006, 2007. +-# This file is distributed under the same license as the conserver package. +-# +-msgid "" +-msgstr "" +-"Project-Id-Version: conserver 8.1.15-1\n" +-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" +-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" +-"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-28 06:07+0100\n" +-"Last-Translator: Helge Kreutzmann \n" +-"Language-Team: German \n" +-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-15\n" +-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" +-msgstr "Mchten Sie die Konsole automatisch konfigurieren?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " +-"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " +-"questions" +-msgstr "" +-"Wenn Sie dies auf wahr setzen, dann wird /etc/conserver/console.cf " +-"bearbeitet und CONSERVER_MASTER und CONSERVER_PORT mit den aus den nchsten " +-"Fragen konfigurierten Werten ersetzt." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" +-msgstr "Hostnamen des Rechners, auf dem Ihr Conserver-Server installiert ist:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " +-"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " +-"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." +-msgstr "" +-"Der Conserver-Hostname ist der Hostname des Rechners, auf dem das conserver-" +-"server-Paket installiert ist. Der Client console wird, wenn nichts anderes " +-"angegeben ist, den Hostnamen console verwenden. Der Servername kann zur " +-"Programmlaufzeit mit der Option -M gendert werden." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "The server port number to connect to:" +-msgstr "Server-Port, mit dem verbunden werden soll:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " +-"number or a service name." +-msgstr "" +-"Setzt den Conserver-Server-Port, mit den verbunden werden soll. Dies kann " +-"entweder eine Portnummer oder ein Servicename sein." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" +-msgstr "Hauptportnummer des Conserver-Servers:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " +-"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " +-"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." +-msgstr "" +-"Setzt den TCP-Port, auf dem der Hauptprozess auf Clients lauschen soll. Dies " +-"kann entweder eine Portnummer oder ein Servicename sein. Die ursprngliche " +-"Portnummer fr Conserver ist 782; sie muss hher als 1024 sein, falls er " +-"nicht mit root-Rechten luft." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" +-msgstr "Basis-Portnummer der Conserver-Kinder:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " +-"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " +-"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " +-"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " +-"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " +-"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " +-"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" +-msgstr "" +-"Setzt die Basis-Portnummer, an der die Kinder lauschen sollen. Jedes Kind " +-"beginnt an dieser Portnummer mit der Suche nach einem freien Port und " +-"arbeitet sich nach oben. Hierbei werden maximal doppelt so viele Ports " +-"versucht wie Gruppen existieren. Falls in diesem Bereich keine freien Ports " +-"existieren, beendet sich Conserver. Standardmig lsst Conserver das " +-"Betriebssystem einen freien Port auswhlen. Leere Eingabe whlt die " +-"Standardeinstellung (Conserver spaltet fr jede Konsolen-Gruppe die es " +-"verwalten muss ein Kind ab und weist jedem Prozess eine Portnummer zu, auf " +-"der er lauschen soll)." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" +-msgstr "" +-"Die Adresse, auf der gelauscht werden soll (falls leer wird auf " +-"allen Adressen gelauscht):" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " +-"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " +-"bind to all interfaces." +-msgstr "" +-"Stellt die Adressen ein, auf denen gelauscht werden soll. Dies erlaubt es " +-"Conserver, sich auf eine spezielle IP-Adresse (wie 127.0.0.1) statt auf " +-"alle Schnittstellen zu binden. Standardmig bindet er sich an alle " +-"Schnittstellen." +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "Should conserver run as root?" +-msgstr "Soll Conserver unter Root laufen?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "" +-"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " +-"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." +-"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" +-msgstr "" +-"Conserver kann so konfiguriert werden, dass er unter root oder unter " +-"conservr laufen kann. Es ist nicht mglich, die Shadow-Passwrter in " +-"conserver.passwd zu verwenden, falls Conserver nicht unter root luft (lesen " +-"Sie das Handbuch fr conserver.passwd fr weitere Details)." +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" +-msgstr "Konvertiere conserver.cf und conserver.passwd in das neue Format?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "" +-"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " +-"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " +-"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " +-"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" +-"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" +-"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " +-"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " +-"files after the conversion!" +-msgstr "" +-"Protokoll- und Datei-Format haben sich gendert! Das Client-Server-Protokoll " +-"wurde neu strukturiert. Sie *MSSEN* einen 8.0.1-Client mit einem 8.0.1-" +-"Server verwenden. Keine Kombination von Client/Server wird mit pre-8.0.0-" +-"Code funktionieren. Das Konfigurationsdateiformat wurde sowohl fr conserver." +-"cf als auch fr conserver.passwd gendert, bitte lesen Sie /usr/share/doc/" +-"conserver-server/README.Debian fr weitere Details./etc/conserver/conserver.cf" +-"und /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd werden in das neue Format konvertiert, " +-"die alte Datei bekommt die Endung .OLD. Bitte berprfen Sie die Dateien nach " +-"der Konvertierung!" +- +-#~ msgid "The conserver hostname" +-#~ msgstr "Der Conserver-Hostname" +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/eu.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/eu.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/eu.po 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/eu.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,178 +0,0 @@ +-# translation of conserver-eu.po to Euskara +-# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER +-# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +-# +-# Piarres Beobide , 2008. +-msgid "" +-msgstr "" +-"Project-Id-Version: conserver-eu\n" +-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" +-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" +-"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-16 11:46+0200\n" +-"Last-Translator: Piarres Beobide \n" +-"Language-Team: Euskara \n" +-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +-"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" +-msgstr "Kontsola automatikoki konfiguratu nahi al duzu?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " +-"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " +-"questions" +-msgstr "" +-"Hau bai bezala ezartzean /etc/conserver/console.cf editatuko da eta " +-"CONSERVER_MASTER eta CONSERVER_PORT eremuak hurrengo galderetako " +-"erantzunekin ordeztuko dira" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" +-msgstr "Conserver zerbitzaria instalaturik dagoen ostalari-izena:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " +-"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " +-"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." +-msgstr "" +-"Conserver ostalari-izena conserver-server paketea instalaturik dagoen makinaren " +-"ostalari-izena da. Bezeroak ('console') 'console' erabiliko du ostalari-izen gisa " +-"zurian utziaz. Zerbitzari izena aldatu egin daiteke exekuzio bitartean -M aukeraren bidez." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "The server port number to connect to:" +-msgstr "Konektatzeko zerbitzari ataka:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " +-"number or a service name." +-msgstr "" +-"Zehaztu konektatzeko erabili behar den conserver zerbitzari ataka. Ataka " +-"zenbaki bat edo zerbitzu izen bat izan behar da." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" +-msgstr "Conserver zerbitzariaren ataka nagusiaren zenbakia:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " +-"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " +-"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." +-msgstr "" +-"Ezarri bezeroak itxoiten dituen prozesu nagusiaren TCP ataka. Ataka zenbaki bat " +-"edo zerbitzu izen bat izan behar da. Conserver-en jatorrizko ataka zenbakia " +-"782 da, 1024 baina handiagoa izan behar da ez-root gisa exekutatzeko." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" +-msgstr "Conserver semearen oinarri ataka zenbakia:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " +-"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " +-"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " +-"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " +-"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " +-"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " +-"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" +-msgstr "" +-"Semeak entzuteko oinarri ataka ezarri. Seme bakoitza ataka libreen bila " +-"ataka zenbaki honetatik hasiko da gero goraka joateko talde kopuruaren ataka " +-"kopuru bikoitza probatzen. Tartean ez bada ataka librerik aurkitzen conserver " +-"irten egingo da. Lehenespen gisa conserver-ek sistema eragileari uzten dio ataka " +-"libre bat hautatzen. Sarrera hutsak lehenespena onartzen du (Conserver-ek seme " +-"bat sortu eta entzuteko ataka zenbaki bat ezartzen du kudeatu behar duen kontsola " +-"talde bakoitzarentzat.)" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" +-msgstr "Entzuteko helbidea (helbide guztiak erabiliko dira hutsa utziaz gero):" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " +-"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " +-"bind to all interfaces." +-msgstr "" +-"Entzuteko helbidea ezarri. Honek conserver-en IP helbide zehatz batera " +-"(`127.0.0.1' bezalakoak) lotzeko aukera ematen du interfaze guztiak entzun " +-"ordez. Lehenetsia interfaze guztietara lotzea da." +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "Should conserver run as root?" +-msgstr "Conserver root gisa exekutatu behar al da?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "" +-"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " +-"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." +-"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" +-msgstr "" +-"Conserver root gisa edo 'conservr' gisa exekutatzeko konfiguratu daiteke. Ez " +-"da posible itzalpeko pasahitzak erabiltzea conserver pasahitzean ez-root gisa " +-"exekutatzen bada. (Ikusi conserver.passwd manuala xehetasun gehiagorako.)" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" +-msgstr "Bihurtu conserver.cf eta conserver.passwd formatu berrira?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "" +-"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " +-"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " +-"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " +-"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" +-"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" +-"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " +-"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " +-"files after the conversion!" +-msgstr "" +-"Protokolo eta fitxategi formatua aldatu egin dira. Bezero/zerbitzari protokoloa " +-"berregin egin da. 8.0.1 bezero bat erabili *BEHAR* duzu 8.0.1 zerbitzariarekin. " +-"Bezero/zerbitzari nahasketarik ez da onartzen 8.0.0 aurreko kodearekin. Bai " +-"conserver.cf eta bai conserver.passwd fitxategien formatua aldatu egin da, ikusi /" +-"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian xehetasun gehiagorako. /etc/" +-"conserver/conserver.cf eta /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd fitxategiak formatu " +-" berrira aldatuko dira eta fitxategi zaharrak .OLD atzizkiarekin berrizendatuko dira. " +-"Egiaztatu fitxategiak bihurketa ondoren!" +- +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/fi.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/fi.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/fi.po 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/fi.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ +-msgid "" +-msgstr "" +-"Project-Id-Version: conserver\n" +-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" +-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" +-"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-21 22:17+0200\n" +-"Last-Translator: Esko Arajärvi \n" +-"Language-Team: Finnish \n" +-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +-"X-Poedit-Language: Finnish\n" +-"X-Poedit-Country: FINLAND\n" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" +-msgstr "Tulisiko konsolin asetukset tehdä automaattisesti?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next questions" +-msgstr "Jos tämä valitaan, muokataan tiedostoa /etc/conserver/console.cf ja korvataan muuttujien CONSERVER_MASTER ja CONSERVER_PORT arvot seuraavissa kysymyksissä." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" +-msgstr "conserver-palvelimen konenimi:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." +-msgstr "conserverin käyttämä konenimi on sen koneen nimi, jolle paketti conserver-server on asennettu. Asiakas ”console” käyttää konenimeä ”console”, jos kenttä jätetään tyhjäksi. Palvelimen nimi voidaan vaihtaa ajon aikana valitsimella -M." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "The server port number to connect to:" +-msgstr "Palvelimen portti, johon yhteys otetaan:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port number or a service name." +-msgstr "Anna conserver-palvelimen portti, johon yhteys otetaan. Tämä voi olla joko portin numero tai palvelun nimi." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" +-msgstr "conserver-palvelimen pääportti:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." +-msgstr "Aseta TCP-portti, jossa pääprosessi kuuntelee asiakkaita. Tämä voi olla joko portin numero tai palvelun nimi. conserverin alkuperäinen portin numero on 782, mutta sen tulee olla suurempi kuin 1024, jos sitä ei ajeta pääkäyttäjänä." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" +-msgstr "Perusportti conserverin lapsille:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. (Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" +-msgstr "Anna perusportti, jota lapset kuuntelevat. Jokainen lapsi etsii vapaata porttia alkaen tästä numerosta ja jatkaen ylöspäin. Enimmillään kokeillaan kaksi kertaa ryhmien enimmäismäärän verran portteja. Jos tällä alueella ei ole vapaita portteja, conserver lopetetaan. Oletuksena conserver antaa käyttöjärjestelmän valita vapaan portin. Tämä oletusarvo voidaan valita jättämällä kenttä tyhjäksi. (Conserver haarauttaa lapsiprosessin jokaista hallinnoimaansa konsoliryhmää varten ja antaa jokaiselle prosessille kuunneltavan portin.)" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" +-msgstr "Kuunneltava osoite (oletuksena kaikki, jos tyhjä):" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to bind to all interfaces." +-msgstr "Anna osoite, jota kuunnellaan. Tällä conserver voidaan asettaa kuuntelemaan tiettyä IP-osoitetta (kuten ”127.0.0.1”) kaikkien liitäntöjen sijaan. Oletuksena kuunnellaan kaikkia liitäntöjä." +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "Should conserver run as root?" +-msgstr "Tulisiko conserver ajaa pääkäyttäjänä?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver.passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" +-msgstr "conserver voidaan ajaa pääkäyttäjänä tai käyttäjänä ”conservr”. Varjosalasanoja ei voida käyttää tiedostossa conserver.passwd, jos ohjelmaa ei ajeta pääkäyttäjänä. (Lisätietoja löytyy conserver.passwd:n ohjeista.)" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" +-msgstr "Muunnetaanko conserver.cf ja conserver.passwd uuteen muotoon?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the files after the conversion!" +-msgstr "Yhteyskäytäntö ja tiedostomuoto ovat muuttuneet! Asiakkaan ja palvelimen välinen yhteyskäytäntö on suunniteltu uudelleen. Palvelimen version 8.0.1 kanssa *TÄYTYY* käyttää version 8.0.1 asiakasta. Mitkään aiemmat asiakas- tai palvelinversiot eivät toimi. Asetustiedostojen conserver.cf ja conserver.passwd muoto on muuttunut. Lisätietoja löytyy tiedostosta /usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian. Tiedostot /etc/conserver/conserver.cf ja /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd voidaan nyt muuntaa uuteen muotoon. Vanhojen versioiden nimien perään lisätään pääte ”.OLD”. Tarkista tiedostot muunnoksen jälkeen!" +- +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/fr.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/fr.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/fr.po 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/fr.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@ +-# translation of fr.po to French +-# +-# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext +-# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to +-# this format, e.g. by running: +-# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' +-# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' +-# +-# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at +-# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans +-# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans +-# +-# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. +-# +-msgid "" +-msgstr "" +-"Project-Id-Version: conserver 8.1.1\n" +-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" +-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" +-"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-01 10:37+0100\n" +-"Last-Translator: Clément Stenac \n" +-"Language-Team: French \n" +-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +-"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" +-msgstr "Souhaitez-vous configurer la console automatiquement ?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " +-"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " +-"questions" +-msgstr "" +-"Si vous choisissez cette option, les valeurs CONSERVER_MASTER et " +-"CONSERVER_PORT du fichier « /etc/conserver/console.cf » seront remplacées " +-"par les réponses aux questions suivantes." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" +-msgstr "Nom de l'hôte où est installé le serveur « conserver » :" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " +-"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " +-"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." +-msgstr "" +-"Veuillez indiquer le nom de l'hôte où est installé le paquet conserver-" +-"server. Le client, « console », utilisera le nom d'hôte « console » si ce " +-"champ est laissé vide. Le nom du serveur peut être modifié en lançant " +-"l'exécution avec l'option -M." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "The server port number to connect to:" +-msgstr "Numéro du port de connexion sur le serveur :" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " +-"number or a service name." +-msgstr "" +-"Veuillez choisir le port où le serveur est à l'écoute. Vous pouvez indiquer " +-"un numéro de port ou un nom de service." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" +-msgstr "Numéro du port maître pour le serveur « conserver » :" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " +-"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " +-"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." +-msgstr "" +-"Veuillez choisir le port TCP sur lequel le processus maître sera à l'écoute. " +-"Vous pouvez indiquer un numéro de port ou un nom de service." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" +-msgstr "Numéro du port de base pour les processus fils « conserver » :" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " +-"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " +-"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " +-"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " +-"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " +-"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " +-"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" +-msgstr "" +-"Veuillez choisir le port de base sur lequel les fils écouteront. Chaque fils " +-"cherchera des ports libres à partir de ce numéro de port, en essayant au " +-"maximum un nombre de ports égal à deux fois le nombre maximal de groupes. Si " +-"aucun port n'est disponible dans cette plage, « conserver » s'arrête. Par " +-"défaut, « conserver » laisse le système d'exploitation choisir un port " +-"libre. La valeur par défaut sera utilisée si vous laissez ce champ libre. " +-"« conserver » crée un fils pour chaque groupe de consoles qu'il doit " +-"administrer et assigne à chaque processus un numéro de port sur lequel " +-"écouter." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" +-msgstr "Adresse d'écoute (toutes si champ vide) :" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " +-"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " +-"bind to all interfaces." +-msgstr "" +-"Veuillez choisir l'adresse sur laquelle écouter. « conserver » sera alors à " +-"l'écoute sur une seule adresse IP (telle que « 127.0.0.1 ») et non sur " +-"toutes les interfaces. Par défaut il sera à l'écoute sur toutes les " +-"interfaces." +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "Should conserver run as root?" +-msgstr "" +-"Souhaitez-vous que « conserver » s'exécute en tant que superutilisateur ?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "" +-"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " +-"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." +-"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" +-msgstr "" +-"Le logiciel « conserver » peut être configuré pour s'exécuter avec les " +-"privilèges du superutilisateur ou ceux de « conserver ». Il n'est pas " +-"possible d'utiliser les mots de passe cachés (« shadow passwords ») avec " +-"« conserver » s'il ne s'exécute pas en tant que superutilisateur. Veuillez " +-"consulter le manuel de conserver.passwd pour plus de détails." +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" +-msgstr "Faut-il convertir conserver.cf et conserver.passwd au nouveau format ?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "" +-"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " +-"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " +-"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " +-"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" +-"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" +-"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " +-"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " +-"files after the conversion!" +-msgstr "" +-"Le protocole et le format de fichier ont changé. Le protocole client/serveur " +-"a subi des modifications d'architecture. Vous *DEVEZ* utiliser un " +-"client 8.0.1 avec un serveur 8.0.1. Aucune combinaison de client/serveur ne " +-"fonctionnera avec les versions antérieures à la version 8.0.0. Les formats " +-"du fichier de configuration de conserver.cf et conserver.passwd ont changé " +-"et vous devez lire /usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian pour plus " +-"de détails. Si vous choisissez cette option, les fichiers /etc/conserver/" +-"conserver.cf et /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd seront convertis vers le " +-"nouveau format. Les anciens fichiers seront renommés avec le suffixe .OLD. " +-"Veuillez vérifier les fichiers après la conversion." +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/gl.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/gl.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/gl.po 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/gl.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,179 +0,0 @@ +-# Galician translation of conserver's debconf templates +-# This file is distributed under the same license as the conserver package. +-# Jacobo Tarrio , 2008. +-# +-msgid "" +-msgstr "" +-"Project-Id-Version: conserver\n" +-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" +-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" +-"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-16 19:44+0100\n" +-"Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio \n" +-"Language-Team: Galician \n" +-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" +-msgstr "¿Quere configurar a consola automaticamente?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " +-"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " +-"questions" +-msgstr "" +-"Se acepta hase modificar o ficheiro /etc/conserver/console.cf, substituindo " +-"CONSERVER_MASTER e CONSERVER_PORT polos valores que se configuren nas " +-"seguintes preguntas." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" +-msgstr "Nome do servidor no que o servidor conserver está instalado:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " +-"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " +-"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." +-msgstr "" +-"O nome de conserver é o nome od servidor no que o paquete conserver-server " +-"está instalado. O cliente, \"console\", ha empregar o nome \"console\" se se " +-"deixa baleiro. O nome do servidor pódese cambiar á hora de executalo " +-"mediante a opción -M." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "The server port number to connect to:" +-msgstr "Número do porto do servidor no que se conectar:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " +-"number or a service name." +-msgstr "" +-"Estabreza o porto do servidor conserver ao que se conectar. Pode ser un " +-"número de porto ou nome de servizo." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" +-msgstr "Número de porto mestre para o servidor conserver:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " +-"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " +-"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." +-msgstr "" +-"Estabreza o porto TCP para que o proceso mestre escoite á espera de " +-"clientes. Pode ser un número de porto ou un nome de servizo. O número de " +-"porto orixinal de conserver é 782, e debe ser maior de 1024 se non se " +-"executa coma administrador." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" +-msgstr "Número de porto base para os fillos de conserver:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " +-"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " +-"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " +-"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " +-"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " +-"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " +-"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" +-msgstr "" +-"Estabreza o porto base para que os fillos escoiten. Cada fillo comeza a " +-"buscar portos libres neste número de porto e vai subindo, tentando un número " +-"máximo de portos igual ao dobre do número máximo de grupos. Se non hai " +-"portos libres nese rango, conserver sae. Se se deixa en branco escóllese o " +-"valor por defecto. Conserver executa un proceso fillo por cada grupo de " +-"consolas que ten que xestionar, e asigna a cada proceso un número de porto " +-"no que escoitar." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" +-msgstr "O enderezo no que escoitar (se se deixa baleiro, tódolos enderezos):" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " +-"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " +-"bind to all interfaces." +-msgstr "" +-"Estabreza o enderezo no que escoitar. Isto fai que conserver quede ligado a " +-"un enderezo IP determinado (tal coma \"127.0.0.1\") no canto de tódalas " +-"interfaces. Por defecto lígase a tódalas interfaces." +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "Should conserver run as root?" +-msgstr "¿Quere que conserver se execute coma administrador?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "" +-"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " +-"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." +-"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" +-msgstr "" +-"Pódese configurar conserver para funcionar coma administrador ou coma o " +-"usuario \"conservr\". Non é posible empregar os contrasinais \"shadow\" se " +-"non se executa coma administrador en conserver.passwd. Consulte a páxina de " +-"manual de conserver.passwd para máis detalles." +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" +-msgstr "¿Convertir conserver.cf e conserver.passwd ao novo formato?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "" +-"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " +-"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " +-"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " +-"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" +-"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" +-"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " +-"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " +-"files after the conversion!" +-msgstr "" +-"Os formatos do protocolo e dos ficheiros cambiaron. Redeseñouse o protocolo " +-"cliente/servidor. Debe empregar un cliente 8.0.1 cun servidor 8.0.1. " +-"Ningunha combinación de cliente/servidor ha funcionar co código anterior a " +-"8.0.0. O formato dos ficheiros de configuración conserver.cf e conserver." +-"passwd tamén cambiou; consulte /usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian " +-"para máis detalles. Hanse convertir os ficheiros /etc/conserver/conserver.cf " +-"e /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd ao novo formato, e os ficheiros antigos " +-"hanse conservar con .OLD engadido ao seu nome. Verifique os ficheiros " +-"despois da conversión." +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/nl.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/nl.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/nl.po 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/nl.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,192 +0,0 @@ +-# +-# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext +-# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to +-# this format, e.g. by running: +-# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' +-# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' +-# +-# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at +-# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans +-# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans +-# +-# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. +-# +-msgid "" +-msgstr "" +-"Project-Id-Version: conserver 8.1.1-2\n" +-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" +-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" +-"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-30 19:33+0100\n" +-"Last-Translator: Thijs Kinkhorst \n" +-"Language-Team: Debian l10n Dutch \n" +-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" +-msgstr "Wilt u 'console' automatisch configureren?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " +-"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " +-"questions" +-msgstr "" +-"Als u dit bevestigt, zal /etc/conserver/console.cf bewerkt worden om " +-"CONSERVER_MASTER en CONSERVER_PORT te vervangen door de waardes die u " +-"in de volgende vragen kunt opgeven." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" +-msgstr "Naam van de computer waar uw conserver-server is geïnstalleerd:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " +-"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " +-"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." +-msgstr "" +-"De conserver-computernaam is de naam van de computer waar het " +-"'conserver-server'-pakket is geïnstalleerd. De client, 'console', zal de " +-"computernaam 'console' gebruiken als er geen wordt opgegeven. De servernaam " +-"kan tijdens uitvoer gewijzigd worden met de '-M'-optie." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "The server port number to connect to:" +-msgstr "Geef het serverpoortnummer om naar te verbinden:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " +-"number or a service name." +-msgstr "" +-"Geef het poortnummer van de conserver-server waarnaar u wilt verbinden. Dit " +-"is ofwel een poortnummer, ofwel een naam van een dienst." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" +-msgstr "Geef het hoofd-poortnummer voor de conserver-server:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " +-"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " +-"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." +-msgstr "" +-"Geef de TCP-poort waarop het hoofdproces moet luisteren naar clients. Dit is " +-"ofwel een poortnummer ofwel een naam van een dienst. Het oorspronkelijke " +-"poortnummer voor conserver is 782, maar het moet hoger zijn dan 1024 als het " +-"proces draait als niet-root." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" +-msgstr "Geef het basis-poortnummer voor de conserver-kinderen:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " +-"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " +-"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " +-"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " +-"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " +-"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " +-"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" +-msgstr "" +-"Geef de basispoort waarop kinderen moeten luisteren. Elk kind begint te " +-"zoeken naar vrije poorten vanaf dit poortnummer en hoger. Het probeert een " +-"een aantal poorten tot tweemaal het maximale aantal " +-"groepen. Als er geen vrije poorten beschikbaar zijn in dit bereik, dan stopt " +-"conserver. Standaard laat conserver het besturingssysteem een vrije poort " +-"kiezen. Geen invoer selecteert de standaard. (Conserver forkt een kind voor " +-"elke groep consoles die het moet beheren en geeft aan elk proces een " +-"poortnummer om op te luisteren.)" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" +-msgstr "" +-"Het adres waarop geluisterd moet worden (alle adressen als geen " +-"invoer):" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " +-"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " +-"bind to all interfaces." +-msgstr "" +-"Geef het adres om op te luisteren. Dit laat toe om conserver te verbinden " +-"aan een bepaald IP-adres (zoals `127.0.0.1') in plaats van alle interfaces. " +-"De standaard is om te verbinden met alle interfaces." +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "Should conserver run as root?" +-msgstr "Moet conserver als root worden gedraaid?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "" +-"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " +-"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." +-"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" +-msgstr "" +-"Conserver kan geconfigureerd worden om als root of als 'conservr' te " +-"draaien. Het is niet mogelijk om het schaduwwachtwoord in conserver.passwd " +-"te gebruiken als het draait als niet-root. (Zie de manpagina van conserver." +-"passwd voor meer details.)" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" +-msgstr "Converteer conserver.cf en conserver.passwd naar het nieuwe formaat?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "" +-"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " +-"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " +-"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " +-"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" +-"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" +-"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " +-"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " +-"files after the conversion!" +-msgstr "" +-"Protocol en bestandsformaat zijn gewijzigd! Het client/server-protocol is " +-"opnieuw ontworpen. U *MOET* een 8.0.1-client gebruiken met een 8.0.1-server. " +-"Een client/server-combinatie met pre-8.0.0-code zal niet werken. Het " +-"bestandsformaat van de configuratiebestanden conserver.cf en conserver." +-"passwd is gewijzigd, lees /usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian voor " +-"meer details. Door bevestigend te antwoorden zal getracht worden /etc/" +-"conserver/conserver.cf en /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd te converteren " +-"naar het nieuwe formaat. De oude bestanden zullen hernoemd worden met een ." +-"OLD-suffix. Controleer de bestanden na de conversie!" +- +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/POTFILES.in conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/POTFILES.in +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/POTFILES.in 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/POTFILES.in 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@ +-[type: gettext/rfc822deb] conserver-client.templates +-[type: gettext/rfc822deb] conserver-server.templates +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/pt_BR.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/pt_BR.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/pt_BR.po 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/pt_BR.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,180 +0,0 @@ +-# conserver Brazilian Portuguese translation +-# Copyright (C) 2008 THE conserver'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER +-# This file is distributed under the same license as the conserver package. +-# Eder L. Marques (frolic) , 2008. +-# +-msgid "" +-msgstr "" +-"Project-Id-Version: conserver\n" +-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" +-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" +-"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-28 12:13-0300\n" +-"Last-Translator: Eder L. Marques (frolic) \n" +-"Language-Team: l10n Portuguese \n" +-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +-"pt_BR utf-8\n" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" +-msgstr "Você gostaria de configurar o console automaticamente?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " +-"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " +-"questions" +-msgstr "" +-"Definir este como verdadeiro editará /etc/conserver/console.cf e substituirá " +-"CONSERVER_MASTER e CONSERVER_PORT com os valores configurados nas próximas " +-"questões" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" +-msgstr "Nome da máquina onde o servidor conserver está instalado:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " +-"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " +-"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." +-msgstr "" +-"O nome da máquina do conserver é o nome da máquina onde o pacote conserver-" +-"server está instalado. O cliente, 'console', usará o nome da máquina " +-"'console' se for deixado em branco. O nome do servidor pode ser alterado em " +-"tempo de execução com a opção -M." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "The server port number to connect to:" +-msgstr "Número da porta do servidor a conectar:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " +-"number or a service name." +-msgstr "" +-"Configure a porta do servidor conserver a conectar. Isto pode ser tanto um " +-"número da porta quanto um nome de serviço." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" +-msgstr "Número da porta mestre para o servidor conserver:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " +-"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " +-"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." +-msgstr "" +-"Configure a porta TCP para o processo mestre escutar por clientes. Isto pode " +-"ser o número da porta ou um nome de serviço. O número da porta original para " +-"o conserver é 782, deve ser maior que 1024 se executado como não-root." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" +-msgstr "Número da porta base para os filhos do conserver:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " +-"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " +-"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " +-"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " +-"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " +-"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " +-"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" +-msgstr "" +-"Configure a porta base para os filhos escutarem. Cada filho inicia " +-"procurando por portas livres a partir deste número de porta e subindo, " +-"tentando um número máximo de portas igual ao dobro do número máximo de " +-"grupos. Se não há portas livres disponíveis neste intervalo, o conserver " +-"encerrará. Por padrão, o conserver deixa o sistema operacional escolher uma " +-"porta livre. Deixar em branco seleciona o padrão. (Conserver cria - \"fork\" " +-"- um filho para cada grupo de consoles que ele tem que gerenciar e atribui a " +-"cada processo um número de porta para escutar)." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" +-msgstr "O endereço para escutar (se vazio, o padrão será todos os endereços):" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " +-"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " +-"bind to all interfaces." +-msgstr "" +-"Defina o endereço no qual escutar. Isto permite ao conserver vincular-se a " +-"um endereço IP em particular (como '127.0.0.1') ao invés de todas as " +-"interfaces. O padrão é vincular-se a todas as interfaces." +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "Should conserver run as root?" +-msgstr "O conserver deveria ser executado como root?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "" +-"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " +-"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." +-"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" +-msgstr "" +-"O conserver pode ser configurado para ser executado como root ou como " +-"'conservr'. Não é possível usar uma senha shadow se estiver sendo executado " +-"como não-root em conserver.passwd. (Veja o manual do conserver.passwd para " +-"mais detalhes)." +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" +-msgstr "Converter o conserver.cf e conserver.passwd para o novo formato?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "" +-"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " +-"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " +-"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " +-"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" +-"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" +-"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " +-"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " +-"files after the conversion!" +-msgstr "" +-"O protocolo e o formato do arquivo mudaram! O protocolo cliente/servidor foi " +-"rearquitetado. Você *DEVE* usar um cliente 8.0.1 com um servidor 8.0.1. " +-"Nenhuma combinação de cliente/servidor funcionará com códigos pré-8.0.0. O " +-"formato do arquivo de configuração para ambos conserver.cf e conserver." +-"passwd foram alterados, leia /usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian " +-"para mais detalhes. O /etc/conserver/conserver.cf e /etc/conserver/conserver." +-"passwd serão convertidos para o novo formato e os antigos serão renomeados " +-"com o sufixo .OLD. Cheque os arquivos após a conversão!" +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/pt.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/pt.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/pt.po 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/pt.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,180 +0,0 @@ +-# Portuguese translation of conserver's debconf messages. +-# Rui Branco , 2007 - initial translation +-# +-msgid "" +-msgstr "" +-"Project-Id-Version: conserver\n" +-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" +-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" +-"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-28 12:43+0000\n" +-"Last-Translator: Rui Branco \n" +-"Language-Team: Portuguese \n" +-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" +-msgstr "Deseja configurar a consola automaticamente?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " +-"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " +-"questions" +-msgstr "" +-"Ao responder afirmativamente será editado o /etc/conserver/console.cf e " +-"substituirá o CONSERVER_MASTER e CONSERVER_PORT com os valores a configurar " +-"nas próximas questões" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" +-msgstr "Nome da máquina onde o servidor conserser está instalado:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " +-"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " +-"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." +-msgstr "" +-"O nome da máquina conserver é o nome da máquina onde o pacote conserver-" +-"server está instalado. O cliente 'console' terá o nome da máquina 'console' " +-"se este ficar em branco. O nome de servidor pode ser alterado durante a " +-"execução com a opção -M." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "The server port number to connect to:" +-msgstr "Número da porta no servidor para a ligação a este:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " +-"number or a service name." +-msgstr "" +-"Defina a porta em qual o servidor conserver se ligará. Esta pode ser ou um " +-"número de porta ou um nome de serviço." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" +-msgstr "Número de porta principal para o servidor conserver:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " +-"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " +-"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." +-msgstr "" +-"Defina a porta TCP de escuta do processo principal para os clientes. Esta " +-"pode ser um número de porta ou um nome de serviço. O número de porta " +-"original para o conserver é 782, tem que ser maior que 1024 se correr como " +-"não-root." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" +-msgstr "Número de porta de base para os processos filhos do conserver:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " +-"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " +-"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " +-"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " +-"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " +-"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " +-"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" +-msgstr "" +-"Defina o número de porta base de escuta para os processos filhos. Cada " +-"processo inicia a procura por portas livres a partir deste número de porta " +-"e, a partir daqui para a frente, tentar um número máximo de portas equivale " +-"a duas vezes o número máximos de grupos. Se não estiverem disponíveis portas " +-"livres naquele intervalo, o conserver termina. Por omissão, o conserver " +-"permite que o sistema operativo escolha outra porta livre. Uma entrada em " +-"branco selecciona a omissão (o Conserver gerá um sub-processo para cada " +-"grupo de consolas que tem que gerir e atribui a cada processo um número de " +-"porta para escutar)" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" +-msgstr "" +-"Endereços para escutar (se deixado em branco o valor por omissão será todos)" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " +-"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " +-"bind to all interfaces." +-msgstr "" +-"Define o endereço para escutar. Isto permite que o conserver se ligue a um " +-"endereço IP particular (como `127.0.0.1') em vez de todas as interfaces. A " +-"omissão é ligar-se a todas as interfaces." +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "Should conserver run as root?" +-msgstr "Deverá o conserver correr como root?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "" +-"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " +-"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." +-"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" +-msgstr "" +-"O Conserver pode ser configurado para correr como root ou como 'conservr'. " +-"Não é possível usar o shadow password se correr o conserver como não-root em " +-"conserver.passwd. (Veja o manual para o conserver.passwd para mais detalhes)." +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" +-msgstr "Converter o conserver.cf e conserver.passwd para um novo formato?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "" +-"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " +-"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " +-"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " +-"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" +-"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" +-"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " +-"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " +-"files after the conversion!" +-msgstr "" +-"O protocolo e o formato de ficheiro foram alterados! O protocolo cliente/" +-"servidor foi re-arquitectado. *TERÁ* que usar um cliente 8.0.1 com o " +-"servidor 8.0.1. Nenhuma combinação de cliente/servidor irá funcionar com " +-"código pre-8.0.0. O formato do ficheiro de configuração para ambos os " +-"conserver.cf e conserver.passwd foi modificado, leia /usr/share/doc/" +-"conserver-server/README.Debian para mais detalhes. O /etc/conserver/" +-"conserver.cf e /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd será convertida para o novo " +-"formato, a versão antiga será renomeada com o sufixo .OLD. Verifique os " +-"ficheiros após a conversão!" +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/ru.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/ru.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/ru.po 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/ru.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,198 +0,0 @@ +-# translation of conserver_8.1.15-2.1_debconf_ru.po to Russian +-# +-# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext +-# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to +-# this format, e.g. by running: +-# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' +-# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' +-# +-# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at +-# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans +-# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans +-# +-# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. +-# +-# Yuri Kozlov , 2007. +-msgid "" +-msgstr "" +-"Project-Id-Version: 8.1.15-2.1\n" +-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" +-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" +-"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-28 10:39+0300\n" +-"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov \n" +-"Language-Team: Russian \n" +-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +-"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" +-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" +-msgstr "Настроить консоль автоматически?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " +-"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " +-"questions" +-msgstr "" +-"Если ответить утвердительно, то в файле /etc/conserver/console.cf " +-"параметрам CONSERVER_MASTER и CONSERVER_PORT будут присвоены " +-"значения, полученные при ответах на последующие вопросы" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" +-msgstr "Имя хоста, на котором установлен ваш сервер conserver:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " +-"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " +-"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." +-msgstr "" +-"Это имя хоста, на котором установлен пакет conserver-server. Если ничего " +-"не указывать, то клиент 'console' будет использовать имя хоста 'console'. " +-"Имя сервера может быть изменено в время выполнения программы " +-"опцией -M." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "The server port number to connect to:" +-msgstr "Номер порта сервера для соединения:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " +-"number or a service name." +-msgstr "" +-"Укажите номер порта сервера conserver для соединения. Можно указывать " +-"номер порта или имя сервиса." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" +-msgstr "Номер порта мастер сервера conserver:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " +-"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " +-"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." +-msgstr "" +-"Укажите порт TCP мастер процесса, к которому подключаются клиенты. " +-"Можно указывать номер порта или имя сервиса. Порт по умолчанию для " +-"conserver равен 782; если запускать без прав суперпользователя, порт " +-"должен быть больше чем 1024." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" +-msgstr "Базовый номер порта потомков conserver:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " +-"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " +-"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " +-"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " +-"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " +-"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " +-"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" +-msgstr "" +-"Укажите базовый порт, который должны слушать потомки. Каждый " +-"потомок начинает искать свободные порты с этого номера " +-"и увеличивает его, пытаясь найти максимальное число свободных портов, " +-"равное удвоенному максимальному числу групп. Если свободных портов " +-"такого диапазона нет, то conserver завершает работу. По умолчанию " +-"(если ничего не вводить) conserver " +-"позволяет операционной системе выбирать свободный порт. " +-"(Conserver порождает потомка для каждой группы консолей, которой " +-"нужно управлять и назначает каждому процессу номер порта, который " +-"нужно прослушивать.)" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" +-msgstr "" +-"Прослушиваемый адрес (если ничего не вводить, выполняется прослушивание " +-"на всех адресах):" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " +-"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " +-"bind to all interfaces." +-msgstr "" +-"Введите прослушиваемый адрес. Это позволит conserver привязаться только " +-"к определённому IP-адресу (например `127.0.0.1'), а не ко всем интерфейсам. " +-"По умолчанию выполняется привязка ко всем интерфейсам." +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "Should conserver run as root?" +-msgstr "Запускать conserver с правами суперпользователя?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "" +-"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " +-"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." +-"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" +-msgstr "" +-"Conserver можно настроить на работу с правами суперпользователя или " +-"пользователя 'conservr'. При работе без прав суперпользователя " +-"невозможно использовать теневые пароли в файле conserver.passwd. " +-"(Подробней смотрите в руководстве по conserver.passwd.)" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" +-msgstr "Преобразовать файлы conserver.cf и conserver.passwd в новый формат?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "" +-"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " +-"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " +-"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " +-"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" +-"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" +-"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " +-"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " +-"files after the conversion!" +-msgstr "" +-"Изменён протокол и форматы файлов! Был пересмотрен клиент/серверный " +-"протокол. Вы *ДОЛЖНЫ* использовать клиента версии 8.0.1 с сервером " +-"версии 8.0.1. Эти версии клиента и сервера не будут работать с версиями " +-"до pre-8.0.0. Был изменён формат конфигурационных файлов " +-"conserver.cf и conserver.passwd, подробней об этом написано в /" +-"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian. Файлы /etc/" +-"conserver/conserver.cf и /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd будут преобразованы " +-"в новый формат, а их оригиналы будут сохранены под тем ми же именами с " +-"суффиксом .OLD. Проверьте правильность файлов после преобразования!" +- +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/sv.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/sv.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/sv.po 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/sv.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,188 +0,0 @@ +-# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext +-# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to +-# this format, e.g. by running: +-# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' +-# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' +-# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at +-# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans +-# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans +-# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. +-# , fuzzy +-# Joergen Haegg , 2005. +-# +-# +-msgid "" +-msgstr "" +-"Project-Id-Version: conserver 8.1.15-3\n" +-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" +-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" +-"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-29 20:35+0100\n" +-"Last-Translator: Jörgen Hägg \n" +-"Language-Team: Swedish\n" +-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" +-msgstr "Vill du konfigurera console automatiskt?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " +-"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " +-"questions" +-msgstr "" +-"Genom att sätta denna till sant kommer /etc/conserver/console.cf att " +-"editeras och ersätta CONSERVER_MASTER och CONSERVER_PORT med de " +-"konfigurerade värdena i de följande frågorna" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" +-msgstr "Maskinens namn där conserver-demonen är installerad:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " +-"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " +-"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." +-msgstr "" +-"Maskinen där conserver-serverpaketet är installerat. Om detta fält " +-"lämnas tomt kommer klientprogrammet ('console') att använda namnet 'console' " +-"i stället. Demonens maskinnamn kan ändras med flaggan -M." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "The server port number to connect to:" +-msgstr "Portnumret som klientprogrammet ska kontakta:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " +-"number or a service name." +-msgstr "" +-"Ange här det portnummer på servermaskinen som klientprogrammet ('console') " +-"ska kontakta. Det kan vara ett tal eller tjänstens namn." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" +-msgstr "Huvudportnumret för conserverdemonens maskin:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " +-"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " +-"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." +-msgstr "" +-"Ange TCP-porten som huvudprocessen ska lyssna efter klienter på. Det kan " +-"antingen vara ett nummer eller ett tjänstenamn. Det ursrprungliga numret för " +-"conserver är 782. Om demonen inte körs som root måste numret vara större än " +-"1024." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" +-msgstr "Första portnumret för underprocesser till conserver:" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " +-"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " +-"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " +-"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " +-"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " +-"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " +-"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" +-msgstr "" +-"Anger det första portnumer som underprocesser lyssnar på. Varje ny process " +-"börjar leta ledia portnummer från detta nummer och går uppåt tills den når " +-"maxnumret som är lika med antal grupper*2. Conserverdemonen avbryter om det " +-"inte finns lediga portar i det området. Normalt låter conserver " +-"operativsystemet välja en ledig port, detta är vad som händer om fältet är " +-"tomt. (Conserver startar en ny process för varje grupp av terminaler den ska " +-"sköta och ger varje process ett portnummer att lyssna på." +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" +-msgstr "Adressen som demonen lyssnar på (alla adresser om tomt):" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " +-"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " +-"bind to all interfaces." +-msgstr "" +-"Detta sätter den adress som conserverdemonen lyssnar på. Det gör det möjligt " +-"att binda till en specifik ip-adress (exempelvis 127.0.0.1) i stället för " +-"binad till alla tillgängliga 'interface'." +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "Should conserver run as root?" +-msgstr "Ska conserver köras som root?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "" +-"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " +-"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." +-"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" +-msgstr "" +-"Conserver kan konfigureras att köra som root eller som användaren " +-"'conservr'. Det är inte möjligt för den att använda 'shadow'-databasens " +-"lösenord när den kör som annan användade än root. (Se manualen för conserver." +-"passwd för närmare detaljer.)" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" +-msgstr "Omvandla conserver.cf och conserver.passwd till det nya formatet?" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "" +-"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " +-"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " +-"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " +-"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" +-"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" +-"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " +-"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " +-"files after the conversion!" +-msgstr "" +-"Protokoll och filformat har ändrats! Klient-serverprotokollet har gjorts om " +-"helt. Du *måste* använda en 8.0.1-klient mot en 8.0.1-server. Ingen annan " +-"kombination av klient/server kommer att fungera tillsammans med versioner " +-"före 8.0.0. Konfigureringsfilerna conserver.cf och conserver.passwd har båda " +-"nytt format, läs /usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian för mer " +-"detaljer. Om du anger 'Yes' kommer jag att försöka omvandla /etc/conserver/" +-"conserver.cf och /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd till det nya formatet, de " +-"ursprungliga filerna döps om med 'OLD' som suffix. Kontrollera filerna efter " +-"konverteringen!" +- +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/templates.pot conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/templates.pot +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po/templates.pot 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po/templates.pot 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 +@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@ +-# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +-# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER +-# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +-# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +-# +-#, fuzzy +-msgid "" +-msgstr "" +-"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" +-"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" +-"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +-"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +-"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" +-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " +-"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " +-"questions" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " +-"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " +-"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "The server port number to connect to:" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " +-"number or a service name." +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " +-"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " +-"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " +-"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " +-"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " +-"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " +-"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " +-"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " +-"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: string +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 +-msgid "" +-"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " +-"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " +-"bind to all interfaces." +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "Should conserver run as root?" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 +-msgid "" +-"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " +-"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." +-"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" +-msgstr "" +- +-#. Type: boolean +-#. Description +-#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 +-msgid "" +-"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " +-"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " +-"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " +-"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" +-"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" +-"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " +-"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " +-"files after the conversion!" +-msgstr "" +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/cs.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/cs.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/cs.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/cs.po 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@ ++# translation of conserver.po to czech ++# translation of conserver.cs_utf8.po ++# ++# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext ++# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to ++# this format, e.g. by running: ++# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' ++# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' ++# ++# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at ++# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans ++# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans ++# ++# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. ++# ++# Jakub Kasparec , 2007. ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: conserver.cs_utf8\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-27 00:24+0000\n" ++"Last-Translator: Jakub Kasparec \n" ++"Language-Team: czech \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" ++msgstr "Přejete si nakonfigurovat konzoli automaticky?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " ++"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " ++"questions" ++msgstr "" ++"Nastavením této hodnoty na `true' se upraví /etc/conserver/console.cf, ve " ++"kterém se nahradí hodnoty pro CONSERVER_MASTER a CONSERVER_PORT za hodnoty " ++"nastavené v následujících otázkách" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" ++msgstr "Jméno počítače, na který je server conserver nainstalován:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " ++"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " ++"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." ++msgstr "Hostitelské jméno conserveru je jméno počítače, na který je nainstalován balík conserver-server. Pokud ponecháte pole prázdné, použije klient 'console' hostitelské jméno 'console'. Jméno serveru může být změněno za běhu parametrem -M." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "The server port number to connect to:" ++msgstr "Serverové číslo portu pro připojení:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " ++"number or a service name." ++msgstr "Nastavte serverový port conserveru, ke kterému se chcete připojovat. Může to být buď číslo portu nebo název služby." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" ++msgstr "Hlavní číslo portu pro server conserver:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " ++"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " ++"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." ++msgstr "Nastavte TCP port pro hlavní proces, na kterém se bude naslouchat klientům. Toto může být buď číslo portu nebo název služby. Původní číslo portu pro conserver je 782, ale pokud jej nespouštíte jako root, musíte použít vyšší číslo portu než 1024." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" ++msgstr "Základní číslo portu pro potomky conserveru:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " ++"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " ++"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " ++"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " ++"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " ++"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " ++"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" ++msgstr "Nastavte základní port, na kterém budou naslouchat potomci. Každý potomek začne hledat nové porty na zadaném čísle portu a pokračuje směrem vzůru až do dvojnásobku maximálního počtu skupin. Pokud nejsou v tomto rozsahu nalezeny žádné volné porty, conserver skončí. V základním nastavení nechá conserver výběr volného portu na operačním systému. Nezadáte-li nic, použije se výchozí nastavení (conserver vytvoří potomka pro každou skupinu konzolí které musí spravovat a každému procesu přiřadí číslo portu, na kterém má naslouchat)." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" ++msgstr "Adresa pro naslouchání (pokud je prázdná, použije výchozí pro všechny):" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " ++"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " ++"bind to all interfaces." ++msgstr "Zadejte adresu, na které má conserver naslouchat. To umožňuje conserveru se navázat na konkrétní IP adresu (jako `127.0.0.1') místo poslouchání na všech rozhraních. Výchozí je naslouchat na všech rozraních." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "Should conserver run as root?" ++msgstr "Má se conserver spouštět jako root?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "" ++"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " ++"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." ++"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" ++msgstr "Conserver může být nakonfigurován tak, aby se spouštěl pod uživatelem root, nebo jako 'conservr'. Pokud není conserver spuštěn jako root, není možné v passwd conserveru používat stínové heslo. (Pro více informací se podívejte na manuálové stránky conserver.passwd)" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" ++msgstr "Převést conserver.cf a conserver.passwd na nový formát?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " ++"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " ++"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " ++"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" ++"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" ++"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " ++"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " ++"files after the conversion!" ++msgstr "Protokol a formát souboru se změnil! Klient/server protokol byl přebudován. MUSÍTE použít klienta 8.0.1 se serverem 8.0.1. Jiná kombinace klienta/serveru nebude pracovat s kódem před 8.0.0. Konfigurační soubor formátu pro oba conserver.cf a conserver.passwd byl změněn. Přečtěte si prosím /usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian pro další informace. Soubory /etc/conserver/conserver.cf a /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd budou převedeny na nový formát. Staré soubory budou přejmenovány s příponou .OLD. Zkontrolujte prosím změněné soubory!" ++ +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/da.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/da.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/da.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/da.po 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,220 @@ ++# ++# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext ++# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to ++# this format, e.g. by running: ++# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' ++# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' ++# ++# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at ++# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans ++# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans ++# ++# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. ++# ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: conserver 8.1.1\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2004-08-27 14:08+0200\n" ++"Last-Translator: Morten Brix Pedersen \n" ++"Language-Team: Danish \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" ++msgstr "" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " ++"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " ++"questions" ++msgstr "" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" ++msgstr "Værtsnavn hvor din conserver-server er installeret:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++#, fuzzy ++msgid "" ++"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " ++"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " ++"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." ++msgstr "" ++"Conserver-værtsnavnet er værtsnavnet hvor conserver-serveren pakken er " ++"installeret. Klienten, 'console', vil bruge værtsnavnet 'console' hvis du " ++"ikke skriver noget her. Servernavnet kan ændres under kørslen, med -M " ++"tilvalget." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++#, fuzzy ++msgid "The server port number to connect to:" ++msgstr "Indtast serverporten at forbinde til:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " ++"number or a service name." ++msgstr "" ++"Indstil conserver-server porten at forbidne til. Dette kan enten være en " ++"port eller et service navn." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++#, fuzzy ++msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" ++msgstr "Indtast hoved-porten for conserver-serveren:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " ++"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " ++"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." ++msgstr "" ++"Indstil den TCP-port som hoved ('master')-processen skal lytte efter " ++"klienter på. Dette kan være enten en port eller navnet på en service. Den " ++"oprindelige port for conserver er 782. Det skal være højere end 1024 hvis " ++"conserver ikke køres som root." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++#, fuzzy ++msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" ++msgstr "Indtast base-porten for conserver børneprocesser:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " ++"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " ++"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " ++"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " ++"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " ++"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " ++"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" ++msgstr "" ++"Indstil base-porten for børneprocesser at lytte på. Hvert 'barn' starter med " ++"at kigge efter frie porte ved dette port nummer og arbejder opad. Der prøves " ++"max antallet af porte lig med dobbelt så meget som det maksimale tilladte " ++"grupper. Hvis ingen frie porte er tilgængelige i det område, afslutter " ++"conserver. Som standard lader conserver operativsystemet vælge en fri port. " ++"Hvis du ikke skriver noget her, vælges standarden.(Conserver opretter " ++"børneprocesser for hver enkel gruppe af consoles som skal håndteres og " ++"tildeler hver process sin egen port at lytte på.)" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++#, fuzzy ++msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" ++msgstr "Indtast adressen der skal lyttes på (hvis tom, alle adresser):" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " ++"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " ++"bind to all interfaces." ++msgstr "" ++"Indstil adressen der skal lyttes på. Dette tillader conserver at lytte på en " ++"bestemt IP-adresse (f.eks. `127.0.0.1') istedet for på alle enheder. " ++"Standarden er at lytte på alle enheder." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "Should conserver run as root?" ++msgstr "Skal conserver køre som root?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "" ++"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " ++"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." ++"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" ++msgstr "" ++"Conserver kan sættes op til at køre som root eller 'conservr'. Det er ikke " ++"muligt at bruge skyggeadgangskoder hvis der ikke køres som root i conserver." ++"passwd. (Se conserver.passwd manualen for flere detaljer.)" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++#, fuzzy ++msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" ++msgstr "Konvertér conserver.cf og conserver.passwd til nyt format:" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++#, fuzzy ++msgid "" ++"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " ++"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " ++"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " ++"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" ++"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" ++"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " ++"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " ++"files after the conversion!" ++msgstr "" ++"Protokol og filformat er ændret! Klient/server protokollen har fået en ny " ++"arkitektur. Du *SKAL* bruge en 8.0.1 klient med en 8.0.1 server. Ingen " ++"kombination af klient/server vil virke med før-8.0.0 kode. " ++"Opsætningsfilformatet for både conserver.cf og conserver.passwd er blevet " ++"ændret. Læs /usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for flere " ++"detaljer. Ved at svare ja, vil jeg prøve at konvertere /etc/conserver/" ++"conserver.cf og /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd til det nye format. De gamle " ++"filer vil blive omdøbt med .OLD som endelse. Du bør tjekke filerne selv " ++"efter konverteringen!" ++ ++#~ msgid "Protocol has changed with version 8.0.0 and 8.0.1!" ++#~ msgstr "Protokollen er blevet ændret med version 8.0.0 og 8.0.1!" ++ ++#~ msgid "" ++#~ "Version 8.0.0: The client/server protocol has been rearchitected. You " ++#~ "*MUST* use an 8.0.0 client with an 8.0.0 server. No combination of " ++#~ "client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. Version 8.0.1: There's a " ++#~ "slight client/server protocol change to implement the new 'initcmd' " ++#~ "console option. If you use this functionality with an 8.0.0 client, " ++#~ "you'll run into a compatibility problem while the 'initcmd' command is " ++#~ "running. Please read /usr/share/doc/conserver-client/README.Debian for " ++#~ "more details." ++#~ msgstr "" ++#~ "Version 8.0.0: Klient/server-protokollen har fået en ny arkitektur. Du " ++#~ "*SKAL* brug en 8.0.0 klient med en 8.0.0 server. Ingen kombination af " ++#~ "klient/server vil virke med før-8.0.0 kode. Version 8.0.1: Der er en " ++#~ "mindre klient/server ændring i protokollen for at implementere det nye " ++#~ "'initcmd' console tilvalg. Hvis du bruger denne funktionalitet med en " ++#~ "8.0.0 klient, vil du løbe ind i kompatibilitetsproblemer hvis 'initcmd' " ++#~ "kommandoen kører. Læs /usR/share/doc/conserver-client/README.Debian for " ++#~ "flere detaljer." ++ ++#~ msgid "conserver is compiled with tcp-wrappers" ++#~ msgstr "conserver er kompileret med tcp-wrappers" ++ ++#~ msgid "Use the name 'conserver' in the tcp_wrapper config files." ++#~ msgstr "Brug navnet 'conserver' i tcp_wrapper opsætningsfilerne." +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/de.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/de.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/de.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/de.po 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ ++# Translation of conserver debconf templates to German ++# Copyright (C) Sebastian Feltel , 2004. ++# Copyright (C) Helge Kreutzmann , 2006, 2007. ++# This file is distributed under the same license as the conserver package. ++# ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: conserver 8.1.15-1\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-28 06:07+0100\n" ++"Last-Translator: Helge Kreutzmann \n" ++"Language-Team: German \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=ISO-8859-15\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" ++msgstr "Mchten Sie die Konsole automatisch konfigurieren?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " ++"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " ++"questions" ++msgstr "" ++"Wenn Sie dies auf wahr setzen, dann wird /etc/conserver/console.cf " ++"bearbeitet und CONSERVER_MASTER und CONSERVER_PORT mit den aus den nchsten " ++"Fragen konfigurierten Werten ersetzt." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" ++msgstr "Hostnamen des Rechners, auf dem Ihr Conserver-Server installiert ist:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " ++"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " ++"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." ++msgstr "" ++"Der Conserver-Hostname ist der Hostname des Rechners, auf dem das conserver-" ++"server-Paket installiert ist. Der Client console wird, wenn nichts anderes " ++"angegeben ist, den Hostnamen console verwenden. Der Servername kann zur " ++"Programmlaufzeit mit der Option -M gendert werden." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "The server port number to connect to:" ++msgstr "Server-Port, mit dem verbunden werden soll:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " ++"number or a service name." ++msgstr "" ++"Setzt den Conserver-Server-Port, mit den verbunden werden soll. Dies kann " ++"entweder eine Portnummer oder ein Servicename sein." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" ++msgstr "Hauptportnummer des Conserver-Servers:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " ++"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " ++"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." ++msgstr "" ++"Setzt den TCP-Port, auf dem der Hauptprozess auf Clients lauschen soll. Dies " ++"kann entweder eine Portnummer oder ein Servicename sein. Die ursprngliche " ++"Portnummer fr Conserver ist 782; sie muss hher als 1024 sein, falls er " ++"nicht mit root-Rechten luft." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" ++msgstr "Basis-Portnummer der Conserver-Kinder:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " ++"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " ++"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " ++"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " ++"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " ++"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " ++"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" ++msgstr "" ++"Setzt die Basis-Portnummer, an der die Kinder lauschen sollen. Jedes Kind " ++"beginnt an dieser Portnummer mit der Suche nach einem freien Port und " ++"arbeitet sich nach oben. Hierbei werden maximal doppelt so viele Ports " ++"versucht wie Gruppen existieren. Falls in diesem Bereich keine freien Ports " ++"existieren, beendet sich Conserver. Standardmig lsst Conserver das " ++"Betriebssystem einen freien Port auswhlen. Leere Eingabe whlt die " ++"Standardeinstellung (Conserver spaltet fr jede Konsolen-Gruppe die es " ++"verwalten muss ein Kind ab und weist jedem Prozess eine Portnummer zu, auf " ++"der er lauschen soll)." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" ++msgstr "" ++"Die Adresse, auf der gelauscht werden soll (falls leer wird auf " ++"allen Adressen gelauscht):" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " ++"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " ++"bind to all interfaces." ++msgstr "" ++"Stellt die Adressen ein, auf denen gelauscht werden soll. Dies erlaubt es " ++"Conserver, sich auf eine spezielle IP-Adresse (wie 127.0.0.1) statt auf " ++"alle Schnittstellen zu binden. Standardmig bindet er sich an alle " ++"Schnittstellen." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "Should conserver run as root?" ++msgstr "Soll Conserver unter Root laufen?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "" ++"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " ++"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." ++"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" ++msgstr "" ++"Conserver kann so konfiguriert werden, dass er unter root oder unter " ++"conservr laufen kann. Es ist nicht mglich, die Shadow-Passwrter in " ++"conserver.passwd zu verwenden, falls Conserver nicht unter root luft (lesen " ++"Sie das Handbuch fr conserver.passwd fr weitere Details)." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" ++msgstr "Konvertiere conserver.cf und conserver.passwd in das neue Format?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " ++"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " ++"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " ++"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" ++"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" ++"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " ++"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " ++"files after the conversion!" ++msgstr "" ++"Protokoll- und Datei-Format haben sich gendert! Das Client-Server-Protokoll " ++"wurde neu strukturiert. Sie *MSSEN* einen 8.0.1-Client mit einem 8.0.1-" ++"Server verwenden. Keine Kombination von Client/Server wird mit pre-8.0.0-" ++"Code funktionieren. Das Konfigurationsdateiformat wurde sowohl fr conserver." ++"cf als auch fr conserver.passwd gendert, bitte lesen Sie /usr/share/doc/" ++"conserver-server/README.Debian fr weitere Details./etc/conserver/conserver.cf" ++"und /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd werden in das neue Format konvertiert, " ++"die alte Datei bekommt die Endung .OLD. Bitte berprfen Sie die Dateien nach " ++"der Konvertierung!" ++ ++#~ msgid "The conserver hostname" ++#~ msgstr "Der Conserver-Hostname" +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/eu.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/eu.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/eu.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/eu.po 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@ ++# translation of conserver-eu.po to Euskara ++# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER ++# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. ++# ++# Piarres Beobide , 2008. ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: conserver-eu\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-16 11:46+0200\n" ++"Last-Translator: Piarres Beobide \n" ++"Language-Team: Euskara \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" ++msgstr "Kontsola automatikoki konfiguratu nahi al duzu?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " ++"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " ++"questions" ++msgstr "" ++"Hau bai bezala ezartzean /etc/conserver/console.cf editatuko da eta " ++"CONSERVER_MASTER eta CONSERVER_PORT eremuak hurrengo galderetako " ++"erantzunekin ordeztuko dira" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" ++msgstr "Conserver zerbitzaria instalaturik dagoen ostalari-izena:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " ++"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " ++"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." ++msgstr "" ++"Conserver ostalari-izena conserver-server paketea instalaturik dagoen makinaren " ++"ostalari-izena da. Bezeroak ('console') 'console' erabiliko du ostalari-izen gisa " ++"zurian utziaz. Zerbitzari izena aldatu egin daiteke exekuzio bitartean -M aukeraren bidez." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "The server port number to connect to:" ++msgstr "Konektatzeko zerbitzari ataka:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " ++"number or a service name." ++msgstr "" ++"Zehaztu konektatzeko erabili behar den conserver zerbitzari ataka. Ataka " ++"zenbaki bat edo zerbitzu izen bat izan behar da." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" ++msgstr "Conserver zerbitzariaren ataka nagusiaren zenbakia:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " ++"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " ++"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." ++msgstr "" ++"Ezarri bezeroak itxoiten dituen prozesu nagusiaren TCP ataka. Ataka zenbaki bat " ++"edo zerbitzu izen bat izan behar da. Conserver-en jatorrizko ataka zenbakia " ++"782 da, 1024 baina handiagoa izan behar da ez-root gisa exekutatzeko." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" ++msgstr "Conserver semearen oinarri ataka zenbakia:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " ++"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " ++"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " ++"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " ++"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " ++"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " ++"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" ++msgstr "" ++"Semeak entzuteko oinarri ataka ezarri. Seme bakoitza ataka libreen bila " ++"ataka zenbaki honetatik hasiko da gero goraka joateko talde kopuruaren ataka " ++"kopuru bikoitza probatzen. Tartean ez bada ataka librerik aurkitzen conserver " ++"irten egingo da. Lehenespen gisa conserver-ek sistema eragileari uzten dio ataka " ++"libre bat hautatzen. Sarrera hutsak lehenespena onartzen du (Conserver-ek seme " ++"bat sortu eta entzuteko ataka zenbaki bat ezartzen du kudeatu behar duen kontsola " ++"talde bakoitzarentzat.)" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" ++msgstr "Entzuteko helbidea (helbide guztiak erabiliko dira hutsa utziaz gero):" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " ++"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " ++"bind to all interfaces." ++msgstr "" ++"Entzuteko helbidea ezarri. Honek conserver-en IP helbide zehatz batera " ++"(`127.0.0.1' bezalakoak) lotzeko aukera ematen du interfaze guztiak entzun " ++"ordez. Lehenetsia interfaze guztietara lotzea da." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "Should conserver run as root?" ++msgstr "Conserver root gisa exekutatu behar al da?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "" ++"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " ++"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." ++"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" ++msgstr "" ++"Conserver root gisa edo 'conservr' gisa exekutatzeko konfiguratu daiteke. Ez " ++"da posible itzalpeko pasahitzak erabiltzea conserver pasahitzean ez-root gisa " ++"exekutatzen bada. (Ikusi conserver.passwd manuala xehetasun gehiagorako.)" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" ++msgstr "Bihurtu conserver.cf eta conserver.passwd formatu berrira?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " ++"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " ++"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " ++"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" ++"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" ++"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " ++"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " ++"files after the conversion!" ++msgstr "" ++"Protokolo eta fitxategi formatua aldatu egin dira. Bezero/zerbitzari protokoloa " ++"berregin egin da. 8.0.1 bezero bat erabili *BEHAR* duzu 8.0.1 zerbitzariarekin. " ++"Bezero/zerbitzari nahasketarik ez da onartzen 8.0.0 aurreko kodearekin. Bai " ++"conserver.cf eta bai conserver.passwd fitxategien formatua aldatu egin da, ikusi /" ++"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian xehetasun gehiagorako. /etc/" ++"conserver/conserver.cf eta /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd fitxategiak formatu " ++" berrira aldatuko dira eta fitxategi zaharrak .OLD atzizkiarekin berrizendatuko dira. " ++"Egiaztatu fitxategiak bihurketa ondoren!" ++ +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/fi.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/fi.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/fi.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/fi.po 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@ ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: conserver\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-21 22:17+0200\n" ++"Last-Translator: Esko Arajärvi \n" ++"Language-Team: Finnish \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++"X-Poedit-Language: Finnish\n" ++"X-Poedit-Country: FINLAND\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" ++msgstr "Tulisiko konsolin asetukset tehdä automaattisesti?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next questions" ++msgstr "Jos tämä valitaan, muokataan tiedostoa /etc/conserver/console.cf ja korvataan muuttujien CONSERVER_MASTER ja CONSERVER_PORT arvot seuraavissa kysymyksissä." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" ++msgstr "conserver-palvelimen konenimi:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." ++msgstr "conserverin käyttämä konenimi on sen koneen nimi, jolle paketti conserver-server on asennettu. Asiakas ”console” käyttää konenimeä ”console”, jos kenttä jätetään tyhjäksi. Palvelimen nimi voidaan vaihtaa ajon aikana valitsimella -M." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "The server port number to connect to:" ++msgstr "Palvelimen portti, johon yhteys otetaan:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port number or a service name." ++msgstr "Anna conserver-palvelimen portti, johon yhteys otetaan. Tämä voi olla joko portin numero tai palvelun nimi." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" ++msgstr "conserver-palvelimen pääportti:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." ++msgstr "Aseta TCP-portti, jossa pääprosessi kuuntelee asiakkaita. Tämä voi olla joko portin numero tai palvelun nimi. conserverin alkuperäinen portin numero on 782, mutta sen tulee olla suurempi kuin 1024, jos sitä ei ajeta pääkäyttäjänä." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" ++msgstr "Perusportti conserverin lapsille:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. (Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" ++msgstr "Anna perusportti, jota lapset kuuntelevat. Jokainen lapsi etsii vapaata porttia alkaen tästä numerosta ja jatkaen ylöspäin. Enimmillään kokeillaan kaksi kertaa ryhmien enimmäismäärän verran portteja. Jos tällä alueella ei ole vapaita portteja, conserver lopetetaan. Oletuksena conserver antaa käyttöjärjestelmän valita vapaan portin. Tämä oletusarvo voidaan valita jättämällä kenttä tyhjäksi. (Conserver haarauttaa lapsiprosessin jokaista hallinnoimaansa konsoliryhmää varten ja antaa jokaiselle prosessille kuunneltavan portin.)" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" ++msgstr "Kuunneltava osoite (oletuksena kaikki, jos tyhjä):" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to bind to all interfaces." ++msgstr "Anna osoite, jota kuunnellaan. Tällä conserver voidaan asettaa kuuntelemaan tiettyä IP-osoitetta (kuten ”127.0.0.1”) kaikkien liitäntöjen sijaan. Oletuksena kuunnellaan kaikkia liitäntöjä." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "Should conserver run as root?" ++msgstr "Tulisiko conserver ajaa pääkäyttäjänä?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver.passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" ++msgstr "conserver voidaan ajaa pääkäyttäjänä tai käyttäjänä ”conservr”. Varjosalasanoja ei voida käyttää tiedostossa conserver.passwd, jos ohjelmaa ei ajeta pääkäyttäjänä. (Lisätietoja löytyy conserver.passwd:n ohjeista.)" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" ++msgstr "Muunnetaanko conserver.cf ja conserver.passwd uuteen muotoon?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the files after the conversion!" ++msgstr "Yhteyskäytäntö ja tiedostomuoto ovat muuttuneet! Asiakkaan ja palvelimen välinen yhteyskäytäntö on suunniteltu uudelleen. Palvelimen version 8.0.1 kanssa *TÄYTYY* käyttää version 8.0.1 asiakasta. Mitkään aiemmat asiakas- tai palvelinversiot eivät toimi. Asetustiedostojen conserver.cf ja conserver.passwd muoto on muuttunut. Lisätietoja löytyy tiedostosta /usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian. Tiedostot /etc/conserver/conserver.cf ja /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd voidaan nyt muuntaa uuteen muotoon. Vanhojen versioiden nimien perään lisätään pääte ”.OLD”. Tarkista tiedostot muunnoksen jälkeen!" ++ +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/fr.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/fr.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/fr.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/fr.po 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ ++# translation of fr.po to French ++# ++# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext ++# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to ++# this format, e.g. by running: ++# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' ++# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' ++# ++# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at ++# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans ++# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans ++# ++# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. ++# ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: conserver 8.1.1\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-02-01 10:37+0100\n" ++"Last-Translator: Clément Stenac \n" ++"Language-Team: French \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++"X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" ++msgstr "Souhaitez-vous configurer la console automatiquement ?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " ++"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " ++"questions" ++msgstr "" ++"Si vous choisissez cette option, les valeurs CONSERVER_MASTER et " ++"CONSERVER_PORT du fichier « /etc/conserver/console.cf » seront remplacées " ++"par les réponses aux questions suivantes." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" ++msgstr "Nom de l'hôte où est installé le serveur « conserver » :" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " ++"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " ++"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." ++msgstr "" ++"Veuillez indiquer le nom de l'hôte où est installé le paquet conserver-" ++"server. Le client, « console », utilisera le nom d'hôte « console » si ce " ++"champ est laissé vide. Le nom du serveur peut être modifié en lançant " ++"l'exécution avec l'option -M." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "The server port number to connect to:" ++msgstr "Numéro du port de connexion sur le serveur :" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " ++"number or a service name." ++msgstr "" ++"Veuillez choisir le port où le serveur est à l'écoute. Vous pouvez indiquer " ++"un numéro de port ou un nom de service." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" ++msgstr "Numéro du port maître pour le serveur « conserver » :" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " ++"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " ++"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." ++msgstr "" ++"Veuillez choisir le port TCP sur lequel le processus maître sera à l'écoute. " ++"Vous pouvez indiquer un numéro de port ou un nom de service." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" ++msgstr "Numéro du port de base pour les processus fils « conserver » :" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " ++"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " ++"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " ++"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " ++"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " ++"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " ++"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" ++msgstr "" ++"Veuillez choisir le port de base sur lequel les fils écouteront. Chaque fils " ++"cherchera des ports libres à partir de ce numéro de port, en essayant au " ++"maximum un nombre de ports égal à deux fois le nombre maximal de groupes. Si " ++"aucun port n'est disponible dans cette plage, « conserver » s'arrête. Par " ++"défaut, « conserver » laisse le système d'exploitation choisir un port " ++"libre. La valeur par défaut sera utilisée si vous laissez ce champ libre. " ++"« conserver » crée un fils pour chaque groupe de consoles qu'il doit " ++"administrer et assigne à chaque processus un numéro de port sur lequel " ++"écouter." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" ++msgstr "Adresse d'écoute (toutes si champ vide) :" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " ++"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " ++"bind to all interfaces." ++msgstr "" ++"Veuillez choisir l'adresse sur laquelle écouter. « conserver » sera alors à " ++"l'écoute sur une seule adresse IP (telle que « 127.0.0.1 ») et non sur " ++"toutes les interfaces. Par défaut il sera à l'écoute sur toutes les " ++"interfaces." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "Should conserver run as root?" ++msgstr "" ++"Souhaitez-vous que « conserver » s'exécute en tant que superutilisateur ?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "" ++"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " ++"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." ++"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" ++msgstr "" ++"Le logiciel « conserver » peut être configuré pour s'exécuter avec les " ++"privilèges du superutilisateur ou ceux de « conserver ». Il n'est pas " ++"possible d'utiliser les mots de passe cachés (« shadow passwords ») avec " ++"« conserver » s'il ne s'exécute pas en tant que superutilisateur. Veuillez " ++"consulter le manuel de conserver.passwd pour plus de détails." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" ++msgstr "Faut-il convertir conserver.cf et conserver.passwd au nouveau format ?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " ++"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " ++"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " ++"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" ++"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" ++"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " ++"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " ++"files after the conversion!" ++msgstr "" ++"Le protocole et le format de fichier ont changé. Le protocole client/serveur " ++"a subi des modifications d'architecture. Vous *DEVEZ* utiliser un " ++"client 8.0.1 avec un serveur 8.0.1. Aucune combinaison de client/serveur ne " ++"fonctionnera avec les versions antérieures à la version 8.0.0. Les formats " ++"du fichier de configuration de conserver.cf et conserver.passwd ont changé " ++"et vous devez lire /usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian pour plus " ++"de détails. Si vous choisissez cette option, les fichiers /etc/conserver/" ++"conserver.cf et /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd seront convertis vers le " ++"nouveau format. Les anciens fichiers seront renommés avec le suffixe .OLD. " ++"Veuillez vérifier les fichiers après la conversion." +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/gl.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/gl.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/gl.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/gl.po 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@ ++# Galician translation of conserver's debconf templates ++# This file is distributed under the same license as the conserver package. ++# Jacobo Tarrio , 2008. ++# ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: conserver\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-16 19:44+0100\n" ++"Last-Translator: Jacobo Tarrio \n" ++"Language-Team: Galician \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" ++msgstr "¿Quere configurar a consola automaticamente?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " ++"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " ++"questions" ++msgstr "" ++"Se acepta hase modificar o ficheiro /etc/conserver/console.cf, substituindo " ++"CONSERVER_MASTER e CONSERVER_PORT polos valores que se configuren nas " ++"seguintes preguntas." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" ++msgstr "Nome do servidor no que o servidor conserver está instalado:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " ++"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " ++"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." ++msgstr "" ++"O nome de conserver é o nome od servidor no que o paquete conserver-server " ++"está instalado. O cliente, \"console\", ha empregar o nome \"console\" se se " ++"deixa baleiro. O nome do servidor pódese cambiar á hora de executalo " ++"mediante a opción -M." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "The server port number to connect to:" ++msgstr "Número do porto do servidor no que se conectar:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " ++"number or a service name." ++msgstr "" ++"Estabreza o porto do servidor conserver ao que se conectar. Pode ser un " ++"número de porto ou nome de servizo." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" ++msgstr "Número de porto mestre para o servidor conserver:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " ++"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " ++"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." ++msgstr "" ++"Estabreza o porto TCP para que o proceso mestre escoite á espera de " ++"clientes. Pode ser un número de porto ou un nome de servizo. O número de " ++"porto orixinal de conserver é 782, e debe ser maior de 1024 se non se " ++"executa coma administrador." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" ++msgstr "Número de porto base para os fillos de conserver:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " ++"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " ++"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " ++"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " ++"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " ++"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " ++"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" ++msgstr "" ++"Estabreza o porto base para que os fillos escoiten. Cada fillo comeza a " ++"buscar portos libres neste número de porto e vai subindo, tentando un número " ++"máximo de portos igual ao dobre do número máximo de grupos. Se non hai " ++"portos libres nese rango, conserver sae. Se se deixa en branco escóllese o " ++"valor por defecto. Conserver executa un proceso fillo por cada grupo de " ++"consolas que ten que xestionar, e asigna a cada proceso un número de porto " ++"no que escoitar." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" ++msgstr "O enderezo no que escoitar (se se deixa baleiro, tódolos enderezos):" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " ++"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " ++"bind to all interfaces." ++msgstr "" ++"Estabreza o enderezo no que escoitar. Isto fai que conserver quede ligado a " ++"un enderezo IP determinado (tal coma \"127.0.0.1\") no canto de tódalas " ++"interfaces. Por defecto lígase a tódalas interfaces." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "Should conserver run as root?" ++msgstr "¿Quere que conserver se execute coma administrador?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "" ++"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " ++"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." ++"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" ++msgstr "" ++"Pódese configurar conserver para funcionar coma administrador ou coma o " ++"usuario \"conservr\". Non é posible empregar os contrasinais \"shadow\" se " ++"non se executa coma administrador en conserver.passwd. Consulte a páxina de " ++"manual de conserver.passwd para máis detalles." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" ++msgstr "¿Convertir conserver.cf e conserver.passwd ao novo formato?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " ++"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " ++"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " ++"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" ++"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" ++"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " ++"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " ++"files after the conversion!" ++msgstr "" ++"Os formatos do protocolo e dos ficheiros cambiaron. Redeseñouse o protocolo " ++"cliente/servidor. Debe empregar un cliente 8.0.1 cun servidor 8.0.1. " ++"Ningunha combinación de cliente/servidor ha funcionar co código anterior a " ++"8.0.0. O formato dos ficheiros de configuración conserver.cf e conserver." ++"passwd tamén cambiou; consulte /usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian " ++"para máis detalles. Hanse convertir os ficheiros /etc/conserver/conserver.cf " ++"e /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd ao novo formato, e os ficheiros antigos " ++"hanse conservar con .OLD engadido ao seu nome. Verifique os ficheiros " ++"despois da conversión." +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/nl.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/nl.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/nl.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/nl.po 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,192 @@ ++# ++# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext ++# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to ++# this format, e.g. by running: ++# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' ++# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' ++# ++# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at ++# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans ++# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans ++# ++# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. ++# ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: conserver 8.1.1-2\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-30 19:33+0100\n" ++"Last-Translator: Thijs Kinkhorst \n" ++"Language-Team: Debian l10n Dutch \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" ++msgstr "Wilt u 'console' automatisch configureren?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " ++"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " ++"questions" ++msgstr "" ++"Als u dit bevestigt, zal /etc/conserver/console.cf bewerkt worden om " ++"CONSERVER_MASTER en CONSERVER_PORT te vervangen door de waardes die u " ++"in de volgende vragen kunt opgeven." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" ++msgstr "Naam van de computer waar uw conserver-server is geïnstalleerd:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " ++"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " ++"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." ++msgstr "" ++"De conserver-computernaam is de naam van de computer waar het " ++"'conserver-server'-pakket is geïnstalleerd. De client, 'console', zal de " ++"computernaam 'console' gebruiken als er geen wordt opgegeven. De servernaam " ++"kan tijdens uitvoer gewijzigd worden met de '-M'-optie." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "The server port number to connect to:" ++msgstr "Geef het serverpoortnummer om naar te verbinden:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " ++"number or a service name." ++msgstr "" ++"Geef het poortnummer van de conserver-server waarnaar u wilt verbinden. Dit " ++"is ofwel een poortnummer, ofwel een naam van een dienst." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" ++msgstr "Geef het hoofd-poortnummer voor de conserver-server:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " ++"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " ++"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." ++msgstr "" ++"Geef de TCP-poort waarop het hoofdproces moet luisteren naar clients. Dit is " ++"ofwel een poortnummer ofwel een naam van een dienst. Het oorspronkelijke " ++"poortnummer voor conserver is 782, maar het moet hoger zijn dan 1024 als het " ++"proces draait als niet-root." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" ++msgstr "Geef het basis-poortnummer voor de conserver-kinderen:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " ++"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " ++"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " ++"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " ++"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " ++"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " ++"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" ++msgstr "" ++"Geef de basispoort waarop kinderen moeten luisteren. Elk kind begint te " ++"zoeken naar vrije poorten vanaf dit poortnummer en hoger. Het probeert een " ++"een aantal poorten tot tweemaal het maximale aantal " ++"groepen. Als er geen vrije poorten beschikbaar zijn in dit bereik, dan stopt " ++"conserver. Standaard laat conserver het besturingssysteem een vrije poort " ++"kiezen. Geen invoer selecteert de standaard. (Conserver forkt een kind voor " ++"elke groep consoles die het moet beheren en geeft aan elk proces een " ++"poortnummer om op te luisteren.)" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" ++msgstr "" ++"Het adres waarop geluisterd moet worden (alle adressen als geen " ++"invoer):" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " ++"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " ++"bind to all interfaces." ++msgstr "" ++"Geef het adres om op te luisteren. Dit laat toe om conserver te verbinden " ++"aan een bepaald IP-adres (zoals `127.0.0.1') in plaats van alle interfaces. " ++"De standaard is om te verbinden met alle interfaces." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "Should conserver run as root?" ++msgstr "Moet conserver als root worden gedraaid?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "" ++"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " ++"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." ++"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" ++msgstr "" ++"Conserver kan geconfigureerd worden om als root of als 'conservr' te " ++"draaien. Het is niet mogelijk om het schaduwwachtwoord in conserver.passwd " ++"te gebruiken als het draait als niet-root. (Zie de manpagina van conserver." ++"passwd voor meer details.)" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" ++msgstr "Converteer conserver.cf en conserver.passwd naar het nieuwe formaat?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " ++"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " ++"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " ++"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" ++"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" ++"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " ++"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " ++"files after the conversion!" ++msgstr "" ++"Protocol en bestandsformaat zijn gewijzigd! Het client/server-protocol is " ++"opnieuw ontworpen. U *MOET* een 8.0.1-client gebruiken met een 8.0.1-server. " ++"Een client/server-combinatie met pre-8.0.0-code zal niet werken. Het " ++"bestandsformaat van de configuratiebestanden conserver.cf en conserver." ++"passwd is gewijzigd, lees /usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian voor " ++"meer details. Door bevestigend te antwoorden zal getracht worden /etc/" ++"conserver/conserver.cf en /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd te converteren " ++"naar het nieuwe formaat. De oude bestanden zullen hernoemd worden met een ." ++"OLD-suffix. Controleer de bestanden na de conversie!" ++ +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/POTFILES.in conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/POTFILES.in +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/POTFILES.in 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/POTFILES.in 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ ++[type: gettext/rfc822deb] conserver-client.templates ++[type: gettext/rfc822deb] conserver-server.templates +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/pt_BR.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/pt_BR.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/pt_BR.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/pt_BR.po 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ ++# conserver Brazilian Portuguese translation ++# Copyright (C) 2008 THE conserver'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER ++# This file is distributed under the same license as the conserver package. ++# Eder L. Marques (frolic) , 2008. ++# ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: conserver\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-28 12:13-0300\n" ++"Last-Translator: Eder L. Marques (frolic) \n" ++"Language-Team: l10n Portuguese \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++"pt_BR utf-8\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" ++msgstr "Você gostaria de configurar o console automaticamente?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " ++"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " ++"questions" ++msgstr "" ++"Definir este como verdadeiro editará /etc/conserver/console.cf e substituirá " ++"CONSERVER_MASTER e CONSERVER_PORT com os valores configurados nas próximas " ++"questões" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" ++msgstr "Nome da máquina onde o servidor conserver está instalado:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " ++"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " ++"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." ++msgstr "" ++"O nome da máquina do conserver é o nome da máquina onde o pacote conserver-" ++"server está instalado. O cliente, 'console', usará o nome da máquina " ++"'console' se for deixado em branco. O nome do servidor pode ser alterado em " ++"tempo de execução com a opção -M." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "The server port number to connect to:" ++msgstr "Número da porta do servidor a conectar:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " ++"number or a service name." ++msgstr "" ++"Configure a porta do servidor conserver a conectar. Isto pode ser tanto um " ++"número da porta quanto um nome de serviço." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" ++msgstr "Número da porta mestre para o servidor conserver:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " ++"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " ++"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." ++msgstr "" ++"Configure a porta TCP para o processo mestre escutar por clientes. Isto pode " ++"ser o número da porta ou um nome de serviço. O número da porta original para " ++"o conserver é 782, deve ser maior que 1024 se executado como não-root." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" ++msgstr "Número da porta base para os filhos do conserver:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " ++"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " ++"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " ++"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " ++"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " ++"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " ++"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" ++msgstr "" ++"Configure a porta base para os filhos escutarem. Cada filho inicia " ++"procurando por portas livres a partir deste número de porta e subindo, " ++"tentando um número máximo de portas igual ao dobro do número máximo de " ++"grupos. Se não há portas livres disponíveis neste intervalo, o conserver " ++"encerrará. Por padrão, o conserver deixa o sistema operacional escolher uma " ++"porta livre. Deixar em branco seleciona o padrão. (Conserver cria - \"fork\" " ++"- um filho para cada grupo de consoles que ele tem que gerenciar e atribui a " ++"cada processo um número de porta para escutar)." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" ++msgstr "O endereço para escutar (se vazio, o padrão será todos os endereços):" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " ++"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " ++"bind to all interfaces." ++msgstr "" ++"Defina o endereço no qual escutar. Isto permite ao conserver vincular-se a " ++"um endereço IP em particular (como '127.0.0.1') ao invés de todas as " ++"interfaces. O padrão é vincular-se a todas as interfaces." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "Should conserver run as root?" ++msgstr "O conserver deveria ser executado como root?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "" ++"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " ++"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." ++"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" ++msgstr "" ++"O conserver pode ser configurado para ser executado como root ou como " ++"'conservr'. Não é possível usar uma senha shadow se estiver sendo executado " ++"como não-root em conserver.passwd. (Veja o manual do conserver.passwd para " ++"mais detalhes)." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" ++msgstr "Converter o conserver.cf e conserver.passwd para o novo formato?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " ++"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " ++"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " ++"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" ++"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" ++"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " ++"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " ++"files after the conversion!" ++msgstr "" ++"O protocolo e o formato do arquivo mudaram! O protocolo cliente/servidor foi " ++"rearquitetado. Você *DEVE* usar um cliente 8.0.1 com um servidor 8.0.1. " ++"Nenhuma combinação de cliente/servidor funcionará com códigos pré-8.0.0. O " ++"formato do arquivo de configuração para ambos conserver.cf e conserver." ++"passwd foram alterados, leia /usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian " ++"para mais detalhes. O /etc/conserver/conserver.cf e /etc/conserver/conserver." ++"passwd serão convertidos para o novo formato e os antigos serão renomeados " ++"com o sufixo .OLD. Cheque os arquivos após a conversão!" +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/pt.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/pt.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/pt.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/pt.po 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@ ++# Portuguese translation of conserver's debconf messages. ++# Rui Branco , 2007 - initial translation ++# ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: conserver\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-28 12:43+0000\n" ++"Last-Translator: Rui Branco \n" ++"Language-Team: Portuguese \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" ++msgstr "Deseja configurar a consola automaticamente?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " ++"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " ++"questions" ++msgstr "" ++"Ao responder afirmativamente será editado o /etc/conserver/console.cf e " ++"substituirá o CONSERVER_MASTER e CONSERVER_PORT com os valores a configurar " ++"nas próximas questões" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" ++msgstr "Nome da máquina onde o servidor conserser está instalado:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " ++"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " ++"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." ++msgstr "" ++"O nome da máquina conserver é o nome da máquina onde o pacote conserver-" ++"server está instalado. O cliente 'console' terá o nome da máquina 'console' " ++"se este ficar em branco. O nome de servidor pode ser alterado durante a " ++"execução com a opção -M." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "The server port number to connect to:" ++msgstr "Número da porta no servidor para a ligação a este:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " ++"number or a service name." ++msgstr "" ++"Defina a porta em qual o servidor conserver se ligará. Esta pode ser ou um " ++"número de porta ou um nome de serviço." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" ++msgstr "Número de porta principal para o servidor conserver:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " ++"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " ++"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." ++msgstr "" ++"Defina a porta TCP de escuta do processo principal para os clientes. Esta " ++"pode ser um número de porta ou um nome de serviço. O número de porta " ++"original para o conserver é 782, tem que ser maior que 1024 se correr como " ++"não-root." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" ++msgstr "Número de porta de base para os processos filhos do conserver:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " ++"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " ++"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " ++"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " ++"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " ++"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " ++"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" ++msgstr "" ++"Defina o número de porta base de escuta para os processos filhos. Cada " ++"processo inicia a procura por portas livres a partir deste número de porta " ++"e, a partir daqui para a frente, tentar um número máximo de portas equivale " ++"a duas vezes o número máximos de grupos. Se não estiverem disponíveis portas " ++"livres naquele intervalo, o conserver termina. Por omissão, o conserver " ++"permite que o sistema operativo escolha outra porta livre. Uma entrada em " ++"branco selecciona a omissão (o Conserver gerá um sub-processo para cada " ++"grupo de consolas que tem que gerir e atribui a cada processo um número de " ++"porta para escutar)" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" ++msgstr "" ++"Endereços para escutar (se deixado em branco o valor por omissão será todos)" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " ++"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " ++"bind to all interfaces." ++msgstr "" ++"Define o endereço para escutar. Isto permite que o conserver se ligue a um " ++"endereço IP particular (como `127.0.0.1') em vez de todas as interfaces. A " ++"omissão é ligar-se a todas as interfaces." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "Should conserver run as root?" ++msgstr "Deverá o conserver correr como root?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "" ++"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " ++"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." ++"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" ++msgstr "" ++"O Conserver pode ser configurado para correr como root ou como 'conservr'. " ++"Não é possível usar o shadow password se correr o conserver como não-root em " ++"conserver.passwd. (Veja o manual para o conserver.passwd para mais detalhes)." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" ++msgstr "Converter o conserver.cf e conserver.passwd para um novo formato?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " ++"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " ++"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " ++"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" ++"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" ++"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " ++"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " ++"files after the conversion!" ++msgstr "" ++"O protocolo e o formato de ficheiro foram alterados! O protocolo cliente/" ++"servidor foi re-arquitectado. *TERÁ* que usar um cliente 8.0.1 com o " ++"servidor 8.0.1. Nenhuma combinação de cliente/servidor irá funcionar com " ++"código pre-8.0.0. O formato do ficheiro de configuração para ambos os " ++"conserver.cf e conserver.passwd foi modificado, leia /usr/share/doc/" ++"conserver-server/README.Debian para mais detalhes. O /etc/conserver/" ++"conserver.cf e /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd será convertida para o novo " ++"formato, a versão antiga será renomeada com o sufixo .OLD. Verifique os " ++"ficheiros após a conversão!" +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/ru.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/ru.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/ru.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/ru.po 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ ++# translation of conserver_8.1.15-2.1_debconf_ru.po to Russian ++# ++# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext ++# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to ++# this format, e.g. by running: ++# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' ++# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' ++# ++# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at ++# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans ++# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans ++# ++# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. ++# ++# Yuri Kozlov , 2007. ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: 8.1.15-2.1\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-28 10:39+0300\n" ++"Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov \n" ++"Language-Team: Russian \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n" ++"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=(n%10==1 && n%100!=11 ? 0 : n%10>=2 && n%10<=4 && (n%100<10 || n%100>=20) ? 1 : 2);\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" ++msgstr "Настроить консоль автоматически?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " ++"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " ++"questions" ++msgstr "" ++"Если ответить утвердительно, то в файле /etc/conserver/console.cf " ++"параметрам CONSERVER_MASTER и CONSERVER_PORT будут присвоены " ++"значения, полученные при ответах на последующие вопросы" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" ++msgstr "Имя хоста, на котором установлен ваш сервер conserver:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " ++"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " ++"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." ++msgstr "" ++"Это имя хоста, на котором установлен пакет conserver-server. Если ничего " ++"не указывать, то клиент 'console' будет использовать имя хоста 'console'. " ++"Имя сервера может быть изменено в время выполнения программы " ++"опцией -M." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "The server port number to connect to:" ++msgstr "Номер порта сервера для соединения:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " ++"number or a service name." ++msgstr "" ++"Укажите номер порта сервера conserver для соединения. Можно указывать " ++"номер порта или имя сервиса." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" ++msgstr "Номер порта мастер сервера conserver:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " ++"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " ++"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." ++msgstr "" ++"Укажите порт TCP мастер процесса, к которому подключаются клиенты. " ++"Можно указывать номер порта или имя сервиса. Порт по умолчанию для " ++"conserver равен 782; если запускать без прав суперпользователя, порт " ++"должен быть больше чем 1024." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" ++msgstr "Базовый номер порта потомков conserver:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " ++"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " ++"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " ++"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " ++"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " ++"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " ++"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" ++msgstr "" ++"Укажите базовый порт, который должны слушать потомки. Каждый " ++"потомок начинает искать свободные порты с этого номера " ++"и увеличивает его, пытаясь найти максимальное число свободных портов, " ++"равное удвоенному максимальному числу групп. Если свободных портов " ++"такого диапазона нет, то conserver завершает работу. По умолчанию " ++"(если ничего не вводить) conserver " ++"позволяет операционной системе выбирать свободный порт. " ++"(Conserver порождает потомка для каждой группы консолей, которой " ++"нужно управлять и назначает каждому процессу номер порта, который " ++"нужно прослушивать.)" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" ++msgstr "" ++"Прослушиваемый адрес (если ничего не вводить, выполняется прослушивание " ++"на всех адресах):" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " ++"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " ++"bind to all interfaces." ++msgstr "" ++"Введите прослушиваемый адрес. Это позволит conserver привязаться только " ++"к определённому IP-адресу (например `127.0.0.1'), а не ко всем интерфейсам. " ++"По умолчанию выполняется привязка ко всем интерфейсам." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "Should conserver run as root?" ++msgstr "Запускать conserver с правами суперпользователя?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "" ++"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " ++"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." ++"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" ++msgstr "" ++"Conserver можно настроить на работу с правами суперпользователя или " ++"пользователя 'conservr'. При работе без прав суперпользователя " ++"невозможно использовать теневые пароли в файле conserver.passwd. " ++"(Подробней смотрите в руководстве по conserver.passwd.)" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" ++msgstr "Преобразовать файлы conserver.cf и conserver.passwd в новый формат?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " ++"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " ++"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " ++"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" ++"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" ++"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " ++"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " ++"files after the conversion!" ++msgstr "" ++"Изменён протокол и форматы файлов! Был пересмотрен клиент/серверный " ++"протокол. Вы *ДОЛЖНЫ* использовать клиента версии 8.0.1 с сервером " ++"версии 8.0.1. Эти версии клиента и сервера не будут работать с версиями " ++"до pre-8.0.0. Был изменён формат конфигурационных файлов " ++"conserver.cf и conserver.passwd, подробней об этом написано в /" ++"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian. Файлы /etc/" ++"conserver/conserver.cf и /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd будут преобразованы " ++"в новый формат, а их оригиналы будут сохранены под тем ми же именами с " ++"суффиксом .OLD. Проверьте правильность файлов после преобразования!" ++ +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/sv.po conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/sv.po +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/sv.po 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/sv.po 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,188 @@ ++# Translators, if you are not familiar with the PO format, gettext ++# documentation is worth reading, especially sections dedicated to ++# this format, e.g. by running: ++# info -n '(gettext)PO Files' ++# info -n '(gettext)Header Entry' ++# Some information specific to po-debconf are available at ++# /usr/share/doc/po-debconf/README-trans ++# or http://www.debian.org/intl/l10n/po-debconf/README-trans ++# Developers do not need to manually edit POT or PO files. ++# , fuzzy ++# Joergen Haegg , 2005. ++# ++# ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: conserver 8.1.15-3\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: 2007-01-29 20:35+0100\n" ++"Last-Translator: Jörgen Hägg \n" ++"Language-Team: Swedish\n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" ++msgstr "Vill du konfigurera console automatiskt?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " ++"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " ++"questions" ++msgstr "" ++"Genom att sätta denna till sant kommer /etc/conserver/console.cf att " ++"editeras och ersätta CONSERVER_MASTER och CONSERVER_PORT med de " ++"konfigurerade värdena i de följande frågorna" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" ++msgstr "Maskinens namn där conserver-demonen är installerad:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " ++"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " ++"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." ++msgstr "" ++"Maskinen där conserver-serverpaketet är installerat. Om detta fält " ++"lämnas tomt kommer klientprogrammet ('console') att använda namnet 'console' " ++"i stället. Demonens maskinnamn kan ändras med flaggan -M." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "The server port number to connect to:" ++msgstr "Portnumret som klientprogrammet ska kontakta:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " ++"number or a service name." ++msgstr "" ++"Ange här det portnummer på servermaskinen som klientprogrammet ('console') " ++"ska kontakta. Det kan vara ett tal eller tjänstens namn." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" ++msgstr "Huvudportnumret för conserverdemonens maskin:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " ++"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " ++"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." ++msgstr "" ++"Ange TCP-porten som huvudprocessen ska lyssna efter klienter på. Det kan " ++"antingen vara ett nummer eller ett tjänstenamn. Det ursrprungliga numret för " ++"conserver är 782. Om demonen inte körs som root måste numret vara större än " ++"1024." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" ++msgstr "Första portnumret för underprocesser till conserver:" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " ++"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " ++"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " ++"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " ++"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " ++"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " ++"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" ++msgstr "" ++"Anger det första portnumer som underprocesser lyssnar på. Varje ny process " ++"börjar leta ledia portnummer från detta nummer och går uppåt tills den når " ++"maxnumret som är lika med antal grupper*2. Conserverdemonen avbryter om det " ++"inte finns lediga portar i det området. Normalt låter conserver " ++"operativsystemet välja en ledig port, detta är vad som händer om fältet är " ++"tomt. (Conserver startar en ny process för varje grupp av terminaler den ska " ++"sköta och ger varje process ett portnummer att lyssna på." ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" ++msgstr "Adressen som demonen lyssnar på (alla adresser om tomt):" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " ++"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " ++"bind to all interfaces." ++msgstr "" ++"Detta sätter den adress som conserverdemonen lyssnar på. Det gör det möjligt " ++"att binda till en specifik ip-adress (exempelvis 127.0.0.1) i stället för " ++"binad till alla tillgängliga 'interface'." ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "Should conserver run as root?" ++msgstr "Ska conserver köras som root?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "" ++"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " ++"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." ++"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" ++msgstr "" ++"Conserver kan konfigureras att köra som root eller som användaren " ++"'conservr'. Det är inte möjligt för den att använda 'shadow'-databasens " ++"lösenord när den kör som annan användade än root. (Se manualen för conserver." ++"passwd för närmare detaljer.)" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" ++msgstr "Omvandla conserver.cf och conserver.passwd till det nya formatet?" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " ++"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " ++"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " ++"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" ++"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" ++"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " ++"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " ++"files after the conversion!" ++msgstr "" ++"Protokoll och filformat har ändrats! Klient-serverprotokollet har gjorts om " ++"helt. Du *måste* använda en 8.0.1-klient mot en 8.0.1-server. Ingen annan " ++"kombination av klient/server kommer att fungera tillsammans med versioner " ++"före 8.0.0. Konfigureringsfilerna conserver.cf och conserver.passwd har båda " ++"nytt format, läs /usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian för mer " ++"detaljer. Om du anger 'Yes' kommer jag att försöka omvandla /etc/conserver/" ++"conserver.cf och /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd till det nya formatet, de " ++"ursprungliga filerna döps om med 'OLD' som suffix. Kontrollera filerna efter " ++"konverteringen!" ++ +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/templates.pot conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/templates.pot +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/templates.pot 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/po-orig/templates.pot 2008-07-18 12:41:52.000000000 -0400 +@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@ ++# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. ++# Copyright (C) YEAR THE PACKAGE'S COPYRIGHT HOLDER ++# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. ++# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. ++# ++#, fuzzy ++msgid "" ++msgstr "" ++"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" ++"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: jh@debian.org\n" ++"POT-Creation-Date: 2007-01-22 22:19+0100\n" ++"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" ++"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" ++"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" ++"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" ++"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n" ++"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "Do you want to configure console automatically?" ++msgstr "" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Setting this to true will edit /etc/conserver/console.cf and replace " ++"CONSERVER_MASTER and CONSERVER_PORT with the configured values in the next " ++"questions" ++msgstr "" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "Hostname where your conserver server is installed:" ++msgstr "" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"The conserver hostname is the hostname where the conserver-server package is " ++"installed. The client, 'console', will use the hostname 'console' if left " ++"empty. The server name can be changed during runtime with the -M option." ++msgstr "" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "The server port number to connect to:" ++msgstr "" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-client.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the conserver server port to connect to. This may be either a port " ++"number or a service name." ++msgstr "" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "The master port number for the conserver server:" ++msgstr "" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:1001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the TCP port for the master process to listen on for clients. This may " ++"be either a port number or a service name. The original port number for " ++"conserver is 782, must be higher than 1024 if running as non-root." ++msgstr "" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "The base port number for the conserver children:" ++msgstr "" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:2001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the base port for children to listen on. Each child starts looking for " ++"free ports at this port number and working upward, trying a maximum number " ++"of ports equal to twice the maximum number of groups. If no free ports are " ++"available in that range, conserver exits. By default, conserver lets the " ++"operating system choose a free port. Empty input selects the default. " ++"(Conserver forks a child for each group of consoles it must manage and " ++"assigns each process a port number to listen on.)" ++msgstr "" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "The listen address (defaults to all addresses if empty):" ++msgstr "" ++ ++#. Type: string ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:3001 ++msgid "" ++"Set the address to listen on. This allows conserver to bind to a particular " ++"IP address (like `127.0.0.1') instead of all interfaces. The default is to " ++"bind to all interfaces." ++msgstr "" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "Should conserver run as root?" ++msgstr "" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:4001 ++msgid "" ++"Conserver can be configured to run as root or as 'conservr'. It is not " ++"possible to use the shadow password if running as non-root in conserver." ++"passwd. (See the manual for conserver.passwd for more details.)" ++msgstr "" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "Convert conserver.cf and conserver.passwd to new format?" ++msgstr "" ++ ++#. Type: boolean ++#. Description ++#: ../conserver-server.templates:5001 ++msgid "" ++"Protocol and file format has changed! The client/server protocol has been " ++"rearchitected. You *MUST* use an 8.0.1 client with an 8.0.1 server. No " ++"combination of client/server will work with pre-8.0.0 code. The config file " ++"format for both conserver.cf and conserver.passwd has been changed, read /" ++"usr/share/doc/conserver-server/README.Debian for more details. The /etc/" ++"conserver/conserver.cf and /etc/conserver/conserver.passwd will be converted " ++"to the new format and the old will be renamed with .OLD as suffix. Check the " ++"files after the conversion!" ++msgstr "" +diff -Naur conserver-8.1.16/debian/rules conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/rules +--- conserver-8.1.16/debian/rules 2008-07-23 13:47:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-xcat-8.1.16/debian/rules 2008-07-18 15:53:09.000000000 -0400 +@@ -9,9 +9,9 @@ + # Uncomment this to turn on verbose mode. + #export DH_VERBOSE=1 + +-client = conserver-client ++client = conserver-xcat-client + clientd = debian/$(client) +-server = conserver-server ++server = conserver-xcat-server + serverd = debian/$(server) + + configure: configure-stamp +@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ + # Add here commands to clean up after the build process. + [ ! -f Makefile ] || $(MAKE) distclean + +- debconf-updatepo ++ #debconf-updatepo + + dh_clean + +@@ -87,6 +87,10 @@ + install -m 0644 console/console.man \ + $(clientd)/usr/share/man/man1/console.1 + ++ # Install init script ++ install -d $(serverd)/etc/init.d ++ install -m 0755 debian/conserver.init $(serverd)/etc/init.d/conserver ++ + # Build architecture-independent files here. + # Pass -i to all debhelper commands in this target to reduce clutter. + binary-indep: DH_OPTIONS=-i diff --git a/conserver/debian/patches/initscript.patch b/conserver/debian/patches/initscript.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..db9323a --- /dev/null +++ b/conserver/debian/patches/initscript.patch @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +diff -urN conserver-8.1.16/contrib/redhat-rpm/conserver.init conserver-8.1.16-diffinit/contrib/redhat-rpm/conserver.init +--- conserver-8.1.16/contrib/redhat-rpm/conserver.init 2003-02-27 21:06:50.000000000 -0500 ++++ conserver-8.1.16-diffinit/contrib/redhat-rpm/conserver.init 2008-06-27 12:05:28.000000000 -0400 +@@ -6,15 +6,53 @@ + # description: conserver is a serial-port console daemon + # config: /etc/conserver.cf + # ++RHPassed() ++{ ++ passed ++ echo ++} ++RHSuccess() ++{ ++ success ++ echo ++} ++RHFailure() ++{ ++ failure ++ echo ++} ++MStatus() ++{ ++ ps ax|grep -v grep|grep /usr/sbin/conserver >& /dev/null ++ if [ "$?" = "0" ]; then ++ RVAL=0 ++ echo "conserver is running" ++ else ++ RVAL=3 ++ echo "consever is not running" ++ fi ++ return $RVAL ++} + +-# Source function library. +-. /etc/rc.d/init.d/functions +- +-# Source networking configuration. +-. /etc/sysconfig/network + +-# Check that networking is up. +-[ ${NETWORKING} = "no" ] && exit 0 ++# Source function library. ++if [ -f /etc/rc.d/init.d/functions ]; then ++ . /etc/rc.d/init.d/functions ++ DAEMON=daemon ++ SUCCESS=RHSuccess ++ FAILURE=RHFailure ++ PASSED=RHPassed ++ STATUS=status ++elif [ -f /lib/lsb/init-functions ]; then ++ . /lib/lsb/init-functions ++ DAEMON=start_daemon ++ SUCCESS=log_success_msg ++ FAILURE=log_failure_msg ++ PASSED=log_warning_msg ++ STATUS=MStatus ++else ++ echo "Error, not RedHat and not lsb, do not know how to run this platform" ++fi + + # make sure conserver is installed and executable + [ -x /usr/sbin/conserver ] || exit 1 +@@ -24,23 +62,44 @@ + case "$1" in + start) + echo -n "Starting conserver: " +- daemon conserver -d +- echo ++ $DAEMON /usr/sbin/conserver -o -O1 -d + touch /var/lock/subsys/conserver ++ $STATUS conserver >& /dev/null ++ if [ "$?" != "0" ]; then ++ $FAILURE ++ exit 1 ++ fi ++ $SUCCESS + ;; + stop) ++ $STATUS conserver >& /dev/null ++ if [ "$?" != "0" ]; then ++ echo -n "conserver not running, not stopping " ++ $PASSED ++ exit 1 ++ fi + echo -n "Shutting down conserver: " + killproc conserver +- echo + rm -f /var/lock/subsys/conserver ++ $STATUS conserver >& /dev/null ++ if [ "$?" == "0" ]; then ++ $FAILURE ++ exit 1 ++ fi ++ $SUCCESS + ;; + status) +- status conserver ++ $STATUS conserver + ;; + restart) +- echo -n "Restarting conserver: " +- killproc conserver -HUP +- echo ++ $STATUS conserver >& /dev/null ++ if [ "$?" != "0" ]; then ++ exec $0 start ++ else ++ echo -n "Restarting conserver: " ++ killproc conserver -HUP ++ fi ++ $SUCCESS + ;; + *) + echo "Usage: conserver {start|stop|restart|status}" diff --git a/conserver/debian/patches/initscript1.patch b/conserver/debian/patches/initscript1.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a1c30e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/conserver/debian/patches/initscript1.patch @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +--- conserver-8.1.16/contrib/redhat-rpm/conserver.init 2009-10-12 05:06:44.000000000 -0400 ++++ conserver-8.1.16/contrib/redhat-rpm/conserver.init.new 2009-10-12 05:08:29.000000000 -0400 +@@ -6,6 +6,16 @@ + # description: conserver is a serial-port console daemon + # config: /etc/conserver.cf + # ++### BEGIN INIT INFO ++# Provides: conserver ++# Required-Start: ++# Required-Stop: ++# Default-Start: 2 3 4 5 ++# Default-stop: ++# Short-Description: conserver ++# Description: Console server ++### END INIT INFO ++ + RHPassed() + { + passed diff --git a/conserver/debian/patches/segfault-sslopt.patch b/conserver/debian/patches/segfault-sslopt.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..168d97e --- /dev/null +++ b/conserver/debian/patches/segfault-sslopt.patch @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +diff -ruN conserver-8.1.16-orig/conserver/main.c conserver-8.1.16/conserver/main.c +--- conserver-8.1.16-orig/conserver/main.c 2009-10-30 13:46:11 +0300 ++++ conserver-8.1.16/conserver/main.c 2009-10-30 13:46:37 +0300 +@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ + , FLAGFALSE + #endif + #if HAVE_OPENSSL +- , (char *)0, FLAGTRUE ++ , (char *)0, (char*)0, FLAGTRUE + #endif + }; + diff --git a/conserver/debian/patches/series b/conserver/debian/patches/series new file mode 100644 index 0000000..01b96b9 --- /dev/null +++ b/conserver/debian/patches/series @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +certificate-auth.patch +initscript.patch +initscript1.patch +segfault-sslopt.patch diff --git a/conserver/debian/postinst b/conserver/debian/postinst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..04c6217 --- /dev/null +++ b/conserver/debian/postinst @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# postinst script for conserver +# +# see: dh_installdeb(1) + +set -e + +# summary of how this script can be called: +# * `configure' +# * `abort-upgrade' +# * `abort-remove' `in-favour' +# +# * `abort-remove' +# * `abort-deconfigure' `in-favour' +# `removing' +# +# for details, see http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ or +# the debian-policy package + + +case "$1" in + configure) + if [ -x /etc/init.d/conserver ]; then + update-rc.d conserver enable + fi + # make sure /etc/services has a conserver entry + if [ ! `grep conserver /etc/services > /dev/null` ]; then + echo "console 782/tcp conserver" >> /etc/services + fi + ;; + + abort-upgrade|abort-remove|abort-deconfigure) + ;; + + *) + echo "postinst called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically +# generated by other debhelper scripts. + +#DEBHELPER# + +exit 0 diff --git a/conserver/debian/postrm b/conserver/debian/postrm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..54d0eec --- /dev/null +++ b/conserver/debian/postrm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# postrm script for conserver +# +# see: dh_installdeb(1) + +set -e + +# summary of how this script can be called: +# * `remove' +# * `purge' +# * `upgrade' +# * `failed-upgrade' +# * `abort-install' +# * `abort-install' +# * `abort-upgrade' +# * `disappear' +# +# for details, see http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ or +# the debian-policy package + + +case "$1" in + purge|remove|upgrade|failed-upgrade|abort-install|abort-upgrade|disappear) + ;; + + *) + echo "postrm called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically +# generated by other debhelper scripts. + +#DEBHELPER# + +exit 0 diff --git a/conserver/debian/preinst.ex b/conserver/debian/preinst.ex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..77d8480 --- /dev/null +++ b/conserver/debian/preinst.ex @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# preinst script for conserver +# +# see: dh_installdeb(1) + +set -e + +# summary of how this script can be called: +# * `install' +# * `install' +# * `upgrade' +# * `abort-upgrade' +# for details, see http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ or +# the debian-policy package + + +case "$1" in + install|upgrade) + ;; + + abort-upgrade) + ;; + + *) + echo "preinst called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically +# generated by other debhelper scripts. + +#DEBHELPER# + +exit 0 diff --git a/conserver/debian/prerm.ex b/conserver/debian/prerm.ex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4882a0a --- /dev/null +++ b/conserver/debian/prerm.ex @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# prerm script for conserver +# +# see: dh_installdeb(1) + +set -e + +# summary of how this script can be called: +# * `remove' +# * `upgrade' +# * `failed-upgrade' +# * `remove' `in-favour' +# * `deconfigure' `in-favour' +# `removing' +# +# for details, see http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ or +# the debian-policy package + + +case "$1" in + remove|upgrade|deconfigure) + if [ -x /etc/init.d/conserver ]; then + /etc/init.d/conserver stop + update-rc.d conserver disable + fi + + ;; + + failed-upgrade) + ;; + + *) + echo "prerm called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically +# generated by other debhelper scripts. + +#DEBHELPER# + +exit 0 diff --git a/conserver/debian/rules b/conserver/debian/rules new file mode 100644 index 0000000..73be413 --- /dev/null +++ b/conserver/debian/rules @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +#!/usr/bin/make -f +# -*- makefile -*- +# Sample debian/rules that uses debhelper. +# This file was originally written by Joey Hess and Craig Small. +# As a special exception, when this file is copied by dh-make into a +# dh-make output file, you may use that output file without restriction. +# This special exception was added by Craig Small in version 0.37 of dh-make. + +# Uncomment this to turn on verbose mode. +#export DH_VERBOSE=1 + +master=console + +%: + dh --with quilt $@ + +override_dh_auto_configure: + dh_auto_configure -- --with-master=${master} --with-openssl + +#override_dh_auto_build: +# $(MAKE) + +override_dh_auto_test: diff --git a/conserver/make_deb.sh b/conserver/make_deb.sh new file mode 100644 index 0000000..0afb35f --- /dev/null +++ b/conserver/make_deb.sh @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +tar xvfz conserver-8.1.16.tar.gz +cd conserver-8.1.16 +cp -rL ../debian . +dpkg-buildpackage +cd - +rm -rf conserver-8.1.16 diff --git a/gpxe/debian/README.Debian b/gpxe/debian/README.Debian new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ab26c8c --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/README.Debian @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +gpxe for Debian +--------------- + + + + -- root Fri, 29 Oct 2010 18:22:52 +0100 diff --git a/gpxe/debian/README.source b/gpxe/debian/README.source new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3e7fd83 --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/README.source @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +gpxe for Debian +--------------- + + + + + + diff --git a/gpxe/debian/changelog b/gpxe/debian/changelog new file mode 100644 index 0000000..609ff2e --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/changelog @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +xnba-undi (1.0.1-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Initial Debian build + + -- Mark Hamzy Mon, 02 May 2011 13:05:49 -0500 + +xnba-undi (1.0.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Initial release + + -- OCF xCAT Fri, 29 Oct 2010 18:22:52 +0100 diff --git a/gpxe/debian/compat b/gpxe/debian/compat new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f8f011 --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/compat @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +7 diff --git a/gpxe/debian/control b/gpxe/debian/control new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ffba3c --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/control @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +Source: xnba-undi +Section: admin +Priority: extra +Maintainer: Arif Ali +Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 7.0.50~) +Standards-Version: 3.8.4 +#Homepage: +#Vcs-Git: git://git.debian.org/collab-maint/gpxe.git +#Vcs-Browser: http://git.debian.org/?p=collab-maint/gpxe.git;a=summary + +Package: xnba-undi +Architecture: any +Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}, ${misc:Depends} +Description: xCAT Network Boot Agent for x86 PXE hosts + The xCAT Network Boot Agent is a slightly modified version of gPXE. + It provides enhanced boot features for any UNDI compliant x86 host. + This includes iSCSI, http/ftp downloads, and gPXE script based booting. diff --git a/gpxe/debian/copyright b/gpxe/debian/copyright new file mode 100644 index 0000000..94a0453 --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/copyright @@ -0,0 +1,621 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for +software and other kinds of works. + + The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed +to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, +the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to +share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free +software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the +GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to +any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you +want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new +free programs, and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you +these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have +certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if +you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same +freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive +or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they +know their rights. + + Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: +(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License +giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. + + For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains +that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and +authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as +changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to +authors of previous versions. + + Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run +modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer +can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of +protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic +pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to +use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we +have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those +products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we +stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions +of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. + + Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. +States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of +software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to +avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could +make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that +patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + 0. Definitions. + + "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. + + "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of +works, such as semiconductor masks. + + "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this +License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and +"recipients" may be individuals or organizations. + + To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work +in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an +exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the +earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. + + A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based +on the Program. + + To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without +permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for +infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a +computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, +distribution (with or without modification), making available to the +public, and in some countries other activities as well. + + To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other +parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through +a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. + + An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" +to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible +feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) +tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the +extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the +work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If +the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a +menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. + + 1. Source Code. + + The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work +for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source +form of a work. + + A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official +standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of +interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that +is widely used among developers working in that language. + + The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other +than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of +packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major +Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that +Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an +implementation is available to the public in source code form. A +"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component +(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system +(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to +produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. + + The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all +the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable +work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to +control those activities. However, it does not include the work's +System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free +programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but +which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source +includes interface definition files associated with source files for +the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically +linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, +such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those +subprograms and other parts of the work. + + The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users +can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding +Source. + + The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that +same work. + + 2. Basic Permissions. + + All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of +copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated +conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited +permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a +covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its +content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your +rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. + + You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not +convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains +in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose +of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you +with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with +the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do +not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works +for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction +and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of +your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. + + Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under +the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 +makes it unnecessary. + + 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. + + No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological +measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article +11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or +similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such +measures. + + When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid +circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention +is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to +the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or +modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's +users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of +technological measures. + + 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. + + You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you +receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and +appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; +keep intact all notices stating that this License and any +non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; +keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all +recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. + + You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, +and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. + + 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. + + You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to +produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the +terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified + it, and giving a relevant date. + + b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is + released under this License and any conditions added under section + 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to + "keep intact all notices". + + c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this + License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This + License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 + additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, + regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no + permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not + invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. + + d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display + Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive + interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your + work need not make them do so. + + A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent +works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, +and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, +in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an +"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not +used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users +beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work +in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other +parts of the aggregate. + + 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. + + You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms +of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the +machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, +in one of these ways: + + a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product + (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the + Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium + customarily used for software interchange. + + b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product + (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a + written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as + long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product + model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a + copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the + product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical + medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no + more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this + conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the + Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. + + c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the + written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This + alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and + only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord + with subsection 6b. + + d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated + place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the + Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no + further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the + Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to + copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source + may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) + that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain + clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the + Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the + Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is + available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. + + e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided + you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding + Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no + charge under subsection 6d. + + A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded +from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be +included in conveying the object code work. + + A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any +tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, +or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation +into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, +doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular +product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a +typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status +of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user +actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product +is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial +commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent +the only significant mode of use of the product. + + "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, +procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install +and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from +a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must +suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object +code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because +modification has been made. + + If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or +specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as +part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the +User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a +fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the +Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied +by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply +if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install +modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has +been installed in ROM). + + The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a +requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates +for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for +the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a +network may be denied when the modification itself materially and +adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and +protocols for communication across the network. + + Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, +in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly +documented (and with an implementation available to the public in +source code form), and must require no special password or key for +unpacking, reading or copying. + + 7. Additional Terms. + + "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this +License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. +Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall +be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent +that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions +apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately +under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by +this License without regard to the additional permissions. + + When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option +remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of +it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own +removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place +additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, +for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. + + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you +add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of +that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: + + a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the + terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or + + b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or + author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal + Notices displayed by works containing it; or + + c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or + requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in + reasonable ways as different from the original version; or + + d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or + authors of the material; or + + e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some + trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or + + f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that + material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of + it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for + any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on + those licensors and authors. + + All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further +restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you +received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is +governed by this License along with a term that is a further +restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains +a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this +License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms +of that license document, provided that the further restriction does +not survive such relicensing or conveying. + + If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you +must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the +additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating +where to find the applicable terms. + + Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the +form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; +the above requirements apply either way. + + 8. Termination. + + You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly +provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or +modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under +this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third +paragraph of section 11). + + However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your +license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) +provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and +finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright +holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means +prior to 60 days after the cessation. + + Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is +reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the +violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have +received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that +copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after +your receipt of the notice. + + Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the +licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under +this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently +reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same +material under section 10. + + 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. + + You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or +run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work +occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission +to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, +nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or +modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do +not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a +covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. + + 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. + + Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically +receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and +propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible +for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. + + An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an +organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an +organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered +work results from an entity transaction, each party to that +transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever +licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could +give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the +Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if +the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. + + You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the +rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may +not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of +rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation +(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that +any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for +sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. + + 11. Patents. + + A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this +License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The +work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". + + A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims +owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or +hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted +by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, +but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a +consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For +purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant +patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of +this License. + + Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free +patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to +make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and +propagate the contents of its contributor version. + + In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express +agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent +(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to +sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a +party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a +patent against the party. + + If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, +and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone +to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a +publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, +then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so +available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the +patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner +consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent +license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have +actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the +covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work +in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that +country that you have reason to believe are valid. + + If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or +arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a +covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties +receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify +or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license +you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered +work and works based on it. + + A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within +the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is +conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are +specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered +work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is +in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment +to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying +the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the +parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory +patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work +conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily +for and in connection with specific products or compilations that +contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, +or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. + + Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting +any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may +otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. + + 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. + + If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a +covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may +not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you +to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey +the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this +License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. + + 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. + + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have +permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed +under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single +combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this +License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, +but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, +section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the +combination as such. + + 14. Revised Versions of this License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of +the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General +Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the +option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered +version or of any later version published by the Free Software +Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the +GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published +by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future +versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's +public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you +to choose that version for the Program. + + Later license versions may give you additional or different +permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any +author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a +later version. + + 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. + + THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY +APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT +HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY +OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM +IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF +ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. Limitation of Liability. + + IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS +THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY +GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE +USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF +DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD +PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), +EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +SUCH DAMAGES. + + 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. + + If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided +above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, +reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates +an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the +Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a +copy of the Program in return for a fee. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS diff --git a/gpxe/debian/dirs b/gpxe/debian/dirs new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c36ac0d --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/dirs @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +tftpboot/xcat diff --git a/gpxe/debian/docs b/gpxe/debian/docs new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e845566 --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/docs @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +README diff --git a/gpxe/debian/files b/gpxe/debian/files new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a322123 --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/files @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +tftpboot/xcat/xnba.kpxe diff --git a/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-0.9.7-branding.patch b/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-0.9.7-branding.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e0e8b29 --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-0.9.7-branding.patch @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +diff -urN gpxe-0.9.7/src/config/general.h gpxe-0.9.7-branded/src/config/general.h +--- gpxe-0.9.7/src/config/general.h 2009-03-01 21:23:42.000000000 -0500 ++++ gpxe-0.9.7-branded/src/config/general.h 2009-06-23 06:24:54.000000000 -0400 +@@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ + * "gPXE". + * + */ +-#define PRODUCT_NAME "" +-#define PRODUCT_SHORT_NAME "gPXE" ++#define PRODUCT_NAME "xCAT Network Boot Agent" ++#define PRODUCT_SHORT_NAME "xCAT NBA" + + /* + * Timer configuration diff --git a/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-0.9.7-ignorepackets.patch b/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-0.9.7-ignorepackets.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8c5fd3 --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-0.9.7-ignorepackets.patch @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +diff -urN gpxe-0.9.7/src/net/arp.c gpxe-0.9.7-ignorepackets/src/net/arp.c +--- gpxe-0.9.7/src/net/arp.c 2009-03-01 21:23:42.000000000 -0500 ++++ gpxe-0.9.7-ignorepackets/src/net/arp.c 2009-07-02 13:58:19.000000000 -0400 +@@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ + goto done; + + /* Create new ARP table entry if necessary */ +- if ( ! merge ) { ++ if ( ( arphdr->ar_op == htons ( ARPOP_REPLY ) ) && ( ! merge ) ) { + arp = &arp_table[next_new_arp_entry++ % NUM_ARP_ENTRIES]; + arp->ll_protocol = ll_protocol; + arp->net_protocol = net_protocol; +diff -urN gpxe-0.9.7/src/net/icmp.c gpxe-0.9.7-ignorepackets/src/net/icmp.c +--- gpxe-0.9.7/src/net/icmp.c 2009-03-01 21:23:42.000000000 -0500 ++++ gpxe-0.9.7-ignorepackets/src/net/icmp.c 2009-07-02 14:04:53.000000000 -0400 +@@ -67,11 +67,14 @@ + } + + /* We respond only to pings */ +- if ( icmp->type != ICMP_ECHO_REQUEST ) { ++ /* Always discard, responding to pings is more than most systems do in this state and ++ * gPXE is in a relatively precarious position, resource management wise, and thus it is ++ * easier just to disable this function. */ ++ /* if ( icmp->type != ICMP_ECHO_REQUEST ) { */ + DBG ( "ICMP ignoring type %d\n", icmp->type ); + rc = 0; + goto done; +- } ++ /* } */ + + DBG ( "ICMP responding to ping\n" ); + +diff -urN gpxe-0.9.7/src/net/tcp.c gpxe-0.9.7-ignorepackets/src/net/tcp.c +--- gpxe-0.9.7/src/net/tcp.c 2009-03-01 21:23:42.000000000 -0500 ++++ gpxe-0.9.7-ignorepackets/src/net/tcp.c 2009-07-02 14:00:46.000000000 -0400 +@@ -904,7 +904,11 @@ + + /* If no connection was found, send RST */ + if ( ! tcp ) { +- tcp_xmit_reset ( tcp, st_src, tcphdr ); ++ /* We simply drop unrecognized TCP connections. Hopefully, this is no worse than I typically set up a firewall. ++ * If we try to even remotely respond to random TCP streams, it can exhaust gPXE resources easily in a very large ++ * environment */ ++ /* tcp_xmit_reset ( tcp, st_src, tcphdr ); Don't consume precious outbound resource for irrelevant communication. */ ++ + rc = -ENOTCONN; + goto discard; + } diff --git a/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-0.9.7-kvmworkaround.patch b/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-0.9.7-kvmworkaround.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..202efc9 --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-0.9.7-kvmworkaround.patch @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +diff -urN gpxe-0.9.7/src/arch/i386/prefix/romprefix.S gpxe-0.9.7-kvm/src/arch/i386/prefix/romprefix.S +--- gpxe-0.9.7/src/arch/i386/prefix/romprefix.S 2009-03-01 21:23:42.000000000 -0500 ++++ gpxe-0.9.7-kvm/src/arch/i386/prefix/romprefix.S 2009-04-24 04:54:03.000000000 -0400 +@@ -715,7 +715,9 @@ + movl %fs:(0x6c), %eax + 1: pushf + sti ++ nop + hlt ++ nop + popf + cmpl %fs:(0x6c), %eax + je 1b diff --git a/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-0.9.7-undinet.patch b/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-0.9.7-undinet.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f843ee0 --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-0.9.7-undinet.patch @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +diff -urN gpxe-0.9.7/src/arch/i386/drivers/net/undinet.c gpxe-0.9.7-undinet/src/arch/i386/drivers/net/undinet.c +--- gpxe-0.9.7/src/arch/i386/drivers/net/undinet.c 2009-03-01 21:23:42.000000000 -0500 ++++ gpxe-0.9.7-undinet/src/arch/i386/drivers/net/undinet.c 2010-01-26 10:06:31.000000000 -0500 +@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@ + "nop\n\t" + "nop\n\t" + "cli\n\t" ) : : ); +- return; ++ //return; + } + + /* Start ISR processing */ diff --git a/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-1.0.0-cmdlinesize.patch b/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-1.0.0-cmdlinesize.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9da5853 --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-1.0.0-cmdlinesize.patch @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +diff -urN gpxe-1.0.0/src/arch/i386/include/bzimage.h gpxe-1.0.0-cmdlinefix/src/arch/i386/include/bzimage.h +--- gpxe-1.0.0/src/arch/i386/include/bzimage.h 2010-02-02 11:12:44.000000000 -0500 ++++ gpxe-1.0.0-cmdlinefix/src/arch/i386/include/bzimage.h 2010-03-04 13:52:13.000000000 -0500 +@@ -137,6 +137,6 @@ + #define BZI_STACK_SIZE 0x1000 + + /** Maximum size of command line */ +-#define BZI_CMDLINE_SIZE 0x100 ++#define BZI_CMDLINE_SIZE 0x7FF + + #endif /* _BZIMAGE_H */ diff --git a/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-1.0.0-config.patch b/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-1.0.0-config.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8a8dfe0 --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-1.0.0-config.patch @@ -0,0 +1,91 @@ +diff -urN gpxe-1.0.0/src/config/general.h gpxe-1.0.0-xnbaconfig/src/config/general.h +--- gpxe-1.0.0/src/config/general.h 2010-02-02 11:12:44.000000000 -0500 ++++ gpxe-1.0.0-xnbaconfig/src/config/general.h 2010-02-06 11:54:02.000000000 -0500 +@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ + #define DOWNLOAD_PROTO_TFTP /* Trivial File Transfer Protocol */ + #define DOWNLOAD_PROTO_HTTP /* Hypertext Transfer Protocol */ + #undef DOWNLOAD_PROTO_HTTPS /* Secure Hypertext Transfer Protocol */ +-#undef DOWNLOAD_PROTO_FTP /* File Transfer Protocol */ ++#define DOWNLOAD_PROTO_FTP /* File Transfer Protocol */ + #undef DOWNLOAD_PROTO_TFTM /* Multicast Trivial File Transfer Protocol */ + #undef DOWNLOAD_PROTO_SLAM /* Scalable Local Area Multicast */ + +@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ + * + */ + +-//#undef SANBOOT_PROTO_ISCSI /* iSCSI protocol */ ++#define SANBOOT_PROTO_ISCSI /* iSCSI protocol */ +-//#undef SANBOOT_PROTO_AOE /* AoE protocol */ ++#undef SANBOOT_PROTO_AOE /* AoE protocol */ + //#undef SANBOOT_PROTO_IB_SRP /* Infiniband SCSI RDMA protocol */ + +@@ -73,9 +73,9 @@ + * 802.11 cryptosystems and handshaking protocols + * + */ +-#define CRYPTO_80211_WEP /* WEP encryption (deprecated and insecure!) */ +-#define CRYPTO_80211_WPA /* WPA Personal, authenticating with passphrase */ +-#define CRYPTO_80211_WPA2 /* Add support for stronger WPA cryptography */ ++#undef CRYPTO_80211_WEP /* WEP encryption (deprecated and insecure!) */ ++#undef CRYPTO_80211_WPA /* WPA Personal, authenticating with passphrase */ ++#undef CRYPTO_80211_WPA2 /* Add support for stronger WPA cryptography */ + + /* + * Name resolution modules +@@ -91,35 +91,35 @@ + * you want to use. + * + */ +-//#define IMAGE_NBI /* NBI image support */ +-//#define IMAGE_ELF /* ELF image support */ +-//#define IMAGE_FREEBSD /* FreeBSD kernel image support */ +-//#define IMAGE_MULTIBOOT /* MultiBoot image support */ +-//#define IMAGE_AOUT /* a.out image support */ +-//#define IMAGE_WINCE /* WinCE image support */ +-//#define IMAGE_PXE /* PXE image support */ +-//#define IMAGE_SCRIPT /* gPXE script image support */ +-//#define IMAGE_BZIMAGE /* Linux bzImage image support */ +-//#define IMAGE_COMBOOT /* SYSLINUX COMBOOT image support */ +-//#define IMAGE_EFI /* EFI image support */ ++#undef IMAGE_NBI /* NBI image support */ ++#undef IMAGE_ELF /* ELF image support */ ++#undef IMAGE_FREEBSD /* FreeBSD kernel image support */ ++#undef IMAGE_MULTIBOOT /* MultiBoot image support */ ++#undef IMAGE_AOUT /* a.out image support */ ++#undef IMAGE_WINCE /* WinCE image support */ ++#define IMAGE_PXE /* PXE image support */ ++#define IMAGE_SCRIPT /* gPXE script image support */ ++#define IMAGE_BZIMAGE /* Linux bzImage image support */ ++#undef IMAGE_COMBOOT /* SYSLINUX COMBOOT image support */ ++#undef IMAGE_EFI /* EFI image support */ + + /* + * Command-line commands to include + * + */ +-#define AUTOBOOT_CMD /* Automatic booting */ ++#undef AUTOBOOT_CMD /* Automatic booting */ + #define NVO_CMD /* Non-volatile option storage commands */ +-#define CONFIG_CMD /* Option configuration console */ +-#define IFMGMT_CMD /* Interface management commands */ +-#define IWMGMT_CMD /* Wireless interface management commands */ +-#define ROUTE_CMD /* Routing table management commands */ ++#undef CONFIG_CMD /* Option configuration console */ ++#undef IFMGMT_CMD /* Interface management commands */ ++#undef IWMGMT_CMD /* Wireless interface management commands */ ++#undef ROUTE_CMD /* Routing table management commands */ + #define IMAGE_CMD /* Image management commands */ +-#define DHCP_CMD /* DHCP management commands */ +-#define SANBOOT_CMD /* SAN boot commands */ +-#define LOGIN_CMD /* Login command */ ++#undef DHCP_CMD /* DHCP management commands */ ++#undef SANBOOT_CMD /* SAN boot commands */ ++#undef LOGIN_CMD /* Login command */ + #undef TIME_CMD /* Time commands */ + #undef DIGEST_CMD /* Image crypto digest commands */ +-//#undef PXE_CMD /* PXE commands */ ++#undef PXE_CMD /* PXE commands */ + + /* + * Error message tables to include diff --git a/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-1.0.0-expandfilename.patch b/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-1.0.0-expandfilename.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b157e9c --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-1.0.0-expandfilename.patch @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +diff -urN gpxe-1.0.0/src/core/exec.c gpxe-1.0.0-expandfilename/src/core/exec.c +--- gpxe-1.0.0/src/core/exec.c 2010-02-02 11:12:44.000000000 -0500 ++++ gpxe-1.0.0-expandfilename/src/core/exec.c 2010-05-20 21:28:43.000000000 -0400 +@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ + * The expanded command line is allocated with malloc() and the caller + * must eventually free() it. + */ +-static char * expand_command ( const char *command ) { ++char * expand_command ( const char *command ) { + char *expcmd; + char *start; + char *end; +diff -urN gpxe-1.0.0/src/usr/autoboot.c gpxe-1.0.0-expandfilename/src/usr/autoboot.c +--- gpxe-1.0.0/src/usr/autoboot.c 2010-05-20 20:56:32.000000000 -0400 ++++ gpxe-1.0.0-expandfilename/src/usr/autoboot.c 2010-05-20 21:31:49.000000000 -0400 +@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ + #include + #include + #include ++char * expand_command ( const char *command ); + + /** @file + * +@@ -85,6 +86,8 @@ + uri_encode ( filename, buf + strlen ( buf ), + sizeof ( buf ) - strlen ( buf ), URI_PATH ); + filename = buf; ++ } else { /* only support variable expansion in absolute paths to avoid stepping on buf size */ ++ filename = expand_command(filename); + } + + image = alloc_image(); diff --git a/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-1.0.0-hdboot.patch b/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-1.0.0-hdboot.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..251fb1c --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-1.0.0-hdboot.patch @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +diff -urN gpxe-1.0.0/src/config/config.c gpxe-1.0.0-hdboot/src/config/config.c +--- gpxe-1.0.0/src/config/config.c 2010-02-02 11:12:44.000000000 -0500 ++++ gpxe-1.0.0-hdboot/src/config/config.c 2010-02-06 12:10:51.000000000 -0500 +@@ -222,6 +222,9 @@ + #ifdef SANBOOT_CMD + REQUIRE_OBJECT ( sanboot_cmd ); + #endif ++#ifdef HDBOOT_CMD ++REQUIRE_OBJECT ( hdboot_cmd ); ++#endif + #ifdef LOGIN_CMD + REQUIRE_OBJECT ( login_cmd ); + #endif +diff -urN gpxe-1.0.0/src/config/general.h gpxe-1.0.0-hdboot/src/config/general.h +--- gpxe-1.0.0/src/config/general.h 2010-02-06 12:07:39.000000000 -0500 ++++ gpxe-1.0.0-hdboot/src/config/general.h 2010-02-06 12:11:10.000000000 -0500 +@@ -116,6 +116,7 @@ + #define IMAGE_CMD /* Image management commands */ + #undef DHCP_CMD /* DHCP management commands */ + #undef SANBOOT_CMD /* SAN boot commands */ ++#define HDBOOT_CMD /* HD boot commands */ + #undef LOGIN_CMD /* Login command */ + #undef TIME_CMD /* Time commands */ + #undef DIGEST_CMD /* Image crypto digest commands */ +diff -urN gpxe-1.0.0/src/hci/commands/hdboot_cmd.c gpxe-1.0.0-hdboot/src/hci/commands/hdboot_cmd.c +--- gpxe-1.0.0/src/hci/commands/hdboot_cmd.c 1969-12-31 19:00:00.000000000 -0500 ++++ gpxe-1.0.0-hdboot/src/hci/commands/hdboot_cmd.c 2010-02-06 12:10:51.000000000 -0500 +@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ ++#include ++#include ++#include ++#include ++#include ++#include ++#include ++ ++/** ++ * The "hdboot" command ++ * ++ * @v argc Argument count ++ * @v argv Argument list ++ * @ret rc Exit code ++ */ ++static int hdboot_exec ( int argc, char **argv ) { ++ if (argc != 1) { ++ printf ( "Usage:\n" ++ " %s\n" ++ "\n" ++ "Boot from the first HD\n", ++ argv[0] ); ++ return 1; ++ } ++ int13_boot ( 0x80 ); ++ return 1; ++} ++ ++struct command hdboot_command __command = { ++ .name = "hdboot", ++ .exec = hdboot_exec, ++}; diff --git a/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-1.0.0-hyphenatedmachyp.patch b/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-1.0.0-hyphenatedmachyp.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4506e71 --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-1.0.0-hyphenatedmachyp.patch @@ -0,0 +1,141 @@ +diff -urN gpxe-1.0.0/src/core/settings.c gpxe-1.0.0-hyphenatedmachyp/src/core/settings.c +--- gpxe-1.0.0/src/core/settings.c 2010-02-02 11:12:44.000000000 -0500 ++++ gpxe-1.0.0-hyphenatedmachyp/src/core/settings.c 2010-06-02 14:15:26.000000000 -0400 +@@ -1314,6 +1314,72 @@ + } + + /** ++ * Parse and store value of hex string setting, hyphen delimited ++ * ++ * @v settings Settings block ++ * @v setting Setting to store ++ * @v value Formatted setting data ++ * @ret rc Return status code ++ */ ++static int storef_hexhyp ( struct settings *settings, struct setting *setting, ++ const char *value ) { ++ char *ptr = ( char * ) value; ++ uint8_t bytes[ strlen ( value ) ]; /* cannot exceed strlen(value) */ ++ unsigned int len = 0; ++ ++ while ( 1 ) { ++ bytes[len++] = strtoul ( ptr, &ptr, 16 ); ++ switch ( *ptr ) { ++ case '\0' : ++ return store_setting ( settings, setting, bytes, len ); ++ case '-' : ++ ptr++; ++ break; ++ default : ++ return -EINVAL; ++ } ++ } ++} ++/** ++ * Fetch and format value of hex string setting with hypphen delimiter ++ * ++ * @v settings Settings block, or NULL to search all blocks ++ * @v setting Setting to fetch ++ * @v buf Buffer to contain formatted value ++ * @v len Length of buffer ++ * @ret len Length of formatted value, or negative error ++ */ ++static int fetchf_hexhyp ( struct settings *settings, struct setting *setting, ++ char *buf, size_t len ) { ++ int raw_len; ++ int check_len; ++ int used = 0; ++ int i; ++ ++ raw_len = fetch_setting_len ( settings, setting ); ++ if ( raw_len < 0 ) ++ return raw_len; ++ ++ { ++ uint8_t raw[raw_len]; ++ ++ check_len = fetch_setting ( settings, setting, raw, ++ sizeof ( raw ) ); ++ if ( check_len < 0 ) ++ return check_len; ++ assert ( check_len == raw_len ); ++ ++ if ( len ) ++ buf[0] = 0; /* Ensure that a terminating NUL exists */ ++ for ( i = 0 ; i < raw_len ; i++ ) { ++ used += ssnprintf ( ( buf + used ), ( len - used ), ++ "%s%02x", ( used ? "-" : "" ), ++ raw[i] ); ++ } ++ return used; ++ } ++} ++/** + * Fetch and format value of hex string setting + * + * @v settings Settings block, or NULL to search all blocks +@@ -1359,6 +1425,12 @@ + .storef = storef_hex, + .fetchf = fetchf_hex, + }; ++/** A hex-string setting, hyphen delimited */ ++struct setting_type setting_type_hexhyp __setting_type = { ++ .name = "hexhyp", ++ .storef = storef_hexhyp, ++ .fetchf = fetchf_hexhyp, ++}; + + /** + * Parse and store value of UUID setting +diff -urN gpxe-1.0.0/src/include/gpxe/settings.h gpxe-1.0.0-hyphenatedmachyp/src/include/gpxe/settings.h +--- gpxe-1.0.0/src/include/gpxe/settings.h 2010-02-02 11:12:44.000000000 -0500 ++++ gpxe-1.0.0-hyphenatedmachyp/src/include/gpxe/settings.h 2010-06-02 14:15:26.000000000 -0400 +@@ -226,6 +226,7 @@ + extern struct setting_type setting_type_uint16 __setting_type; + extern struct setting_type setting_type_uint32 __setting_type; + extern struct setting_type setting_type_hex __setting_type; ++extern struct setting_type setting_type_hexhyp __setting_type; + extern struct setting_type setting_type_uuid __setting_type; + + extern struct setting ip_setting __setting; +@@ -242,6 +243,7 @@ + extern struct setting uuid_setting __setting; + extern struct setting next_server_setting __setting; + extern struct setting mac_setting __setting; ++extern struct setting machyp_setting __setting; + extern struct setting busid_setting __setting; + extern struct setting user_class_setting __setting; + +diff -urN gpxe-1.0.0/src/net/netdev_settings.c gpxe-1.0.0-hyphenatedmachyp/src/net/netdev_settings.c +--- gpxe-1.0.0/src/net/netdev_settings.c 2010-02-02 11:12:44.000000000 -0500 ++++ gpxe-1.0.0-hyphenatedmachyp/src/net/netdev_settings.c 2010-06-02 14:17:09.000000000 -0400 +@@ -38,6 +38,11 @@ + .description = "MAC address", + .type = &setting_type_hex, + }; ++struct setting machyp_setting __setting = { ++ .name = "machyp", ++ .description = "MAC address", ++ .type = &setting_type_hexhyp, ++}; + struct setting busid_setting __setting = { + .name = "busid", + .description = "Bus ID", +@@ -58,7 +63,7 @@ + struct net_device *netdev = container_of ( settings, struct net_device, + settings.settings ); + +- if ( setting_cmp ( setting, &mac_setting ) == 0 ) { ++ if (( setting_cmp ( setting, &mac_setting ) == 0 ) || ( setting_cmp ( setting, &machyp_setting ) == 0 )) { + if ( len != netdev->ll_protocol->ll_addr_len ) + return -EINVAL; + memcpy ( netdev->ll_addr, data, len ); +@@ -84,7 +89,7 @@ + struct device_description *desc = &netdev->dev->desc; + struct dhcp_netdev_desc dhcp_desc; + +- if ( setting_cmp ( setting, &mac_setting ) == 0 ) { ++ if (( setting_cmp ( setting, &mac_setting ) == 0 ) || ( setting_cmp ( setting, &machyp_setting ) == 0 )) { + if ( len > netdev->ll_protocol->ll_addr_len ) + len = netdev->ll_protocol->ll_addr_len; + memcpy ( data, netdev->ll_addr, len ); diff --git a/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-1.0.0-registeriscsionpxe.patch b/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-1.0.0-registeriscsionpxe.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..72da901 --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-1.0.0-registeriscsionpxe.patch @@ -0,0 +1,126 @@ +diff -urN gpxe-1.0.0/src/arch/i386/interface/pcbios/iscsiboot.c gpxe-1.0.0-iscsireg/src/arch/i386/interface/pcbios/iscsiboot.c +--- gpxe-1.0.0/src/arch/i386/interface/pcbios/iscsiboot.c 2010-02-02 11:12:44.000000000 -0500 ++++ gpxe-1.0.0-iscsireg/src/arch/i386/interface/pcbios/iscsiboot.c 2010-03-11 14:19:05.000000000 -0500 +@@ -11,6 +11,56 @@ + + FILE_LICENCE ( GPL2_OR_LATER ); + ++static int iscsireg ( const char *root_path ) { ++ struct scsi_device *scsi; ++ struct int13_drive *drive; ++ int rc; ++ ++ scsi = zalloc ( sizeof ( *scsi ) ); ++ if ( ! scsi ) { ++ rc = -ENOMEM; ++ goto regerr_alloc_scsi; ++ } ++ drive = zalloc ( sizeof ( *drive ) ); ++ if ( ! drive ) { ++ rc = -ENOMEM; ++ goto regerr_alloc_drive; ++ } ++ ++ printf ( "Configuring iSCSI at %s\n", root_path ); ++ ++ if ( ( rc = iscsi_attach ( scsi, root_path ) ) != 0 ) { ++ printf ( "Could not attach iSCSI device: %s\n", ++ strerror ( rc ) ); ++ goto regerr_attach; ++ } ++ if ( ( rc = init_scsidev ( scsi ) ) != 0 ) { ++ printf ( "Could not initialise iSCSI device: %s\n", ++ strerror ( rc ) ); ++ goto regerr_init; ++ } ++ ++ drive->blockdev = &scsi->blockdev; ++ ++ /* FIXME: ugly, ugly hack */ ++ struct net_device *netdev = last_opened_netdev(); ++ struct iscsi_session *iscsi = ++ container_of ( scsi->backend, struct iscsi_session, refcnt ); ++ ibft_fill_data ( netdev, iscsi ); ++ ++ register_int13_drive ( drive ); ++ printf ( "Registered as BIOS drive %#02x\n", drive->drive ); ++ return 0; ++ regerr_init: ++ iscsi_detach ( scsi ); ++ regerr_attach: ++ free ( drive ); ++ regerr_alloc_drive: ++ free ( scsi ); ++ regerr_alloc_scsi: ++ return rc; ++} ++ + static int iscsiboot ( const char *root_path ) { + struct scsi_device *scsi; + struct int13_drive *drive; +@@ -72,4 +122,5 @@ + struct sanboot_protocol iscsi_sanboot_protocol __sanboot_protocol = { + .prefix = "iscsi:", + .boot = iscsiboot, ++ .reg = iscsireg, + }; +diff -urN gpxe-1.0.0/src/include/gpxe/sanboot.h gpxe-1.0.0-iscsireg/src/include/gpxe/sanboot.h +--- gpxe-1.0.0/src/include/gpxe/sanboot.h 2010-02-02 11:12:44.000000000 -0500 ++++ gpxe-1.0.0-iscsireg/src/include/gpxe/sanboot.h 2010-03-11 14:19:05.000000000 -0500 +@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ + struct sanboot_protocol { + const char *prefix; + int ( * boot ) ( const char *root_path ); ++ int ( * reg ) ( const char *root_path ); + }; + + #define SANBOOT_PROTOCOLS \ +diff -urN gpxe-1.0.0/src/usr/autoboot.c gpxe-1.0.0-iscsireg/src/usr/autoboot.c +--- gpxe-1.0.0/src/usr/autoboot.c 2010-02-02 11:12:44.000000000 -0500 ++++ gpxe-1.0.0-iscsireg/src/usr/autoboot.c 2010-03-11 14:19:36.000000000 -0500 +@@ -103,6 +103,25 @@ + } + + /** ++ * Register a drive in BIOS, but don't boot ++ * ++ * @v root_path Root path ++ * @ret rc Return status code ++ */ ++int reg_root_path ( const char *root_path ) { ++ struct sanboot_protocol *sanboot; ++ ++ /* Quick hack */ ++ for_each_table_entry ( sanboot, SANBOOT_PROTOCOLS ) { ++ if ( strncmp ( root_path, sanboot->prefix, ++ strlen ( sanboot->prefix ) ) == 0 ) { ++ return sanboot->reg ( root_path ); ++ } ++ } ++ ++ return -ENOTSUP; ++} ++/** + * Boot using root path + * + * @v root_path Root path +@@ -136,6 +155,7 @@ + struct setting pxe_boot_menu_setting + = { .tag = DHCP_PXE_BOOT_MENU }; + char buf[256]; ++ char ruf[256]; + struct in_addr next_server; + unsigned int pxe_discovery_control; + int rc; +@@ -167,6 +187,11 @@ + fetch_ipv4_setting ( NULL, &next_server_setting, &next_server ); + fetch_string_setting ( NULL, &filename_setting, buf, sizeof ( buf ) ); + if ( buf[0] ) { ++ /* Going to PXE, but set up iBFT if applicable first */ ++ fetch_string_setting(NULL, &root_path_setting,ruf,sizeof(ruf)); ++ if (ruf[0]) { ++ reg_root_path ( ruf ); ++ } + printf ( "Booting from filename \"%s\"\n", buf ); + if ( ( rc = boot_next_server_and_filename ( next_server, + buf ) ) != 0 ) { diff --git a/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-1.0.1-xnbauserclass.patch b/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-1.0.1-xnbauserclass.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..888efff --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/patches/gpxe-1.0.1-xnbauserclass.patch @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +diff -urN gpxe-1.0.1/src/net/udp/dhcp.c gpxe-1.0.1-xnbauserclass/src/net/udp/dhcp.c +--- gpxe-1.0.1/src/net/udp/dhcp.c 2010-06-29 15:31:33.000000000 -0400 ++++ gpxe-1.0.1-xnbauserclass/src/net/udp/dhcp.c 2010-07-29 16:12:58.000000000 -0400 +@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ + DHCP_CLIENT_ARCHITECTURE, DHCP_ARCH_CLIENT_ARCHITECTURE, + DHCP_CLIENT_NDI, DHCP_ARCH_CLIENT_NDI, + DHCP_VENDOR_CLASS_ID, DHCP_ARCH_VENDOR_CLASS_ID, +- DHCP_USER_CLASS_ID, DHCP_STRING ( 'g', 'P', 'X', 'E' ), ++ DHCP_USER_CLASS_ID, DHCP_STRING ( 'x', 'N', 'B', 'A' ), + DHCP_PARAMETER_REQUEST_LIST, + DHCP_OPTION ( DHCP_SUBNET_MASK, DHCP_ROUTERS, DHCP_DNS_SERVERS, + DHCP_LOG_SERVERS, DHCP_HOST_NAME, DHCP_DOMAIN_NAME, diff --git a/gpxe/debian/patches/series b/gpxe/debian/patches/series new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e20b8d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/patches/series @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +gpxe-0.9.7-branding.patch +gpxe-1.0.0-registeriscsionpxe.patch +gpxe-1.0.0-config.patch +gpxe-0.9.7-ignorepackets.patch +gpxe-0.9.7-kvmworkaround.patch +gpxe-1.0.0-hdboot.patch +gpxe-1.0.1-xnbauserclass.patch +gpxe-0.9.7-undinet.patch +gpxe-1.0.0-cmdlinesize.patch +gpxe-1.0.0-expandfilename.patch +gpxe-1.0.0-hyphenatedmachyp.patch + diff --git a/gpxe/debian/postinst.ex b/gpxe/debian/postinst.ex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..3595d96 --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/postinst.ex @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# postinst script for gpxe +# +# see: dh_installdeb(1) + +set -e + +# summary of how this script can be called: +# * `configure' +# * `abort-upgrade' +# * `abort-remove' `in-favour' +# +# * `abort-remove' +# * `abort-deconfigure' `in-favour' +# `removing' +# +# for details, see http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ or +# the debian-policy package + + +case "$1" in + configure) + ;; + + abort-upgrade|abort-remove|abort-deconfigure) + ;; + + *) + echo "postinst called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically +# generated by other debhelper scripts. + +#DEBHELPER# + +exit 0 diff --git a/gpxe/debian/postrm.ex b/gpxe/debian/postrm.ex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..006a0f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/postrm.ex @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# postrm script for gpxe +# +# see: dh_installdeb(1) + +set -e + +# summary of how this script can be called: +# * `remove' +# * `purge' +# * `upgrade' +# * `failed-upgrade' +# * `abort-install' +# * `abort-install' +# * `abort-upgrade' +# * `disappear' +# +# for details, see http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ or +# the debian-policy package + + +case "$1" in + purge|remove|upgrade|failed-upgrade|abort-install|abort-upgrade|disappear) + ;; + + *) + echo "postrm called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically +# generated by other debhelper scripts. + +#DEBHELPER# + +exit 0 diff --git a/gpxe/debian/preinst.ex b/gpxe/debian/preinst.ex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb25e31 --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/preinst.ex @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# preinst script for gpxe +# +# see: dh_installdeb(1) + +set -e + +# summary of how this script can be called: +# * `install' +# * `install' +# * `upgrade' +# * `abort-upgrade' +# for details, see http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ or +# the debian-policy package + + +case "$1" in + install|upgrade) + ;; + + abort-upgrade) + ;; + + *) + echo "preinst called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically +# generated by other debhelper scripts. + +#DEBHELPER# + +exit 0 diff --git a/gpxe/debian/prerm.ex b/gpxe/debian/prerm.ex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e86bb9e --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/prerm.ex @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# prerm script for gpxe +# +# see: dh_installdeb(1) + +set -e + +# summary of how this script can be called: +# * `remove' +# * `upgrade' +# * `failed-upgrade' +# * `remove' `in-favour' +# * `deconfigure' `in-favour' +# `removing' +# +# for details, see http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ or +# the debian-policy package + + +case "$1" in + remove|upgrade|deconfigure) + ;; + + failed-upgrade) + ;; + + *) + echo "prerm called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically +# generated by other debhelper scripts. + +#DEBHELPER# + +exit 0 diff --git a/gpxe/debian/rules b/gpxe/debian/rules new file mode 100644 index 0000000..539e8f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/debian/rules @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +#!/usr/bin/make -f +# Sample debian/rules that uses debhelper. +# This file is public domain software, originally written by Joey Hess. +# +# This version is for packages that are architecture dependent. + +# Uncomment this to turn on verbose mode. +#export DH_VERBOSE=1 + +build: build-stamp +build-stamp: + dh_testdir + dh_quilt_patch + # Add here commands to compile the package. + $(MAKE) -C src bin/undionly.kpxe + + + touch build-stamp + +clean: + dh_testdir + dh_testroot + + # Add here commands to clean up after the build process. + $(MAKE) -C src clean + + dh_clean + +install: build + dh_testdir + dh_testroot + dh_prep + dh_installdirs + + # Add here commands to install the package into debian/ + cp src/bin/undionly.kpxe `pwd`/debian/`dh_listpackages`/tftpboot/xcat/xnba.kpxe + + #dh_movefiles + + +# Build architecture-independent files here. +binary-indep: build install +# We have nothing to do by default. + +# Build architecture-dependent files here. +binary-arch: build install + dh_testdir + dh_testroot + dh_installchangelogs + dh_installdocs + dh_installexamples + dh_install +# dh_installmenu +# dh_installdebconf +# dh_installlogrotate +# dh_installemacsen +# dh_installcatalogs +# dh_installpam +# dh_installmime +# dh_installinit +# dh_installcron +# dh_installinfo +# dh_installwm +# dh_installudev +# dh_lintian +# dh_bugfiles +# dh_undocumented + dh_installman + dh_link + dh_strip + dh_compress + dh_fixperms +# dh_perl +# dh_makeshlibs + dh_installdeb + dh_shlibdeps + dh_gencontrol + dh_md5sums + dh_builddeb + +binary: binary-indep binary-arch +.PHONY: build clean binary-indep binary-arch binary install diff --git a/gpxe/make_deb.sh b/gpxe/make_deb.sh new file mode 100644 index 0000000..21cbef3 --- /dev/null +++ b/gpxe/make_deb.sh @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +tar xvfj gpxe-1.0.1.tar.bz2 +cd gpxe-1.0.1 +cp -rL ../debian . +dpkg-buildpackage +cd - +rm -rf gpxe-1.0.1 diff --git a/syslinux/debian/README.Debian b/syslinux/debian/README.Debian new file mode 100644 index 0000000..13f8333 --- /dev/null +++ b/syslinux/debian/README.Debian @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +syslinux for Debian +------------------- + + + + -- root Fri, 29 Oct 2010 13:15:02 +0100 diff --git a/syslinux/debian/README.source b/syslinux/debian/README.source new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5843ee8 --- /dev/null +++ b/syslinux/debian/README.source @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +syslinux for Debian +------------------- + + + + + + diff --git a/syslinux/debian/changelog b/syslinux/debian/changelog new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a9a892 --- /dev/null +++ b/syslinux/debian/changelog @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +syslinux (3.86-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Initial Debian build + + -- Mark Hamzy Mon, 02 May 2011 13:05:49 -0500 + +syslinux (3.86-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Initial release for xCAT + + -- OCF xCAT Fri, 29 Oct 2010 13:15:02 +0100 diff --git a/syslinux/debian/compat b/syslinux/debian/compat new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7f8f011 --- /dev/null +++ b/syslinux/debian/compat @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +7 diff --git a/syslinux/debian/control b/syslinux/debian/control new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cdbed8f --- /dev/null +++ b/syslinux/debian/control @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +Source: syslinux +Section: admin +Priority: extra +Maintainer: Arif Ali +Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 7.0.50~) +Standards-Version: 3.8.4 +#Homepage: +#Vcs-Git: git://git.debian.org/collab-maint/syslinux.git +#Vcs-Browser: http://git.debian.org/?p=collab-maint/syslinux.git;a=summary + +Package: syslinux +Architecture: any +Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}, ${misc:Depends} +Description: Kernel loader which uses a FAT, ext2/3 or iso9660 filesystem or a PXE network + SYSLINUX is a suite of bootloaders, currently supporting DOS FAT + filesystems, Linux ext2/ext3 filesystems (EXTLINUX), PXE network boots + (PXELINUX), or ISO 9660 CD-ROMs (ISOLINUX). It also includes a tool, + MEMDISK, which loads legacy operating systems from these media. + +Package: syslinux-xcat +Architecture: all +Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}, ${misc:Depends} +Description: SYSLINUX modules in /opt/xcat/share/xcat/netboot/syslinux, available for network booting + All the SYSLINUX/PXELINUX modules directly available for network + booting in the /opt/xcat/share/xcat/netboot/syslinux directory. + +Package: syslinux-extlinux +Architecture: any +Depends: ${shlibs:Depends}, ${misc:Depends} +Description: The EXTLINUX bootloader, for booting the local system. + The EXTLINUX bootloader, for booting the local system, as well as all + the SYSLINUX/PXELINUX modules in /boot diff --git a/syslinux/debian/copyright b/syslinux/debian/copyright new file mode 100644 index 0000000..94a0453 --- /dev/null +++ b/syslinux/debian/copyright @@ -0,0 +1,621 @@ + GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE + Version 3, 29 June 2007 + + Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. + Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies + of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. + + Preamble + + The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for +software and other kinds of works. + + The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed +to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, +the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to +share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free +software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the +GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to +any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to +your programs, too. + + When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not +price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you +have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for +them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you +want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new +free programs, and that you know you can do these things. + + To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you +these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have +certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if +you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. + + For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether +gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same +freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive +or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they +know their rights. + + Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: +(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License +giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. + + For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains +that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and +authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as +changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to +authors of previous versions. + + Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run +modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer +can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of +protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic +pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to +use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we +have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those +products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we +stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions +of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users. + + Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. +States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of +software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to +avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could +make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that +patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. + + The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and +modification follow. + + TERMS AND CONDITIONS + + 0. Definitions. + + "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. + + "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of +works, such as semiconductor masks. + + "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this +License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and +"recipients" may be individuals or organizations. + + To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work +in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an +exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the +earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work. + + A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based +on the Program. + + To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without +permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for +infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a +computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, +distribution (with or without modification), making available to the +public, and in some countries other activities as well. + + To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other +parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through +a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. + + An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices" +to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible +feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) +tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the +extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the +work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If +the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a +menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. + + 1. Source Code. + + The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work +for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source +form of a work. + + A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official +standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of +interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that +is widely used among developers working in that language. + + The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other +than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of +packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major +Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that +Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an +implementation is available to the public in source code form. A +"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component +(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system +(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to +produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. + + The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all +the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable +work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to +control those activities. However, it does not include the work's +System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free +programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but +which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source +includes interface definition files associated with source files for +the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically +linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require, +such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those +subprograms and other parts of the work. + + The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users +can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding +Source. + + The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that +same work. + + 2. Basic Permissions. + + All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of +copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated +conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited +permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a +covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its +content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your +rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. + + You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not +convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains +in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose +of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you +with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with +the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do +not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works +for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction +and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of +your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. + + Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under +the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 +makes it unnecessary. + + 3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. + + No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological +measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article +11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or +similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such +measures. + + When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid +circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention +is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to +the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or +modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's +users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of +technological measures. + + 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. + + You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you +receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and +appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; +keep intact all notices stating that this License and any +non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; +keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all +recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. + + You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, +and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee. + + 5. Conveying Modified Source Versions. + + You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to +produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the +terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: + + a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified + it, and giving a relevant date. + + b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is + released under this License and any conditions added under section + 7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to + "keep intact all notices". + + c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this + License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This + License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 + additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, + regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no + permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not + invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. + + d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display + Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive + interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your + work need not make them do so. + + A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent +works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, +and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, +in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an +"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not +used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users +beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work +in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other +parts of the aggregate. + + 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. + + You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms +of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the +machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, +in one of these ways: + + a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product + (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the + Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium + customarily used for software interchange. + + b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product + (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a + written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as + long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product + model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a + copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the + product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical + medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no + more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this + conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the + Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. + + c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the + written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This + alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and + only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord + with subsection 6b. + + d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated + place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the + Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no + further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the + Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to + copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source + may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party) + that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain + clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the + Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the + Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is + available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. + + e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided + you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding + Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no + charge under subsection 6d. + + A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded +from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be +included in conveying the object code work. + + A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any +tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, +or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation +into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, +doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular +product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a +typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status +of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user +actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product +is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial +commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent +the only significant mode of use of the product. + + "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods, +procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install +and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from +a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must +suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object +code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because +modification has been made. + + If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or +specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as +part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the +User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a +fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the +Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied +by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply +if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install +modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has +been installed in ROM). + + The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a +requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates +for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for +the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a +network may be denied when the modification itself materially and +adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and +protocols for communication across the network. + + Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, +in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly +documented (and with an implementation available to the public in +source code form), and must require no special password or key for +unpacking, reading or copying. + + 7. Additional Terms. + + "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this +License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. +Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall +be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent +that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions +apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately +under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by +this License without regard to the additional permissions. + + When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option +remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of +it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own +removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place +additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, +for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. + + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you +add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of +that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: + + a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the + terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or + + b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or + author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal + Notices displayed by works containing it; or + + c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or + requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in + reasonable ways as different from the original version; or + + d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or + authors of the material; or + + e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some + trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or + + f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that + material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of + it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for + any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on + those licensors and authors. + + All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further +restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you +received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is +governed by this License along with a term that is a further +restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains +a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this +License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms +of that license document, provided that the further restriction does +not survive such relicensing or conveying. + + If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you +must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the +additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating +where to find the applicable terms. + + Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the +form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; +the above requirements apply either way. + + 8. Termination. + + You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly +provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or +modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under +this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third +paragraph of section 11). + + However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your +license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) +provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and +finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright +holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means +prior to 60 days after the cessation. + + Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is +reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the +violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have +received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that +copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after +your receipt of the notice. + + Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the +licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under +this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently +reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same +material under section 10. + + 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. + + You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or +run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work +occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission +to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However, +nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or +modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do +not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a +covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. + + 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. + + Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically +receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and +propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible +for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. + + An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an +organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an +organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered +work results from an entity transaction, each party to that +transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever +licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could +give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the +Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if +the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts. + + You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the +rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may +not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of +rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation +(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that +any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for +sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. + + 11. Patents. + + A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this +License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The +work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version". + + A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims +owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or +hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted +by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, +but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a +consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For +purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant +patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of +this License. + + Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free +patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to +make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and +propagate the contents of its contributor version. + + In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express +agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent +(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to +sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a +party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a +patent against the party. + + If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, +and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone +to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a +publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, +then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so +available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the +patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner +consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent +license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have +actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the +covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work +in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that +country that you have reason to believe are valid. + + If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or +arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a +covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties +receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify +or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license +you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered +work and works based on it. + + A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within +the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is +conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are +specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered +work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is +in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment +to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying +the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the +parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory +patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work +conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily +for and in connection with specific products or compilations that +contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, +or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. + + Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting +any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may +otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. + + 12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom. + + If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or +otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not +excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a +covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this +License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may +not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you +to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey +the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this +License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. + + 13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License. + + Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have +permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed +under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single +combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this +License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, +but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License, +section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the +combination as such. + + 14. Revised Versions of this License. + + The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of +the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will +be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to +address new problems or concerns. + + Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the +Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General +Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the +option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered +version or of any later version published by the Free Software +Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the +GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published +by the Free Software Foundation. + + If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future +versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's +public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you +to choose that version for the Program. + + Later license versions may give you additional or different +permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any +author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a +later version. + + 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. + + THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY +APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT +HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY +OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, +THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR +PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM +IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF +ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. + + 16. Limitation of Liability. + + IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING +WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS +THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY +GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE +USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF +DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD +PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), +EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +SUCH DAMAGES. + + 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. + + If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided +above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms, +reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates +an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the +Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a +copy of the Program in return for a fee. + + END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS diff --git a/syslinux/debian/docs b/syslinux/debian/docs new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b5c7362 --- /dev/null +++ b/syslinux/debian/docs @@ -0,0 +1,4 @@ +BUGS +NEWS +README +TODO diff --git a/syslinux/debian/patches/series b/syslinux/debian/patches/series new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e6c702a --- /dev/null +++ b/syslinux/debian/patches/series @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +syslinux-3.86-multibootif.patch diff --git a/syslinux/debian/patches/syslinux-3.86-multibootif.patch b/syslinux/debian/patches/syslinux-3.86-multibootif.patch new file mode 100644 index 0000000..84ed077 --- /dev/null +++ b/syslinux/debian/patches/syslinux-3.86-multibootif.patch @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +diff -urN syslinux-3.86/com32/mboot/mboot.c syslinux-3.86-multibootif/com32/mboot/mboot.c +--- syslinux-3.86/com32/mboot/mboot.c 2010-03-31 12:24:25.000000000 -0400 ++++ syslinux-3.86-multibootif/com32/mboot/mboot.c 2010-05-14 21:15:43.000000000 -0400 +@@ -93,9 +93,18 @@ + char **argp, **argx; + struct module_data *mp; + int rv; ++ int firstmod = 1; + int module_count = 1; + int arglen; + const char module_separator[] = "---"; ++ com32sys_t reg; ++ char *bootifstr; ++ reg.eax.w[0] = 0x000f; /* Get IPAPPEND strings */ ++ __intcall(0x22,®,®); ++ if (!(reg.eflags.l & EFLAGS_CF)) { ++ bootifstr = MK_PTR(reg.es, ++ *(uint16_t *) MK_PTR(reg.es, reg.ebx.w[0] + 2)); ++ } /* bootifstr would now be like BOOTIF= argument */ + + for (argp = argv; *argp; argp++) { + if (!strcmp(*argp, module_separator)) +@@ -130,15 +139,29 @@ + arglen += strlen(*argx) + 1; + + if (arglen == 0) { +- mp->cmdline = strdup(""); ++ if (firstmod) { /* first module, let's add BOOTIF to the command line */ ++ firstmod=0; ++ mp->cmdline = strdup(bootifstr); ++ } else { ++ mp->cmdline = strdup(""); ++ } + } else { + char *p; ++ if (firstmod) { ++ arglen += strlen(bootifstr) + 1; ++ } + mp->cmdline = p = malloc(arglen); + for (; *argp && strcmp(*argp, module_separator); argp++) { + p = strpcpy(p, *argp); + *p++ = ' '; + } +- *--p = '\0'; ++ if (firstmod) { /* first module, let's add BOOTIF to the command line */ ++ firstmod=0; ++ p = strpcpy(p,bootifstr); ++ *p = '\0'; ++ } else { ++ *--p = '\0'; ++ } + } + mp++; + if (*argp) diff --git a/syslinux/debian/postinst.ex b/syslinux/debian/postinst.ex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b22f8b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/syslinux/debian/postinst.ex @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# postinst script for syslinux +# +# see: dh_installdeb(1) + +set -e + +# summary of how this script can be called: +# * `configure' +# * `abort-upgrade' +# * `abort-remove' `in-favour' +# +# * `abort-remove' +# * `abort-deconfigure' `in-favour' +# `removing' +# +# for details, see http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ or +# the debian-policy package + + +case "$1" in + configure) + ;; + + abort-upgrade|abort-remove|abort-deconfigure) + ;; + + *) + echo "postinst called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically +# generated by other debhelper scripts. + +#DEBHELPER# + +exit 0 diff --git a/syslinux/debian/postrm.ex b/syslinux/debian/postrm.ex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..266816a --- /dev/null +++ b/syslinux/debian/postrm.ex @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# postrm script for syslinux +# +# see: dh_installdeb(1) + +set -e + +# summary of how this script can be called: +# * `remove' +# * `purge' +# * `upgrade' +# * `failed-upgrade' +# * `abort-install' +# * `abort-install' +# * `abort-upgrade' +# * `disappear' +# +# for details, see http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ or +# the debian-policy package + + +case "$1" in + purge|remove|upgrade|failed-upgrade|abort-install|abort-upgrade|disappear) + ;; + + *) + echo "postrm called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically +# generated by other debhelper scripts. + +#DEBHELPER# + +exit 0 diff --git a/syslinux/debian/preinst.ex b/syslinux/debian/preinst.ex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..a8b51b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/syslinux/debian/preinst.ex @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# preinst script for syslinux +# +# see: dh_installdeb(1) + +set -e + +# summary of how this script can be called: +# * `install' +# * `install' +# * `upgrade' +# * `abort-upgrade' +# for details, see http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ or +# the debian-policy package + + +case "$1" in + install|upgrade) + ;; + + abort-upgrade) + ;; + + *) + echo "preinst called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically +# generated by other debhelper scripts. + +#DEBHELPER# + +exit 0 diff --git a/syslinux/debian/prerm.ex b/syslinux/debian/prerm.ex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..18a2dd7 --- /dev/null +++ b/syslinux/debian/prerm.ex @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +#!/bin/sh +# prerm script for syslinux +# +# see: dh_installdeb(1) + +set -e + +# summary of how this script can be called: +# * `remove' +# * `upgrade' +# * `failed-upgrade' +# * `remove' `in-favour' +# * `deconfigure' `in-favour' +# `removing' +# +# for details, see http://www.debian.org/doc/debian-policy/ or +# the debian-policy package + + +case "$1" in + remove|upgrade|deconfigure) + ;; + + failed-upgrade) + ;; + + *) + echo "prerm called with unknown argument \`$1'" >&2 + exit 1 + ;; +esac + +# dh_installdeb will replace this with shell code automatically +# generated by other debhelper scripts. + +#DEBHELPER# + +exit 0 diff --git a/syslinux/debian/rules b/syslinux/debian/rules new file mode 100644 index 0000000..bcf11f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/syslinux/debian/rules @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +#!/usr/bin/make -f +# Sample debian/rules that uses debhelper. +# This file is public domain software, originally written by Joey Hess. +# +# This version is for packages that are architecture dependent. + +# Uncomment this to turn on verbose mode. +#export DH_VERBOSE=1 + +#export buildroot=`pwd`/debian/`dh_listpackages` +export buildroot=`pwd`/debian/tmp +export bindir=$(buildroot)/usr/bin +export sbindir=$(buildroot)/usr/sbin +export libdir=$(buildroot)/usr/lib/syslinux +export datadir=$(buildroot)/usr/lib +export mandir=$(buildroot)/usr/share/man +export includedir=$(buildroot)/usr/include + +build: build-stamp +build-stamp: + dh_testdir + + # Add here commands to compile the package. + $(MAKE) -C com32 + $(MAKE) installer + $(MAKE) -C sample tidy + + + touch build-stamp + +clean: + dh_testdir + dh_testroot + rm -f build-stamp + + # Add here commands to clean up after the build process. + $(MAKE) clean + #$(MAKE) distclean + + dh_clean + +install: build + dh_testdir + dh_testroot + dh_prep + dh_installdirs + + # Add here commands to install the package into debian/ + #INSTALLROOT=$(buildroot) + $(MAKE) install-all \ + BINDIR=$(bindir) SBINDIR=$(sbindir) \ + LIBDIR=$(libdir) DATADIR=$(datadir) \ + MANDIR=$(mandir) INCDIR=$(includedir) \ + TFTPBOOT=$(buildroot)/opt/xcat/share/xcat/netboot/syslinux EXTLINUXDIR=$(buildroot)/boot/extlinux + + $(MAKE) -C sample tidy + + dh_movefiles + + #$ (MAKE) prefix=`pwd`/debian/`dh_listpackages`/usr install + +# Build architecture-independent files here. +binary-indep: build install +# We have nothing to do by default. + +# Build architecture-dependent files here. +binary-arch: build install + dh_testdir + dh_testroot + dh_installchangelogs + dh_installdocs + dh_installexamples +# dh_install +# dh_installmenu +# dh_installdebconf +# dh_installlogrotate +# dh_installemacsen +# dh_installcatalogs +# dh_installpam +# dh_installmime +# dh_installinit +# dh_installcron +# dh_installinfo +# dh_installwm +# dh_installudev +# dh_lintian +# dh_bugfiles +# dh_undocumented + dh_installman + dh_link + dh_strip + dh_compress + dh_fixperms +# dh_perl +# dh_makeshlibs + dh_installdeb + dh_shlibdeps + dh_gencontrol + dh_md5sums + dh_builddeb + +binary: binary-indep binary-arch +.PHONY: build clean binary-indep binary-arch binary install diff --git a/syslinux/debian/source/format b/syslinux/debian/source/format new file mode 100644 index 0000000..163aaf8 --- /dev/null +++ b/syslinux/debian/source/format @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +3.0 (quilt) diff --git a/syslinux/debian/syslinux-extlinux.files b/syslinux/debian/syslinux-extlinux.files new file mode 100644 index 0000000..520a06a --- /dev/null +++ b/syslinux/debian/syslinux-extlinux.files @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +usr/sbin/extlinux +boot/extlinux diff --git a/syslinux/debian/syslinux-xcat.files b/syslinux/debian/syslinux-xcat.files new file mode 100644 index 0000000..91f06fc --- /dev/null +++ b/syslinux/debian/syslinux-xcat.files @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +opt/xcat/share/xcat/netboot/syslinux/* diff --git a/syslinux/debian/syslinux.default.ex b/syslinux/debian/syslinux.default.ex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6890360 --- /dev/null +++ b/syslinux/debian/syslinux.default.ex @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +# Defaults for syslinux initscript +# sourced by /etc/init.d/syslinux +# installed at /etc/default/syslinux by the maintainer scripts + +# +# This is a POSIX shell fragment +# + +# Additional options that are passed to the Daemon. +DAEMON_OPTS="" diff --git a/syslinux/debian/syslinux.doc-base.EX b/syslinux/debian/syslinux.doc-base.EX new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4579934 --- /dev/null +++ b/syslinux/debian/syslinux.doc-base.EX @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Document: syslinux +Title: Debian syslinux Manual +Author: +Abstract: This manual describes what syslinux is + and how it can be used to + manage online manuals on Debian systems. +Section: unknown + +Format: debiandoc-sgml +Files: /usr/share/doc/syslinux/syslinux.sgml.gz + +Format: postscript +Files: /usr/share/doc/syslinux/syslinux.ps.gz + +Format: text +Files: /usr/share/doc/syslinux/syslinux.text.gz + +Format: HTML +Index: /usr/share/doc/syslinux/html/index.html +Files: /usr/share/doc/syslinux/html/*.html diff --git a/syslinux/debian/watch.ex b/syslinux/debian/watch.ex new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5f572fc --- /dev/null +++ b/syslinux/debian/watch.ex @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +# Example watch control file for uscan +# Rename this file to "watch" and then you can run the "uscan" command +# to check for upstream updates and more. +# See uscan(1) for format + +# Compulsory line, this is a version 3 file +version=3 + +# Uncomment to examine a Webpage +# +#http://www.example.com/downloads.php syslinux-(.*)\.tar\.gz + +# Uncomment to examine a Webserver directory +#http://www.example.com/pub/syslinux-(.*)\.tar\.gz + +# Uncommment to examine a FTP server +#ftp://ftp.example.com/pub/syslinux-(.*)\.tar\.gz debian uupdate + +# Uncomment to find new files on sourceforge, for devscripts >= 2.9 +# http://sf.net/syslinux/syslinux-(.*)\.tar\.gz + +# Uncomment to find new files on GooglePages +# http://example.googlepages.com/foo.html syslinux-(.*)\.tar\.gz diff --git a/syslinux/make_deb.sh b/syslinux/make_deb.sh new file mode 100644 index 0000000..52b3af1 --- /dev/null +++ b/syslinux/make_deb.sh @@ -0,0 +1,8 @@ +#!/bin/bash + +tar xvfj syslinux-3.86.tar.bz2 +cd syslinux-3.86 +cp -rL ../debian . +dpkg-buildpackage +cd - +rm -rf syslinux-3.86